V 
 
 I I 
 
 STE1UJ N G 
 AND FRANCiNE 
 
 CLA1UC 
 ART INSTITUTE 
 L1BRART 
 
 
 
 * 
 
 
 
i 
 
 
 

THE 
 
 GOLDEN CABINET: 
 
 BEING THE 
 
 LABORATORY, 
 
 O R 
 
 HANDMAID to the ARTS. 
 
 CO NT A IN I NG 
 
 Such Branches of Ufeful Knowledge^ 
 
 As nearly concerns all Kinds of People, 
 
 From the S q^u ire to the P e a s a n t : 
 
 i 
 
 AND WILL A F F O R D B O T H 
 
 Profit and Delight. 
 
 PART THE FIRST. 
 
 PHILADELPHIA: 
 
 PRINTED AND SOLD BY WILLIAM SPOTSWOOO. 
 A»D H. AND P. RICE, M ARKET-STREST. 
 
 '793- 
 
■■^■■■■■M 
 
 II (O 
 
 5 
 
 
 ftAfl*?" P-: 
 
 _ 
 
 LLLJiJJ 
 
t I ] 
 
 tUMmAWIlM l JHlWLilgHHIUJ 
 
 ma 
 
 TABLE of CONTENTS. 
 
 PART I. 
 
 Of gilding, filvering, bronzing, japan- 
 ning, laquering, and the ftaining dif- 
 ferent kinds of fubftances, with all 
 the variety of colours. 
 
 o 
 
 Page. 
 i 
 
 F GILDING in genera^ 
 Of the inftruments that are common to oil, burnifh, 
 
 and japanners' gilding, - - . - 2 
 
 The manner of oil gilding, and the preparation of 
 
 fat oil, 4 
 
 Of burnifli gilding ; with the preparation of the pro- 
 
 per fizes, &c. 
 Of japanners' gilding, - 
 
 Of gilding paper, vellum, or parchment, 
 Of the gilding on paper proper to be ufed along 
 
 with painting in water-colours, or frefco, 
 Of the gilding proper for the coloured paper for 
 
 binding books, and other fuch purpofes, 
 Of gilding proper for letters of gold on paper, and 
 
 the embellifhment of manufcripts, 
 Of gilding proper for the edges of books and paper, 20 
 
 A3 
 
 7 
 11 
 
 l S 
 16 
 
 s 7 
 1 3 
 
11 
 
 C NT E NTS. 
 
 Of gilding leather, • 
 
 Of gilding of glafs without annealing or burning, 
 
 Of filvering, - - - - - 
 
 Of bronzing, - ... 
 
 Of japanning, - ... 
 
 Of japan grounds, - - - »- 
 
 Of common grounds of varnifh, which are to be 
 
 painted upon, - 
 
 -Of white japan grounds, - - - 
 
 Of blue japan grounds, » 
 
 Of red japan grounds, 
 Of yellow japan grounds. 
 Of green japan grounds, - 
 
 Of orange coloured japan grounds, 
 Of purple japan grounds, 
 Of black japan grounds, to be produced without 
 
 heat, ----.-. 
 
 Of common black japan grounds on iron or copper, 
 
 produced by means of heat, - - 
 
 Of the fine tortoife-fhell japan grounds, produced 
 
 by means of heat, - 
 
 Of painting japan work, - 
 
 Oi varnifhing japan work, - 
 
 Of gilding japan Work, 
 
 Of laquering, .-«.--» 
 
 Of ftaining wood yellow, 
 Of ftaining wood red, 
 
 Of ftaining wood blue, — - - — 
 
 Of ftaining wood of mahogany colour, 
 Of ftaining wood green, - — — 
 
 Of ftaining wood purple, — • 
 
 Of ftaining wood black, — — 
 
 Of ftaining ivory, bone, and horn, yellow, 
 Of ftaining ivory, bone, and horn, preen, 
 Of ftaining ivory, bone, and horn, red, 
 Of ftaining ivory, bone, and horn, blue, 
 Of ftaining ivory, bone, and horn, purple, 
 Of ftaining horn to imitate tortoife-fhell, 
 To (lain ivory, bone, and horn, blacky 
 
 Page. 
 
 33 
 
 3* 
 38 
 
 ib. 
 
 ib. 
 
 1 
 
 Fo 
 47 TS 
 4 s Th 
 ib. , ; 
 
 5< Tii 
 
 V- F» 
 
 55 Tc 
 
 5 6 t, 
 51 
 
 ib. I fi 
 
 53 A 
 
 59 
 ik 
 
 60 ! 
 
 ik 
 
 ib. 
 
 ib. 
 
 61 
 
 ib ? 
 • » 
 
 tiff 
 
CONTENTS. 
 
 HI 
 
 ' pf Raining paper, or parchment, yellow. 
 nf ji ~:_ - . i . ' . .. 
 
 Pagf, 
 6\ 
 
 62 
 ib.- 
 ib. 
 ib. 
 
 63 
 
 3e 
 
 Of (raining paper, or parchment, red, 
 
 pf ftaining paper, or parchment* green, 
 
 Of ftaining paper, or parchment, blue, 
 
 pf ftaining paper, or parchment, orange, 
 
 Of ftaining paper, or parchment, purple, 
 
 W ftaining alabailer, marble, and other ftones, of 
 
 various colours, ' 
 
 Of the method of preparing and colouring marbled 
 ; paper, _ __ —,,.>_! ^ 
 
 The original recipe for making Prufiian blue, as 
 
 pubhfhed by Dr. Woodward, - 66 
 
 The Englifh fifty pounds premium receipt for ei. 
 
 , ther taking or dcftroying- rats or mice, without 
 poifon, — __ _ _ 
 
 it Another receipt likewife by a candidate for tfc« fif. 
 
 . ty pounds premium,- -__ ., 
 
 Prfcoyery of the true .eafon of burning fcJpTu* in ' ' 
 
 , h °&°** f<* P«&^g wine, by a new Ld cu- 
 , nous experiment, _ . _ 
 
 k For foftcning cryilal, _ 
 
 The uiefui alarm-bell, 
 
 fhe mamicr of filyei , ]o 
 
 n London and Birmingham, _ _' ., 
 
 T e A f ]ng e&as ()f iuccinum ^ g. 
 
 2. 1,! ^"g ^ory and bones, J. ' 
 
 JforloFtening glafs, 
 
 Jnothcr preparat^ for fofttnuTg bon,s, ~L 
 
 ^reaoy way for melting iron, * _' 
 
 T tie virtues of fticcimjm; -- "" 
 
 — Arable an^L(te S "! ? ^ ^ 
 fUred from the too co * ' " Drdi 
 
 69 
 
 70 
 
 ib. 
 ib» 
 
 71 
 tf; 
 
 ik 
 
 10* 
 
 ,; brewe^sfoilow/ 00 C ™ nwn ^ rron «"» way many 
 
 'In- ,utl «W, . 
 
 f «!"«- • manner of prepariog u ^ 
 
 /> 
 76 
 
 
 
IV 
 
 CONTENTS, 
 
 Pagi. 
 
 77 
 
 To make vinegar of beer, ; — 
 
 To turn acid cider into vinegar, — — _ 
 
 The celebrated Bath liquidfor taking outjpots, 
 
 ftains, &c. — 
 
 To clean jewels, pearl, Sec. — 
 
 To boil up plate, to look like new, ; — 
 
 A fafe and fure cure for an intermitting fever, — 
 
 How to prevent the fmoaking of lamp-oil, -- 
 
 How to make Homberg's black phofphorus which 
 
 takes fire immediately on being expofed to the 
 
 open air, — ,7%-* iT"~ 
 
 Another phofphorus, by Mr. Homberg, — 
 
 The fuccefsful method of preparing the phofphorus 
 
 of urine, — "~ . "... f . ■■ 
 
 To make a varnifh for brafs, that will caufejt to 
 
 look like gold, — '; ' ~ t 
 
 To make a varnifh for any thing covered withjeaf 
 
 filver, — ^f 
 
 ik' 
 ik 
 ik 
 
 'i 
 
 78 
 
 ik 
 
 
 79 ! 
 84 
 
[ 1 ] 
 
 TABLE of CONTENTS. 
 
 PART II. 
 
 F' drawing in jffcral, 
 Roles to be obferved irr drawi 
 
 Proper materials for drawing, 
 
 Of lights and (hadows, 
 
 JfMrvftiona for mixing and making colours, - 
 
 Some neceflary remarks on colours, &c. ; 
 
 T > mahe a varmm for iilver, 
 
 \ \ inner oF engraving on copper, & c . — 
 
 Method of etching on copper, &c, — . 
 
 I). {IV- mt ways of ^making carmine, — 
 
 The preparation of ultramarine, 
 
 To foften ivory and other bones, 
 
 1 o whi: en ivory, 
 
 lining and marbUr/g of ivory, 
 
 V? H ' l ^ thod of mai ^ baling wax, 8,c. 
 i > i 'iii! -He fruit in wax, 
 
 v to repreient the face, 8cc. in wax, ~ — 
 
 yarnifhesin general,' * , 
 
 To naajce whice varnim, i ' 
 
 The ^liice amber varnifh, according to IVfr. Boy 
 - »«i varnim, that will bear m muffle, _ 
 I o make a yarnift for gold, or metal, made in 
 itauon of^old, . 
 
 LGE. 
 8 7 
 
 88 
 
 9* 
 
 ib. 
 
 93 
 
 95 
 
 lOI 
 
 ib. 
 
 103 
 105 
 
 ib. 
 
 106 
 
 — ik 
 
 107 
 108 
 
 ib. 
 
 • 1 
 
 ID. 
 
 109 
 
 ib. 
 1 io- 
 
 im- 
 
 L 
 
 »n of varnifh 
 
 es. 
 
 1 11 
 
CONTENTS. 
 
 Painting in oil, — — 
 
 Painting on cloth or canvas, \ — 
 
 Painting on walls, — ■ — — 
 
 In painting on wood, r*" """"" 
 
 In painting on itone or metals, — 
 
 All the colours ufed in frefco, — *, — 
 
 Colour, in dying, &c, — — 
 
 Dying in general, — *y 
 
 The materals ufed in the art of dying, — 
 
 General observations upon dying, — 
 
 Dying of wool and woollen matuifa&ures, — • 
 Dying of filks, — — """" 
 
 The dying of thread, — +— ^ ~ 
 
 A preparation for curing wens, by Which a perfon 
 Mas acquired a confiderable fortune, and much 
 reputation, ' — — — p •— • 
 
 Method of colouring brandy «■** — - 
 
 The way to make fealing wafers, 
 Sympathetic powder, — t -. — 
 
 To purify butter, and make it of a moft fweet 
 
 The virtue of a cruft of bread, eat in a morning 
 
 fafting ; publifhed by an eminent phyfician, 
 Conftru&ion of almanacks, r-r ■■*—•• 
 
 A necefTary Pocket Almanack, by which the day 
 of the month is known, at firft view, from the 
 prefent time, to the year of our Lord, 1831, 
 To make an artificial Malaga wine, 
 To make an artificial claret, »w <*— 
 
 To make an artificial malmfey, *-*- «*- 
 
 To make rafberry wine, -*» -ry* *■•"» 
 
 Another way to do the fame, -ry- -— 
 
 To purify olive oil, that it may be eaten with 
 
 pleafure, —- ,«— — * • s? — 
 
 To make fage, parfley, or pennyroyal butter, 
 To purify and refine fugar, — — 
 
 To make a plant grow in two or three hours, 
 To reduce a whole vegetable into a liquor which 
 may be called the elfence thereof, - - 
 
 Page, 
 hi 
 112 
 
 ib. 
 
 ib. 
 ib. 
 ib. 
 
 115 
 
 ib. 
 
 1*7 
 119 
 
 I2Q 
 121 
 
 122 
 ib. 
 
 I2 3 
 
 ib. 
 
 ib* 
 
 ib, 
 124 
 
 ib. 
 
 12 S 
 
 126 
 
 ib. 
 ib. 
 ib, 
 
 127 
 ib, 
 ib. 
 
 128 
 
 _ 
 
 i*~^mm 
 
CONTENTS. 
 
 \ 
 
 in 
 
 AG! 
 Ui 
 Ml 
 
 ii 
 
 11; 
 
 "I 
 
 ii 
 
 II] 
 II) 
 I2i 
 121 
 
 122 
 
 ii 
 
 ii 
 ii 
 ii 
 
 i 
 
 i: 
 ii 
 i 
 
 i 
 
 \r 
 h 
 
 If 
 
 Pagi. 
 
 To make the lively form and idea of any plant ap- 
 pear in a glafs, — — — 128 
 
 Another way to make the efTence of a plant, - 129 
 
 Another way to make the true eiTence, or rather 
 quinteiTence, — «— — ib. 
 
 To make the form of a firr tree appear in colophonia, ib. 
 To make hartfhorn feemingly grow in a glafs, ib. 
 
 To make a durable and lading oil, — — 130 
 
 To make a candle that {hall Faft long, - - ii. 
 
 To make the diflilled oil out of any herb, feed, 
 flower, or paper, in a moment, without a furnace, ib. 
 
 To reduce rofin into turpentine again, - ib. 
 
 To write or engrave upon an egg, pebble, flint, &c. 131 
 
 To make a powder, which being wetted fhall be 
 kindled, . ___ 
 
 To make a room feem to be on fire, 
 
 To m .k~ the four elements appear in a glafs, - 
 
 To rcpn.fent the whole world in a glafs, 
 
 To make regulus of antimony, for antimonial, 
 
 cups, . 
 
 To make Barbers' wauVballs, — 
 
 To n.ake common wauVballs the bed of that kind, 
 To mike unguentum pomatum, or ointment of 
 
 apples, — . _ 
 
 To make a compound pomatum, 
 
 To cleanfe the fkin, 
 
 To make the (kin foft and fmooth, — . 
 
 A water to cleanfe the face from fcurf or morphew, ib 
 
 An unguent which brings the (kin to an exquifite 
 
 keauty, A 
 
 To make the hair lank and flag that curls too much Ik 
 lo ma : ie the hair grow long and foft, — 
 
 io prefer the hair from fplitting at the ends. 
 
 A treet powder to lay among cloaths, 
 
 Another for the fame, or to wear about one, 
 
 An excellent perfuming powder for the hair, . 
 
 A periume to fmoak and burn, — ___ 
 
 T" make red writing ink', — . 
 
 Altothci way, 
 
 ih 
 ib. 
 
 ib. 
 
 ib. 
 ib. 
 
 • > 
 to. 
 
 ib. 
 
 ib. 
 ih. 
 ib, 
 
 l S5 
 
 ih 
 
 ih. 
 
 ib. 
 
 ib, 
 
'■—mxmp% 
 
 IT 
 
 CONTENTS, 
 
 To make green ink to write with 
 Another way, — 
 
 To make blue ink to write with, ; — 
 To make red writing ink of vermillion, 
 To make printers' black, — 
 
 To make red printing ink, — 
 
 To make green printing ink, — - 
 
 To make red foft wax, — 
 
 The Tame otherwife, — 
 
 To make green wax, — 
 
 To make black wax, — 
 
 To make wax perfumed, — 
 
 To make hard fealing wax, — 
 
 A ftrong glue for pipes and aquedu&s, 
 To make a very ftrong glue, — 
 
 To make artificial pearls, — 
 
 Page. 
 
 ii6 
 
 ib 
 
 — . if. 
 
 -, — ik 
 
 _ . ik 
 
 — ik 
 
 «— ik 
 
 — ik 
 
 — . ik 
 
 ik 
 ik 
 
 ik 
 
 13S 
 
 tmmmm* 
 
[ i ] 
 
 TABLE of CONTENTS. 
 
 PART III. 
 
 l i 
 
 I 
 
 Of the nature and compofition of Glafs, 
 and the art of counterfeiting Gems of 
 every kind. 
 
 o 
 
 Page. 
 146 
 
 F GLASS in general, .*» _ 
 
 Of the materials ferving for the body of glafs, 
 Of the materials ufed as fluxes in the compofition 
 of glafs, _ __ _ _ 
 
 Uf the materials ufed to make glafs colourlefs, 
 Of the inftrnments and utenfils employed ii\ the 
 
 compofition and preparation of glafs, 
 Of the feveral kinds of white glafs, and their com- 
 
 pofition in general, 
 
 Of the nature and compofition of flint-glafs, and 
 
 the German cryftal glafs, 
 
 Compofition of the molt perfe& kind of flint-glafs, ,6c 
 Compofition of flint-glafs with a greater propor-' 
 tionoffalts, <c 
 
 Cheaper compofition of flint-glafs with arfenic, ib. 
 Cheaper compofition of glafs by means of com- 
 mon fait, r 
 
 * *~- — 167 
 
 150 
 156 
 
 l 59 
 163 
 
 ib. 
 
11 
 
 i6j 
 
 169 
 171 
 
 172; 
 
 #$* 
 
 CONTENTS. 
 
 Page. 
 
 Cheapeft compofition of flint-glafs by the addition 
 
 of arfenic and common fait, , — 
 Compofition of the beft German cryftal glafs, 
 Cheaper compofition of German cryftal glafs, 
 Of the nature and compofition of the g'afs proper 
 
 for plates for mirrors or looking glaffes, 
 Manner of purifying pearl-afhes, 
 Beft compofition of glafs for looking* glafs plates, 
 Cheaper compofition for looking glafs plates, - 
 Of the nature and compofition of window-glafs, 
 Compofition of crown (or the beft window) gWfs 
 Compofition for a cheaper kind of wiridow-glafs, B 
 Compofition of common or green window glafs, 
 Cheapeft compofition of common or green window- 
 glafs, — - — * 
 Of the nature and compofition of the glafs for 
 
 phials, — — • — ~-~ ~— 
 
 Compofition of the beft phial glafs, — 
 
 Cheapeft compofition of green or common phial 
 
 glafs, — — — ~~"~ ~~ " 
 
 Of the commixture of the ingredients for the fede- 
 ral compofitions of white tranfparent glafs, 
 
 Of the manner of melting and fufitig the feverat 
 compofitions, in order to their converfion into 
 glafs ; with the means of judging when the vi- 
 trification is perfe&, — — 
 
 Of the means of promoting and accelerating the 
 perfeft vitrification of the ingredients, when the 
 compofition proves defective in that point ; with 
 the means of removing any yellowifh or green - 
 ifh tinge that maty arife, — — 
 
 Of the compofition and treatment of the common, 
 bottle, or green-glafs, — - — 
 
 Compofition of green or bottle-glafs, — 
 
 Compofition of green or bottle-glafs, with the ad- 
 dition of fcoria or clinkers, — — 
 
 Of the general nature of coloured glafs, and of 
 the feveral compofitions proper for receiving th^ 
 colours, in order to the forming glafs, or ^afte 
 
 u 
 
 *73 
 
 *7S 
 
 t*& 
 
 "7» 
 *7f 
 
 ■H 
 
i 
 
 * 
 
 •i 
 
 CONTENTS. & 
 
 Page. 
 
 ih imitation of precious ftones ; with the quali- 
 ties attendant on each, — — - 1 80 
 
 Of the nature and preparation of the fubftances 
 ufed for tinging glafs, — — 1 82 
 
 Compofition of hard glafs, and paftes, proper for 
 receiving colours, — . — 183 
 
 Method of bringing pearl-afhes, or any other fixed 
 alkaline falts of vegetables, to the higheft de- 
 gree of purity, proper for the mod tranfparent 
 glafs, ^ — — — _ __ ,g + 
 
 Compofition of the beft and hardefl glafs for re- 
 ceiving colours, — — — — /£. 
 
 Compofition of the beft glafs for receiving colours ; 
 but fomewhat lefs hard than the above, - ib. 
 
 Compofition of foft glafs, or pafte, proper for 
 receiving colours, - - - - jgr 
 
 Compofition of glafs, or pafte, much fofter than 
 the above, - - ---/<$. 
 
 " ' ' "^ ■»"•■• 
 Compofitions of Glass, or Paste, of a red colour. 
 
 c 
 
 OMPOSITION of fine red glafs refembling 
 the ruby, — _ _ _ ,g 7 
 
 Compofition of a pafte refembling the ruby, ib* 
 
 Compofition of a cheaper pafte refembling the ruby, iL 
 Compofition for hard glafs refembling the garnet, 188 
 Cheaper compofition of hard glafs refembling the 
 garnet, — — _ _ _ ^ 
 
 Compofition of pafte of the colour of garnet, — ib. 
 Compofition of hard glafs refembling the vinegar 
 garnet, - _ _ *_ _* ih 
 
 Compofitions of Glass, and Paste, of a blue colour. 
 
 c 
 
 blue colour, 
 
 Compofition of pafte of a full blue colour, _ ■«[ 
 
 OPPOSITION of hard glafs of a very full 
 
 ^MB 
 
iv 
 
 CONTENTS. 
 
 Page. 
 
 Competition of hard glafs refembling the fapphire, 189 
 Cheaper competition of hard glafs rcfembling the 
 
 fapphire, — — — f 
 
 Compofition of pafte rcfembling the fapphire, — ib. 
 Compofition of hard glafs and paftes, refembling 
 
 fapphires, by means of fmalt, — *— **• 
 Compofition of hard glafs refembling the eagle 
 
 marine (vulgarly called egg-marine) — # »9° 
 
 Compofition of pafte refembling the eagle marine, i$» 
 
 Compofitions of hard Glass and Pastes, of a yellow 
 
 colour. 
 
 c 
 
 
 _ OMPOSITION of a hard glafs of gold, or 
 full yellow colour, — — — - l 9° 
 
 Compofition of pafte of a gold or full yellow colour, ib. 
 
 Compofition of hard glafs refembling the topaz, 191 
 
 Compofition of pafte refembling the topaz, — ib. 
 
 Compofition of hard glafs refembling the cryfolite, ib. 
 
 Compofition of pafte refembling the cryiolite, ib. 
 
 Compofitions of hard Glass, and Paste, of a green 
 
 colour. 
 
 X^i OMPOSITION of hard glafs refembling the 
 
 emerald, — .— - — - " — 1 9 l 
 
 Compofition of pafte refembling the emerald, ih 
 
 Compofitions of Glass and Pastes, of a purple co- 
 lour. 
 
 V-4 OMPOSITION of hard glafs, of a deep, 
 and very bright purple colour, — *9* 
 
 Cheaper compofition of hard glafs of a deep pur* 
 pie colour, — — — ~ l 9 2 
 
 Compofition of pafte of a deep purple colour, ib. 
 
 Compofition of hard glafs of the colour of the ame- 
 thyft, — — — &- 
 
 Compofition of pafte of the colour of the amethyft, ih % 
 
CONTENTS. 
 
 Of pafte refembling the diamond, — * 
 Compofition of hard glafs perfe&ly black, 
 Compofition of pafte perfectly black, 
 
 v 
 
 Page. 
 
 — 192 
 
 — ik 
 
 ib. 
 
 Of the white opake, and femi-tranfparent Glass and 
 
 Pastes. 
 
 c 
 
 OMPOSITION of white opake glafs, 193 
 
 Compofition of pafte of an opake whitenefs, ik. 
 
 Compofition of glafs of an opake whitenefs, formed 
 by arfenic, — — . — aL ib. 
 
 Compofition of hard glafs, or pafte, formed by calx 
 of tin or antimony, „ < /£ # 
 
 Compofition of femi-tranfparent white glafs and 
 pafte, refembling the opal, — 19* 
 
 Compofition of fiditious or counterfeit lapis la- 
 zuli, ^ — — . _ _ ± fa 
 
 Compofnion of hard glafs refembling the red cor- 
 
 nelian, — _ __ _ ^ 
 
 Compofition of pafte refembling the red cornelian, ib. 
 Compofition of hard glafs refembling the white cor- 
 nelian, •£ 
 
 Compofition of pafte refembling the white cornelian, ib. 
 
 Compoinionof hard glafs, or parte, refembling 
 the torquoife flone, — __ IQ ^ 
 
 Compofition of the brown Venetian glafs with gold 
 fpanglcs,commonlycal!ed the Philofopher's ftone, ib. 
 
 Of the fufion and vitrification of the feveral com- 
 petitions of coloured glafs, with the particular 
 -rules and cautions to be obferved in the manage- 
 ment of each kind, — lc 7 
 
 Of colouring rock cryftals for the imitations of - 
 gems, — — _ _ _ 2Qo 
 
 Of doublets, — . — _ ___ 
 
 Of the general nature and preparation of foils, 206 
 
 Of the colouring £oils f 2Q o 
 
 Of foils for cryftals, pebbles, or pafte, to give the 
 luftre and play of diamonds, 
 
 210 
 
n 
 
 vi 
 
 o 
 
 CONTENTS. 
 Of Cements. 
 
 Page. 
 
 212 
 
 ib. 
 
 ik 
 
 213 
 
 /F common glue, — — 
 Preparation of ifmglafs glue, — — 
 
 Preparation of parchment glue, — 
 
 Preparation of a very ftrong compound glue, 
 Preparation of a very ftrong glue that will refill 
 
 moifture, — n 
 
 Preparation of lip glue, for extemporaneoufly ce- 
 
 menting paper, filk, and thin leather, &c. $b. 
 
 Of fizes, — — — — ~~ ? l f 
 Of paftes, — — ' — ' — — 7 
 Of lutes, — — — .— ri ib - 
 Preparation of cement for joining broken gialies, 
 
 china, &c. — — — . . . — ?l6 
 
 Preparation of common cement for joining aia- 
 
 bafter, marble, porphyry, or other ftones, 217 
 
 Of cements for rock-work, refervoirs, and other 
 
 fuch purpofei, — — £ mtr- »• 
 
 
 T— "—WH^Wi 
 
JW»g^ »Mg»»»«tf W M^ nW Jfl 
 
 jiwumijiiJi 
 
 ; THE 
 
 \ SCHOOL of ARTS. 
 
 Of gilding, filvering, bronzing, japanning, 
 I laquering, and the ftaining different kinds 
 of fubftances, with all the variety of co- 
 lours. 
 
 PART I. 
 
 Of gilding in general, 
 
 ~!~^HE gilding different fubftances is performed by a 
 1 variety of means accommodated to the nature of 
 each. But the principle is the fame in all ; (except 
 with refpc& to one kind pra&ifed on metals, where 
 quickfilver and heat is ufed, which I omit here as not 
 properly a part of the fubjed of this work ;) being on- 
 iy the putting fome proper cement on the body to be 
 gilt ; and then laying the gold either in the form of 
 leaves, or powder, on the cement ; which binds it to 
 the body. The principal kinds of gilding are thofe 
 called oil gilding ;—burni/b gilding ;— and japanners 
 
 (ding, or gilding with gold fize. Thefe may be 
 promifcuoufly ufed on grounds either of wood, me- 
 tal, or any other firm or rigid body: but paper and 
 leather require a treatment in fome cafes peculiar to 
 themfelves. The firft attention, in moft kinds of gild- 
 »"g, is the choice of leaf gold ; which mould be pure, 
 and of the colour accommodated to the purpofe, or 
 tafte of the work. Purity isrequifite in all cafes; for 
 it the gold be allayed with filver, it will be of too pale 
 a»dgrecniflia.huefor any application; and if it con- 
 tain much copper, it will in time turn to a vet much 
 Wronger green. The purity may be afccrtaincd with 
 
 B 
 

 I i 
 
 ( 2 ) ' ■ 
 
 accuracy enough for this purpofc, by the toticMotic, 
 and aquafortis \ and the fitnefs.of the colour to any 
 particular purpose, may be dmihgurflted Jy the eje. 
 The full yellow is certainly the moll beautiful and tru- 
 cft colour of gold: but the deep reddifli caR has been 
 of late moft efteemed from the capnee of faihion. 
 Whichever may be chofen, the colour ought neverthe 
 IciVto be eood of the kind ; for there is a great varia- 
 lion in the force and cffcS of different parcels of the 
 fame teint ; fome appearing more foul and muddy ; 
 others bright and clear. The bed method however of 
 judging of the colour of leaf gold with nicety, is by 
 keeping a fpecimeji of fuch as is perfed ; with .which 
 any fre(h parcel may be occafionally compared. There 
 is, befides the true leaf gold, another kind in nfe, call- 
 ed Dutch gold : which is copper gilt, and beaten into 
 leaves like the genuine. It is much cheaper ; and has, 
 when good, greatly the effe& of the true, at the time 
 of its being laid on the ground ; but with any accefs of 
 moifture, it lofes its- colour, and turns green in fpots ; 
 and, indeed, in all cafes, its .beauty is ioonuup^ud, 
 unlefs well fecured by laquer or varnifh. It is never- 
 thelefs ferviceable for coarfer gilding, where large mnf- 
 fes are wanted ; efpeeially where it is to be feen by arti- 
 ficial light, as in thetrafe of theatres : and if well var- 
 mlhed,°will there in a great meaiure anfwer the end of 
 the genuine kinds. The other preparations of gold, 
 belonging to particular kinds of gilding, 1 ihall treat 
 of them, as like wife the cements or other fubftances 
 employed, in their refpeciive places ; and proceed now 
 to (how, what the inllruments are, which are common 
 to the three principal methods. 
 
 Of the infiruments tJrat are common to oil, buruijlh 
 audinpannsrs, gildin?>~\ The fir it neceffary inftrument 
 kv, a cufhion for receiving the leaves of gold from the 
 paper, in order to its being cut into proper ivit andn- 
 gures, for covering the places to be gilt. This cufhion 
 Should be made of leather, and failened to a fquave 
 board,, which mould have a handle. It may be of any 
 £ . from- fourteen inches fquare to ten ; and (lioull 
 
 — '"""»» 
 
(•It 
 rn 
 
 ( 3 ) 
 be fluffed betwixt the leather and board with line tow 
 
 wool ; but in fuels a manner, that the fur face may be 
 perfectly flat and even. A proper knife Is the next, 
 
 : an egu; Fly requisite iriftfumen* ; as It is neceffary fft 
 
 if ; ') cut or dtVtde the gold into parts correspond- 
 
 'n thofe, which are to be covered. This knife 
 
 ; the' fame in all respects as t hole ufed in painting, 
 
 f knives ; the blade of which may he four or 
 
 fni inches »6ng, hit more than half an inch 
 
 in breadth, with ndle proportionable. A fquirrel's 
 
 tail is hkewrfe allv provided, for taking up the 
 
 eaves", for comprfcfiing the gold to the fur*- 
 
 ia:c where it is laid, and giving it the poiU?'>n requir- 
 
 It is uft rttlie for takir g up the parts cf 
 
 leaves; but this i, r done by means of a ball of 
 
 cotton wool ; w viil both amwer this end, and that 
 
 of eompreffing the g<Vld \\\ a more eafy and effectual 
 
 irinet. This fqurrreP^s tail is cut fhort, and fome'times 
 fpread in the fan-faflifori by means of a piece of wood 
 formed like a pencil (lick, but b oad at one end, and 
 fplit to receive the tail ; but it will eqaaliy ferve the 
 purpofe in it« own form, when the hair is cut to a pro- 
 per length. This inflrument is by fome called a pallet >> 
 but improperly ; as the board for holding the colours 
 in painting, and which is frequently in ufe along with 
 this, being called by the fame name, would neceflarily 
 produce a confudon in fpeaking of either. A brum. 
 of very foft hog's hair, or of the fitch kind, made 
 largej is likewife commonly ufed for paring over the 
 w ;rk when it is become dry, in order to take oft the 
 loofe gold. Some fine cotton wool is alfo neceffary for 
 taking up the fmaller parts of the leaves, and laying 
 them on the work : as alfo for compreffing and adjur- 
 ing them when laid on. The cotton mould be formed 
 into a ball, by tying it up in a piece of fine linen rag; 
 for if it be ufed without the rag, the fibres adhere to 
 the gold iv/x, and embarrafs the work. A fmall fione 
 and miittar, urith a proportionable palate knife, are re- 
 quired for grinding and tempering the mixtures made of 
 the fat oil, or gold fize, with each other, and the co- 
 
 B<2 
 
( 4 ) 
 lours that may be added to t^iem. Proper brti flies are 
 alfo wanted tor laying on, arjd fpreading the fat oil, or 
 fize, on the work : and fome of thefe fhould be fitch, 
 esof different fizesj in order to convey and fettle the 
 gold, where the relief of carved vVork forms deep hol- 
 lows. Thefe are all the inftruments that are common 
 to all the three principal kinds of gilding ; fuch as are 
 peculiar to each, I fiiall take notice of where they more 
 properly occur. 
 
 The manner of oil gilding, and the preparation of fat 
 o;7.] The gilding wTth oil is the moll, eafy and cheap, 
 as well as moft durable kind ; and therefore, is moft> 
 ly applied to common purpofes. It is performed by ce- 
 menting the gold to the ground, by means of fat oil. 
 The preparation of which is, therefore previously necef- 
 fary to be known ; and may be much better manag- 
 ed in the following manner, than by any method hi- 
 therto taught, or commonly practiced. — — — " Take 
 any quantity of linfeed oil, and put it into an earthen, 
 or any other veiTel of a- broad form, fo that the oil 
 may lie in it with a very large furface ; but the propor- 
 tion mould be fo limited, that the oil may be about an 
 inch thick in the vefTel. The earthen pans ufed for 
 milk, in the forming cream for butter, are very well 
 accommodated to this purpofe. Along with the oil a8 
 much water mould be alfo put into the veffei, as will 
 rife fix inches or more above the bottom. Place the vef- 
 fei then, with the oil fwimrning on the water, in any 
 open place where the fun and rain may have accefs to 
 it ; but where it may be as free from receiving dud and 
 filth as pofiible. Let it (land in this condition, llir- 
 ring the contents on every opportunity, for five or fix 
 weeks, or till it appear of the confidence of treacle*. 
 Take the oil then from off the water into a phial, or 
 bottle of a long form, or what is better, into a feparat- 
 ing funnel, fuch as is ufed by the chemists, and theTe 
 draw off the remainder of the water. Place it after- 
 wards, being in the long bott'e or phial, in fuch heat 
 as will render it perfectly fluid ; and the foulneiTes it 
 may contain will Coon fubtide to the bottom j, when the 
 
( 5 ) 
 clear part mud be poured off; and the remainder drain- 
 ed through a flannel, while yet water, and the whole 
 
 will then be fit for ufe." It is to be obferved, that 
 
 this method is only practicable in fummer; as the fun 
 hc?s not fufficient power in winter to produce a due 
 change in the oil. This method differs from that com- 
 monly pra&ife'd, in the addition of the water ; which 
 fuffers the foulnefs to feparate from the oil, and fink to 
 the bottom ; where it remains without being again mix- 
 ed with the oil every time it is ftirred, as is unavoida- 
 ble where no water is ufed. The water likevvife greatly 
 contributes to bleach the oil, and improve it in other 
 jjjl refpe&s. The bed previous preparation of the piece to 
 at ! )e %i^A, if it have not already any coat of oil paint* 
 is to prime it with drying oil mixed with a little yellow 
 okr; to which, alfo, a very fmall proportion of ver- 
 milhon may be added. But where greater nicety and 
 perfection is required in the work, the wood mould be 
 firft rubbed with fifh fkin ; and then with Dutch ruih- 
 iei es \ T . his P rimin g btingdry, the next part of the ope- 
 ration js the fizing the work ; which may be done, ei- 
 ther with the fat oil alone, (but diluted with drying oil, 
 if too thick to be worked without) or with fat oil, 
 and the japftnner'e gold fize, (of which the preparati- 
 ^ on, is below taught) either in equal quantities, cr in 
 k any lefs proportion, with refpect to the gold fize. 
 The difference betwixt the ufe and omifiion of the gold 
 
 H 
 
 e: 
 DO 
 
 mo 
 
 i 
 
 h 
 tntl 
 
 at 
 fife 
 m: 
 oil 
 
 B 
 
 rtii 
 lie 
 rep: 
 
 QUI! 
 
 dl 
 
 * 
 
 In l iie ( | lttcr ? ncc betwixt the ufe and omifiion of the gold 
 fize, in this way of gilding, lies in two particulars* 
 
 ccfi 
 
 The one is, that the fizing dries faller according to 
 the proportion of the quantity of the gold fize- to the 
 
 * though, taking away the prejudice of fafhion, I mould 
 
 P, tank the molt mining the molt beautiful ; and of the 
 
 '! ftrongeft effecl. The fat oil, or the compound of that 
 
 nd the gold fize, mult be ground with fome yeilowr 
 
 ker ; and then by means of a brum, laid thinly over* 
 
 !; ' the work to be gilt. But, in doing this, cave muft b c 
 
taken to pafs the brufh into dl the holWs and cavities, 
 if the fiibje.& be carved, or have any other way, pro- • 
 jeciing parts. For where the fize fails to be laid on, 
 the gold will never take till she work be again repaired, 
 by going over the defective places with frefhiize : which 
 mould be avoided as much as poflible. Where great 
 perfeaion is required, the gold Ihould not be laid on 
 the firft fizing; but that being fullered to dry, the 
 work (hould be again fized a fecond time: and feme 
 who are very nice even proceed to a third. The work 
 being thus fized, muft be kept tiil it appear in a proper 
 condition to receive the gold : which muft be diftin- 
 guifhed by touching with the finger. It it appear then 
 a little adhefive or clammy, but not fo as to be brought 
 off by the finger, it is io a fit condition to be gilt. But 
 if it be to clammy as to daub or come off on being 
 touched, it is not fufficiently dry, and mull be kept lon- 
 ger : or if there be no clamminefs or tticky quality re- 
 maining, it is too dry, and muff be fized over again 
 before it can be gilt. When the work is thus ready to 
 receive the gold, the leaves of gold, where the furface 
 is fufficiently large and plain to contain them, may be 
 laid on entire, either by means of the fqutrrei's fail ; 
 or immediately from the paper in which thty were on- 
 ginaily put ; a method, that, by thole who have the 
 proper dexterity of doing it, is found to be much the 
 limpleft and quickeft, as well as befi, for the perfeclioti 
 of the work. Being laid on the proper parts of the 
 work, the leaves muft then be fettled to the ground, by 
 compreffing t'bofe, which appear to want it, gently 
 nth the fquirrel's tail or cotton ball ; and if any part 
 r the gold has flown off, or been displaced, fo as to 
 leave a naked or uncovered fpot, a piece of another 
 r ti, of fize and figure correfpondent to fuch fpot, mud 
 be laid upon it. Where the barfs are too fmall to ad- 
 lit of the laying on whole leaves, or where vacancies 
 left after laying on whole leaves which are lefs than 
 •aire others to cover them, the leaves which are to be 
 muft be firft turned from the paper upon the cufn- 
 ;>n defcribed above amongft the instruments). They 
 mutt men be cut, by fcoring over them, with the knit? 
 
 ft 
 
 WOI 
 
 lak 
 
 WO' 
 
 tk 
 ver 
 
 eve 
 fp 
 «r 
 
 re! : 
 poi 
 
 i, 
 
 $: 
 
 tl 
 
 u: 
 
 
 Hi 
 
 ■■■ 
 

 ( 7 . ' 
 
 (jrbove deferibed likewife) into fuch diviilons or flip* 
 as may be mofl commodioufly laid on the parts of the 
 work to be covered. After which being feparated, and 
 taken up as they are wanted by means of the cottof* 
 wool, to which ij^ing breathed upon they will adhere, 
 they mult be laid in the places they are defigncd toco- 
 v.r; and gently prefied by the cotton, till they touch 
 every where, and lie even on the ground. Where the 
 work is very hollow, and fmall pieces are wanted to co- 
 ver parts that lie deep and out of the reach of thefquir- 
 rel's tail or the cotton, they may be taken up by the 
 point of a fitch pencil (being firfl breathed upon) and 
 by that means conveyed to and fettled in their proper 
 ftlace. Thofe who are accuftomed to it, ufe the pencil 
 commodioufly for a gre.it part of the work where large 
 parti of the leaves cannot be ufed. The whole of the 
 work being thus covered, mould be fuffercd to remain 
 till it be dry ; and it may then be brufhed over by a ca* 
 mel'a hair pencil or foft bog's hair brufh, to take off 
 from it all loofe parts of the gold. If, after the brufh- 
 ing, any defective pans, or vacancies appear in the gild- 
 ing, fuch partt? nauft be again fized ; and treated in 
 u.e fame manner as the whole was before : but theja- 
 tirier** gold fiie alone is much better for this purpofe 
 than either the fat oil alone, or any mixture. 
 
 Of burnijh gili'tng y with the preparation cf the pre* 
 per fize f, o ( ;j The gilding with burnifhed gold is 
 ieidom pra&itcd, bur. upon wood ; and at prefeot moft- 
 ly in the cafe of carved work, or where carved work is 
 mixed with plain. The chief difference in the manner 
 betwixt this andoldgildingUesin the preparing the work 
 to receive the gold ; and in the fubflituting a fize made, 
 of parchment, or the cutting of glover's leather in tho 
 place of the fat oil, as a cement. The preparation of 
 this fize (hould, therefore, be previoufty known ; and 
 may be as fol!ow3. — '« Take a pound of the cuttings 
 of parchment, or of the leather ufed by glovers ; and, 
 having added to them fix quarts of water, boil them, 
 till the quantiry of fluid be reduced to two quarts : or 
 
 
 

 ( 8 I 
 
 till, on the taking out a Utile, it will appear like a jel- 
 ly an growing cold'. Strain it through flannel while 
 
 hot ; and it will then be fit For. nfe."~ This ilze is 
 
 employed in burnift) gilding, not only in forming the 
 gold fize, or cement for binding the gold to the 
 ground ; but alio in priming, or previoufly preparing 
 the work. But before I proceed to [how the ■ mariner of 
 ujfirvg it fo, it is neceffary to give the compolr ions for 
 the proper cement or gilding fize employed in this kind 
 of gilding. There are a multiplicity of recip.es for this 
 compofitioH, which are approved of by dthcrt nt per- 
 ion?, : but as in general they vary not efientially from 
 each other, I, will only give two, which I believe to ne 
 
 each the belt in their kinds. u Take any quantity 
 
 of bole armoniac, and add fonie water to it, that it 
 may {"oak till it ptow foft. Levigate it then on the 
 (lone, 'but not with more water than will prevent its be* 
 h\g of a itif| confidence ; and add to it a little purified 
 luei or tallow fcraptd ; and grind them together. When 
 this is wanted for ufe, dilute it to the confidence of 
 cream j by parchment 01 plover's fize, mix'd with dou- 
 ble its quantity of water, and made warm. Sortie melt 
 the futt or tallow, arid mix it previously with five or 
 Six times its weight of chalk before it is Out to the bole, 
 to f icilit ate tht'if commixture ; to which in this wet 
 (late they are otherwise fomewhat repugnant. It is al- 
 [o fomei;imes ora.ciiled to put loan luds to the bule ; 
 which wall contribute to its uniting with the tallow. 
 -This is the fimpleii compofkion, and equally good 
 
 with the followm^, or any other ; but for the indulgence 
 
 ... <"• « „ . .. 
 
 or the variety of opinions, which reigns in all theie 
 
 kinds of niarters, I will imert another " lake of 
 
 bole in fine powder one pound, and of black lead two 
 ounces. Mix them well by grinding ; and then add of 
 olive oil two ounces, and of bees -wax one ounce, melt- 
 ed together ; and repeat the grinding tiil the whole be , 
 thoroughly incorporated. When this mixture is to be 
 uled, dilute it wiih the parchment or glover's iize, as 
 was directed in the former recipe. But till thetinae of 
 iift-ng them, both this and the foregoing mould be kept 
 
' 9 ) 
 
 fmmpitd in water, which will preferve diem good/* 
 -. — To prepare the wood for fcumirfi -.gilding, it mould 
 firft be well rubbed with fifh-fkin ; and then with Dutch 
 ruftes : but this can only be praclifed in the larger and 
 plainer parrs of the work, otherwife it may damage the 
 carving, or render it lcfs fliarp by wearing off tbc 
 pointj. It muft then be primed with the glover's hV, 
 mixed with as much whiting as will give it" a tolerable 
 body of colour: which mixture mutt be made by melt- 
 ing the fize, and ftrewing the whiting in a powdcied 
 ftate gradually into it, ftirring them well together, that 
 they may be thoroughly incorporated. Of this prim- 
 ing feyen or eight coats mould be given, time beinp- 
 ahowtd for the drying of each before the other part be 
 put on ; and care mould bc'taken in doing this, to work 
 the priming well with the brum, into all the cavities or 
 hollows there may be in the carved work. After the 
 lalt coat is laid on, and before it be quite dry, a brufh 
 pencil dipt in water mould be patted over the whole, to 
 imooth it and take away any lumps or inequalities that 
 may have been formed : and when it is dry, the parts 
 which admit of it mould be again brufhed over till ther 
 be perfectly even. The work fliould then be repaired, 
 by freeing all the cavities and hollow parts from the 
 priming, which may choak them, or injure the relief of 
 the carv,ng : a f ter which a water po];fh fc ou]d be .^ 
 
 en to the parts defigned to be burnifhed, by rubbing 
 them gently with a fine linen rag moiftened with water! 
 | he work being thus prepared, when it is to be gilt, 
 <'M>t e the compofkion of bole, &c. with warm fize 
 »«*d witb two thirds of water ; end with a brufh 
 Jpread it over the whole of the work, and then fufrer 
 M to dry ; and go over it again with the mixture, in the 
 lame manner, at lead once more. After the lait coat, 
 nib it m the parts to be burnifned with a loft cloth, 
 ll! ' Jt be perfectly even. Some add a little vermillioa 
 to the gilding £zc\ and others colour the work, if carv- 
 ed, o^fore it be laid on, with yellow and the glover's 
 Sac ; to which a little vermillion, or red lead, mould 
 k Rdded. This laft method is to give, the appearance 
 
 na 
 
Jan 
 
 »tl! 
 
 id 
 
 -it 
 
 For 
 
 ( *o ) 
 of gilding to the deeper and obfeure pnrts of the carvi 
 ing:, where the gold cannot, or is ru-it thought necef. 
 Fary to be laid on. But this practice is at prefent much 
 diluted ; and inliead of it fuch parts of the work are 
 coloured after the gilding; which treatment is call.-d 
 matting. The work being thus properly prepared, fit 
 it in a pofition al noil perpendicular, but helming 
 little from you : and having the gilding fize, place all 
 the neceflary inllruments above defcribed ready, as alfo 
 a bafon of clean water ready at hand : wet then the 
 upper-mod part of the work, by means of a large 
 camel's hair pencil dipped in the water ; and then lay 
 on the gold upon the part fo wet, in the manner above '„ 
 directed for the gilding in oil, till it be completely co- 
 vered, or become too dry to take the gold. Proceed i 
 afterwards to wet the next part of the work, or the , 
 fame over again if neceffary, and gild it as the firft ; 
 repeating the fame method till the whole be finished, 
 Some wet the work with brandy, or fpirit of wine, 
 inliead of water ; but I do not conceive any advantage 
 can arife from it, that may not be equa-lly obtained by 
 a judicious ufe of water. This manner is moreover 
 much more troublefome and difficult, as well as expen- 
 sive. For only a fmall part mufl be wet at one time, 
 and the gold laid intlantly upon it, or the brandy or 
 fnirits will fly off, and leave the ground too dry to take 
 the gold. The work being thus gone over with the 
 gilding, mull be then examined ; arid fuch parts as re- 
 quire it repaired, by wetting them with the camel's hair 
 pencil, and covering them with the gold ; but as little 
 as poiTibleof the perfect part of the gilding mould be 
 wet, as the gold is very apt to turn black in this Mate. 
 When the repaired part alfo is dry, the work may be 
 matted, if it requite it ; 'that is, the hollow parts mn(l 
 be covered with a colour the nearer! in appearance to 
 gold. For this piirpofe fome recommend read Lad, 
 with a little verrnillion ground up with the white of an 
 frfeg - but 1 think ^ellow oker, or Dutch pink, with 
 red lead, would better anfwer the end : or the terra cli 
 SUnna very (lightly burnt or mixed with a little red lead 
 
 ik 
 pari 
 ift 
 ii 
 
 i 
 
 no 
 ru 
 pn 
 
 pit 
 
 IK 
 
 b 
 
 si 
 
 ill 
 
 FM jy -rninmin, 
 
( II ) 
 
 i on!:! have a much better effe&j and be more durable 
 
 : ian any other mixture fb near the colour of gofd In' 
 
 3e. Ifinglafs fize will likewife equally well fupply 
 
 ace of the whites of eggs in the compofniou for 
 
 ling. The work being thus gilt, it mufl remain 
 
 ut twenty four hours ; and then the parts of it that 
 
 igned ro be bumlfhed, muil be polimed with the 
 
 dug's tootji, or wiiIi the hUrnifhers of agate or flint 
 
 !e for this pur pole j But it mould be previoufly 
 
 d, whether it be of the proper temper as to drynefs. 
 
 i ; or though twenty-Four hours be the moil general 
 
 fpace of time, in which it becomes fit, yet the'diff- 
 
 p crciice of ieafon, or the degree of wet given to the 
 
 work, makes the drying irregular, with regard to any 
 
 d period. The way of diflinguifhing the fitnefs of 
 
 the work to take the bnrnifh, is to try two or three 
 
 particular parts at a diftafice from each other ; which, 
 
 .'if they take the poljfli in a kindly manner, the whole 
 
 nay be concluded fit. But if the scold peel off, or be 
 
 [difordered bv the rubbing, the work muil be deemed 
 
 fnot yet dry enough: and if the gold abide well the 
 
 [rubbing, and yet receives the poliih {lowly, it is a 
 
 proof of lis bein^ too dry : which mould be always 
 
 , , 1*1 ' T"» '■*•"- 1 
 
 'prevented, by watching the proper time. ror the 
 
 rk, when too dry, both requires much more labour 
 
 11 to burnim it, and fails at fail of taking fo fine a polifh. 
 
 r jap. ; gilding."] The japanners gilding is 
 
 ne! performed by means of gold powder, or imitations of 
 
 it, cemented to the ground by a kind of gold frzt much 
 
 "f. of the nature of drying oil : for the making: which, there 
 
 0,5 are various recipes followed by different perfons. I (hall, 
 
 however, only give one ;f the more compound, that 
 
 is much approved ; and another very iimple, but which, 
 
 lefs, is equally good for the purpofe with the 
 
 ■noil elaborate. The mere compound gold iize may be 
 
 11 thus mrdc.— ■" Take of gum animi and afphahum each 
 
 Wi one ounce, of read lead, litharge of gold and umbre, 
 
 each one ounce and a half. Reduce the grofler ingredi- 
 
 Wents to a fine pcuvdei ; and having mix'd them, put 
 
 ,them, together with a pound oflinfeed oil, into a pro- 
 
'S 
 
 ( iz ) 
 
 per veil A, and boll them gently : constantly ftrrrin 
 them, with a (tick or tobacco- -pipe, till the whole apr 
 pear to be incorporated. Continue the boding, frequent- 
 ly ftirring them, til), on taking out a imall quantify, 
 it appear thick lik<* tar, as it grows cold. Strain the 
 mixture then -through fl uinel ; and keep it carefully 
 itopt up in a bottle having a wide mouth, for ufe. But 
 v/hen it is wanted, it mutt be ground with as much ver- 
 million, as will give it an opakehody ; and at the fame 
 time diluted with oil of turpentine, fo as to render it of 
 a confidence proper for Working freely with the pencil/ - ' 
 
 The afphaltum does no!, I conceive, contribute 
 
 to the intention of gold fize : and the litharge of gold 
 and read lead, are both the fame thing, with refpecl: 
 to this .purpofe, under different names ; and neither 
 they nor the umbre ne-'efFary, but clogging ingredients 
 to the compoQtion. This gold fize may therefore be 
 equally well, or perhaps better prepared, in the follow* 
 ihg maaher — ''Take of i in feed oil one pound, and of 
 gum anion four ounces. Set the oil to boil in a proper 
 vefle) ; and then add the gum animi gradually in pow- 
 der ; ftirring each quantity about in the oil, till it ap- 
 peal' to be diffoiveci ; and then putting in another, till 
 the w.hole become mixed with the oil. Let the mixture 
 continue to boil, till on taking a fmall quantity out, it 
 appear of a thicker confidence than tar: and then 
 (train the whole thro' a coarfe cloth, and keep it for ufe. 
 But it mult, when applied, be mixed with vermillion 
 and oil of turpentine, in the manner diredted for the 
 foregoing." — This gold fize may be ufed on metals, 
 wood, or any other ground whatever. But before I 
 enter on the particular manner of gilding with it, the 
 preparation of the true and counterfeit gold powders 
 are neceffary to be {hown. The true gold powder may 
 
 be well and eafily made by the following method. 
 
 ** Take any quantity of leaf gold ; and grind it with vir- 
 gin honey, on a (lone, till the texture of the leaves be 
 perfectly broken; and their parts divided to the mi- 
 nuted degree. Then take the mixture of gold and ho- 
 rsey from off ihe (tone, and pu: i: into 3 china or other 
 
 
 I 
 
 M 
 
tfltt 
 
 Straii 
 
 ofe; 
 mi ' 
 hk 
 endei 
 
 lepa 
 
 th 
 
 d 
 
 
 J, w 
 
 n a p 
 
 c mis 
 
 :y oo; 
 
 ami 
 
 1 0'. 
 
 hi':. 
 
 po : 
 
 lod' 
 
 leart- 
 the 
 and 
 
 ( 13 ) 
 fuch bafon, with water ; and ftif it well about, that 
 the honey may be melted ; and the gold by that means 
 freed from it. Let the bafon afterwards Hand at reft, 
 till the gold be fubfided ; and when it is fo, pour off 
 the water from it ; and add frefh quantities till the ho- 
 ney be entirely wafhed away ; after which the gold may 
 be- put on paper, and dried for ufe." A gold pow- 
 der of a more interne yellow colour, brighter "than this, 
 may be made by a precipitation from gold ditlolved in 
 eqtta regia, Ly means of either green or Roman vitriol, 
 
 in this manner. "Take a folution of gold in aqua 
 
 ia; and add to it gradually, a folution of green 
 vitriol or copperas in water, till it appear that no fur- 
 ther precipitation of the gold be made, on zdd'mg a 
 frefh quantity. The folution of the copperas may be 
 made, by putting one d.achm of it powdered imo an 
 ounce or water, and making them till the whole appear 
 to be diflblved. After Which the folution muff tfand ; 
 and the clear part be poured off from the ferment, if 
 be found. The fluid mutt be poured off from the 
 precipitated g&dd, a* loon as it k perfectly fubfided : 
 and the precaution mint be well wafhed, by pouting 
 on it feverai i. ; oceffive quantities of wat< ftoman or 
 
 blue vitriol n ; beempfoyed for tUispprpofe tjiitead of 
 the green, hut it is foroewhat dearer, and has no ad- 
 vantage over the other. The gold precipitate thus ob- 
 tained is very bright and mining. A (inula r kind may 
 be prepared, by putting flat bars or plates of copper 
 into the lohiuon ot the gold in aqua >'regiar\>H\ 
 the precipitate is of a brown colour, without any 
 
 f be prepared from the fort of leaf gold, called the 
 Dutch gold, ^exactly In the fame manner as the true. 
 I he aurum MvJaicuM) which is tin coloured, and ren- 
 dered of a fialky or pulverine texture, by a chemical 
 procefs, fo us greatly to rtfemble gold powder, may be 
 likewift ufed ia this kind of gilding ; and prepared in 
 
( H ) . 
 
 the following manner — "Take of tin one pound, of flow- 
 ers of fulphm feven ounces, and of fal Amnioniacus and 
 purified quickfilver each half a pound. Melt the tin ; 
 and add the quickfilver to it in that ftate : and when the 
 mixture is become coid, powder it, and grind it with 
 the fal Amtnoniacus and fulphur, till the whole be tho- 
 roughly commixt. Calcine them then in a mattrafs ; 
 and the otter ingredients fubliming, the tin will be 
 converted into the auru??i Mofaicum ; and will be found 
 in the bottom of the glafs like a mafs of bright flafky 
 gold powder : but if any black or difcoloured parts ap. 
 pear in it, they mull be carefully pick'd pr cut- out." — - 
 The fal A?iimoniacus employed ought to be perfectly 
 white and clean ; and care mould be taken that the 
 quickfilver be not fuch as is unadulterate with lead ; 
 which may be known, by putting a fm#ll quantity in a 
 crucible into the fire, and obferving, , , whea it is taken 
 out, whether it be wholly fublimed away, or have left 
 any lead behind it. The calcination may be bell per- 
 formed in a coated glafs body, hung in the naked fire ; 
 and the body fhould be of a long figure, that the other 
 ingredients may rife fo as to leave the coloured tin clear 
 of them. The quickfilver, tho* it be formed into cin- 
 nabar along with the fulphur, need not be wailed ; but 
 may be revived by diftilling it with the addition of 
 quick lime ; for which a very cheap and commodious 
 method and apparatus may be found in a late treatife on 
 practical ehemiilry, intitled, The Elaboratbry laid open, 
 £5V. There are fome other coarfer powders in imitation 
 of gold, which are formed of precipitations of copper. 
 But as they are feldom ufed now for gilding, I frail 
 defer (hawing the manner of preparing them, till I 
 come to fpeak of bronzing, where they more properly 
 occur. Befides thefe powders, the genuine leaf at 
 Dutch gold may be ufed with the japanners gold fize, 
 where a more mining and gloffy effecl is defired in the 
 gilding, But in that kind of gilding which is intend- 
 ed to be varmfhed over, or to be mixed with other japan 
 work or paintings in varnifh, the powders are moil fre- 
 
 The mlding with hpanner 
 
 qucntlv 
 
 iployed. 
 
 ! i- 
 
 gold 
 & 
 
the is 
 r bentl 
 
 it j; 
 
 will | 
 )e foe: 
 bt|| 
 >arts- 
 cut,". 
 >erfeQ 
 that': 
 1 Id 
 city i: 
 is tali 
 tartf 
 )& pt; 
 :edk 
 le oil. 
 tin cl 
 into c 
 ed|l 
 litioii 
 modio. 
 f atifc ■ 
 
 M', 
 
 COpjK 
 
 ,11 
 
 i, i 
 
 leaf 
 old a 
 
 
 ( '5 ) 
 
 fize may bepra&ifed on aim oft: any fubftance whatever, 
 whether wood, metal, leather, or paper : and there is 
 no further preparation of the work necefTary to its be- 
 ipg gilt, han the having the furface even and perfectly 
 in. The manner of ufing the jappanners fize, is 
 tbia. Put then a proper quantity of it, prepared as 
 above directed, and mixed with the due proportion of 
 oil of turpentine and vermillion, into a fmall gally-pot, 
 or one of thofe tip vefFels above defcribtd, for contain- 
 ing che colours when ufed for in painting varnifh. Then 
 either fpread it with a brum over the work, where the 
 whole fur.faqe is to be gilt ; or draw with it, by means 
 of a pencil, the p:optr figure defired, avoiding care- 
 fully to let it touch any other parts. Suffer it after- 
 wards to reft till it be fit to receive the gold : which 
 muft be diftinguimed by the finger, in the fame manner 
 as with the fat o;l ; the having a proper clamminefs or 
 fticky quality, without being fo fluid as to take to the 
 finger, b< ing alike the criteriton in both cafes. Being 
 found of a proper drynefs, when the gold powders are 
 to be ufed, a piece of the foft leather, called nuajJolea* 
 ther$ wrapt round the fore finger, muft be dipt in the 
 powder, and then rubbed very lightly over the fized 
 work ; or, what is much better, the powder may be 
 1 by a foft camel's hair pencil. The whole being 
 ed, it muft be left to dry ; and the loofe powder 
 tn be chared away from the gilded part, and 
 collected, by means of a foft camels hair brum. When 
 leaf gM is ufed, the method of fizlng muft be the fame 
 for?) ers: but the point of due drynefs is very 
 
 i :e and rate in thefe cafes. For the leaves muft be 
 laid on while the matter is in a due ft ate, otherwife the 
 w f what is done muft be fized and gilt over again, 
 
 V more g ze is mixed up with the oil of tur- 
 
 P and vermillion, than can.be ufed at one time, 
 
 u Mumcrfing it under water till it be 
 
 a -h is indeed a general method of 
 
 P ; paint, or other' fuch compofitipns 
 
 as :Ut:ices. 
 
 9j ' r i vellum or parchment, ~\ There are 
 
 Qz 
 
w 
 
 ( 16 ) 
 
 & variety of methods ufed for gilding paper, according 
 to the feveral ends it is defigned to anfwer ; hilt for the 
 mod part fize, properly fo called, and gum water, are 
 ufed as the cements ; and the powders are more gene- 
 rally employed than the leaf gold. As I have given 
 the preparation of thefe feveral fubifances before, it 19 
 needlefs to repeat them here ; and I fnall therefore only 
 point out thofe circumftances in the manner of their ufe, 
 which are peculiar to the application of them to this 
 purpofe. 
 
 Of the gildings on paper proper to he ufed along *wiih 
 paihtings in water colours, or frefcoJ] The gilding pro- 
 per to be ufed with water colours maybe either with 
 the leaf cold, or powder; which sail, when mixed 
 with the proper vehicle, is C?Medf self gold. The leaf 
 gold is necefTary in all cafes, where % metalline and fhin- 
 mg appearance is wanted j and it may be laid en the 
 defigned ground, by means either of gnm water, or 
 ifrngiafs fize. The gum water or fize fliould be of tile 
 weaker kind, and not laid too freely on the ground; 
 and proper time mould Jikewife be given for it to dry; 
 the judgment on which mud be formed, in thi3 cafe, ?9 
 in the other kinds of gilding, by touching with the 
 linger. The management of the gold alio is much the 
 fame in this as in the former : and' where a polifhed r.p- 
 pearance is wanting, the dog's tooth or other kind of 
 bumifher maybe ufed. In the gilding larger furfacea, 
 it will be found advantageous to colour the groined 
 with the gall ftone : and where colours are, to be laid 
 on the gilding, the bruihing the gold over with the gall 
 of any bead will make it take them in a much more 
 kindly manner. When the gold powders are ufed 
 along with paintings in water colours, it is previously 
 formed mi o fly ell gold, (as it is called, from its being 
 ufually put into mufcle fhells, in the fame manner as the 
 colours.) This fhell gold is prepared, by tempering the 
 gold powder with very weak gum water ; to which a lit- 
 tle foap-fudsmay be put, to make the gold work more 
 eafily and freely. The preparation of the gold povv 
 ders is before given, p. 12, 
 
 * 
 
 
 and that of the gum 
 
 ■PPHMI 
 
 mm 
 
id OB 
 
 ( '7 ) 
 
 water, m? be tans prepared. w Take three quar- 
 ters or of gum Arabic, and a quarter of 
 an oun i Senegal, Powder them, and then 
 tie th< 3 linen rag ; leaving fo much un- 
 filled e bag, as to admit its being flat- 
 tened ' 'fure of the hand. Having fqueezed the 
 bag • r it, put it into a quart of hot water; 
 and I 't continue, moving it fometimes about, 
 an.. the water for aoout twenty- four hours, 
 Tl ill then be difToked ; and the bag mull be 
 •' The fluid beini.; divided into two parts, to 
 it add a quarter of an ounce of white fu- 
 g ly ^ovvdered, and keep the other in its pure ftate. 
 £ isy a ftrong and weak gum water, eack 
 p>' l >eir particular purpofes, will be obtained.'' 
 ■ig proper jhr the coloured paper for binding 
 books, and other fucb pur pofes."} This kind of gilding is 
 p Tformed in much ihe fame ^manner as that for mixing 
 with paintings in water colours; except with regard 
 to the { ing particulars. Firtt, in this cafe, the 
 
 (tended generally to form fome figure or 
 
 water or fize, inftead of being laid on 
 
 « h a b or pencil, is moil generally conveyed to 
 
 the : canB of a wooden plate, or print, and 
 
 • iy oy an engraved roller, which make an 
 ►refii the figure or defign intended. Secondly, 
 
 a- g of the gold from thefurfaceof the ground 
 
 is no difa d vantage in this kind of gilding, as it is in 
 to.j* that mixed with paintings, the gum water or fize may 
 hw! be much itronger ; which will contribute both to bind 
 uchj the gold firmer, and to give it a fort of emboiTed ap- 
 art 1 pearance, that improves the effedt. In this kind of 
 )revi( gilding, the japanners gold fize may be alfo commodi- 
 oufly employed, ior, as the paper muft be moiftened 
 before it be printed, there is no inconvenience liable to 
 *ri| happen from the running: of the gold fize thus ufed. 
 m* V\ here toe emboffed appearance is wanted in the great- 
 wiil elt degree, the gold fize mould indeed always be ufed : 
 ol'Jr : • ■ i in this cafe mould be thickened with yellow oker, 
 xed with as much read lead, as the proper wording 
 
 93 
 
*( i* ) 
 
 of the print will admit. The wooden plates or pnnti 
 ufcd for o-ilding in this manner, are worked by the hand, 
 aad are to be charged with the gum water or fize, of 
 whatever kind it be, by letting it gently and evenly 
 down on a cufhion on which the gum water or fize has 
 been copioufiy fpread by means of a proper brufn ; and 
 then prefiing it on the paper prepared by moiflening 
 it with water, and laid horizontally with fome meets of 
 other paper under it. Where the rolling print Is em- 
 ployed, the gum water pr fize mull be laid on it by a 
 proper brufh, immediately out of the pot or vefTcl which 
 contains it : but too copious an ufe mull be avoided, 
 for fear of fpreading it beyond the lines of the defign 
 or pattern. The fubfequent management of the gold, 
 whether leaf or powder, rnuft be the fame as in the 
 foregoing kinds of gilding. It rarely anfwers to ufe 
 the leaf gold in this kind of painting, nor even the true 
 gold powder : but the German powder,, or that form- 
 ed of the leaves called Dutch gold, k moRly employed, 
 and anfwers well enough the purpofe. The manufac- 
 tures of the gilt and marbled papers have not been fo 
 much cultivated in our own country, as it were to he 
 wifhed, fince very great fums have been always annual- 
 ly paid, both to Germany and Genoa, on this account, 
 The improvement of this manufacture is, therefore, a 
 very fit object of attention to that moft laudable fociety 
 for the eUablimment and encouragement of nfeful arts, 
 who have offered premiums to thofe who would give 
 proofs of their endeavours or fuccefs in parallel in fiances. 
 This fociety ha3 accordingly given lately a bounty 
 to Mr. Moor, of New-ftreet, who has ettahlifhed a 
 manufacture of gilt and flowered paper ; which exceeds 
 greatly the foreign in beauty, and is fold at a cheaper 
 rate than that can be afforded, even when the duty on 
 importation is not paid. 
 
 Of gilding proper for letters of gold on paper, and the 
 
 jmhelltjbxpent of manufcripts,~\ The molt eafy and neat 
 
 method of forming letters of gold on paper, and tor 
 
 ornaments of writings, is, by the gold ammoniac > as it 
 
 wa3 formerly called : the method of managing v/hich h 
 
 mm 
 
n |as follows.—" Take gum Ammoniacum, and powder* 
 %\t 9 and then diflblve it in water previoufly impregnated 
 'J I with a little gum Arabic, and fome juice of garlic. The 
 Jgum Ammoniacum will not diflblve in water, fo as to 
 : \ form a tranfparent fluid, but produces a milky appear- 
 ?ance; from whence the mixture is called in medicine 
 m \ the lac Ammonia cum. With the lac Ammoniacum thus 
 ts ° prepared, draw with a pencil, or write with a pen ort 
 ^ paper, or vellum, the intended figure or letters of the 
 JP gilding. Suffer the paper to dry; and then, or any 
 *J time afterwards, breathe on it till it be moiftened ; 
 ^ and immediately lay leaves of gold, or parts of leaves 
 % cut in the molt advantageous manner to fave the o-old, 
 Wovet the parts drawn or written upon with the lac Am' 
 1 1 moniacum ; and prefs them gently to the paper with a 
 MbalJ of cotton or foft leather. When the paner becomes 
 ;*dry, winch a fhort time or gentle heat wilffoon efTcd 
 oribruih off, with a foft pencil, or rub effty a Une linen' 
 W r ; ^ the redundant gold which covered the parVsbetwcen 
 J t - l^sf+U drawing or writing ; and the lined hair 
 « flrokes of toe p«ncd or pen, as well as the broader, will 
 o appear perfectly gilt.^it k ufual to fee in old manu, 
 ijfcnpt* that are highly ornamented, letters of loll 
 
 * which rife co«fiderably from the furfacc of the paper or 
 
 S^Tr^ iU fl --— ofLbofled 
 oflwqrkj and ot thefe fome are Ids ffajnW, and other, 
 - have a very high polifh. The method of l^ 
 f theie letters ,s of two kinds ; rive one by frlES? 
 « proper body w.th a folid piece of gold /the Xr by 
 
 J o^SVoi r £ W **>*** ^ by meal 
 eo or ioua r.ol-.i is as follows. " Ta'-e rrvfl 1 i 
 
 * redn« it to powder. Temper it then wit h ftrS .rum 
 4 w af? r, till K be of theconfiltence of pane ™l S 
 :ji <».»- (Oif the letters When they a e Jl ^ T^ 
 
 with a p.ece of gold of good colour as In 1 ,1 
 
 ,"" b "" ; V lsd g^-"-Kunekel has, in his fi ty cu hV, ,, 
 »««<. given this recipe: ' bllt omitted to tX 
 « "- — of the ma«/ r how thefe !eUe r a -e ■> 
 
 •«* i :ho llg h <K ** difficult circ ; R x a nc e e g 
 
v 
 
 ( 20 ) 
 
 the produaion of them. It may, however, be done by 
 means of a ftamp in this manner. Let the emhoffed fi- 
 gure, either of the feparate letters or of the whole words 
 be cut in fteel ; and, when the ftamps are to be uied, 
 anoint each letter carefully with the end of a large fea- 
 ther dipped in oil ; but not fo wet as to leave drops in 
 the hollows of the ftamps. Fill thcfe concave letters, m 
 the ftamps, with the above mixture of powdered cryltai 
 and gum water ; and, wiping the other parts of them per- 
 •feaiv clean, place them then on the paper or vellum, laid 
 overcome meets of paper ; taking care that the letters 
 may be in the exa& pofition where they ought to he: 
 ftrike then the (lamp in a perpendicular direction, but 
 not too forcibly ; and take it off in the fame diredion. 
 The letters will be left in their proper places by^ this 
 means, and will have the fame proportions as their ar- 
 chetypes in the ftamps. Where leaf gold i« ufed for 
 making emboffed letters in manufcripts, the above com- 
 pofition 'cannot be ufed ; but there are feveral others 
 which will very well fupply its place : of which the 
 following has been given as very excellent.-— " Take 
 the whites of eggs, and beat them to an oily confiftence ; 
 then take as much vermillion as will be required to 
 thicken the whites of the eggs to the confiftence of pafte, 
 Form the letters of this pafte, by means of the ftamps, 
 in the manner before dire&ed ; and when they are be- 
 come dry, moiften them by a fmall pencil with ftrong 
 gum water ; obferving not to let it run beyond the 
 bounds of the letters. When the gum water is of a 
 proper drynefs, which muft be judged of by the rule 
 before given, cover the letters with leaf gold, and prefs 
 it clofe to every part of them, by cotton or foft leather. 
 After the gilding is dry, it may be poliihed by the dog's 
 tooth, or the other proper burnifhers." 
 
 Of o tiding proper for the edges of books and paper. ~\ 
 There** are feveral, various methods with refpect to the 
 cement ufed, by which the edges of books or paper may 
 be gilt : as ftrong gum water, or ifsnglafs' fize, or glo 
 vers fize, may be employed : but 
 
 a no weii iter 
 
 the sum water, 
 
 to 
 
 zed are apt to run beyond the edge, and 
 
;eri 
 cry, 
 :m| 
 
 i,i 
 
 :kt; 
 to. 
 
 ID,) 
 
 ay: 
 heir 
 M 
 
 \ oil 
 licii 
 
 ■ l, l 
 fills 
 ok 
 off< 
 
 art. 
 
 hi 
 
 ood 
 
 •isf 
 
 the 
 
 d\ 
 
 \d 
 
 hed 
 
 ¥ 
 at 
 
 iperfl 
 
 i or . ; 
 
 ( 2. ) 
 
 ftick the leaves together, ifinglafs melted with the ad- 
 dition of feme common proof fpirlt of wine, and a fixth 
 r>art of honey or fugar candy is greatly preferable : but 
 a third of bole ammoniac well powdered mutt be added. 
 The following composition has been likewife approved 
 
 of for this purpofe. " Take bole ammoniac and 
 
 fugar candy well powdered, each equal parts : mix 
 them with the whites of eggs ber.ten to an oily confid- 
 ence ; and the cement will be fit for life." — In order to 
 the unng any of thefe cements, the paper, whether it 
 be in quires or books, mould be well cut, and polifhed 
 on the edges to be gilt ; and then Ilrongly fere wed 
 down by a prefc : in which Hate, it is to be brufhed 
 over, firft with a little of the cement without the fugar- 
 pandy or the bole ; and when that is «dry, either wu'th 
 the cement above given, or any other folution of gum 
 or fize, with the proper proportion of the bole : after 
 which it may be fuffered to dry ; and then water po- 
 lished, by rubbing it with a line linen rag ilightly 
 nioiftened. It is then in a tlate fit for receiving the 
 gold ; only it mud be again gently moiftened at that 
 lime : and the leaves may then be laid on, being cut 
 according to the breadth they are to cover, and prefied 
 clofely down by a cotton ball : and after the gilding 1*3 
 
 roughly dry and firm, it may be polifhed in the man- 
 re r of the foregoing kinds. 
 
 Of gliding leather. ~\ Leather may be gilded for com* 
 mon occafions by all the fame methods which have 
 been given for gilding paper or velum ; except, that 
 where the gold fize is ufed, there is no occafion to wet 
 the leather, to prevent the running of the oil out of 
 the bounds. Either leaf gold or the powders may 
 
 vefore be employed as well for leather as paper. 
 But, unlefs, in forne fine work, or for very particular 
 purpafes, the German gold powder would anfwer as 
 jyell as the true gold; It is needlefs consequently to re- 
 peat here the methods above mown with refpe& to the 
 gilding paper for covers to books, £ c. which equally 
 v ell fuit for this purpofe in general : but as there is a 
 manner of gilding leather peculiar to the book-binders, 
 
w 
 
 
 I 
 
 
 ( ,*» ) 
 
 at is requifite'to explain it. The method of gilding- 
 ufed by the book-binder, is to have the letters or co- 
 partments, fcrolls, or other ornaments, cut in it el 
 {lamps ; not by finking, as in mod other cafes, but by 
 the projection of the figure from the ground, Thefe 
 ft amps are made hot ; and leaves of gold being laid on 
 the parts accommodated to the patten* or defign of the 
 gilding, the hot ftamps are preiTed ftrongly on the 
 gold and leather ; and bind the gold 10 it in the hol- 
 lows formed by the (lamp : the other redundant part 
 of the gold being afterwards brufhed or rubbed.uff. 
 The manner prac"tifed by the profeffed leather gilders, 
 for the making hangings for rooms, fkreens, &c. is 
 not properly gilding, but laquering, being done by 
 means of leaf filver, coloured by a yellow varnifh, on 
 the fame principle with the laquered frames of pictures, 
 &c. which were formerly in ufe. It is an important 
 manufacture, as the leather ornamented in this manner, 
 not only admits of great variety of defigns in embuffed 
 work, refembling either gilding or filver ; but a!fo of 
 the addition of paintings of almoft every fort. The 
 manner of performing this kind of leather gilding is as 
 follows. The fkins are firft procured in a dry ftate ? af- 
 ter the common drefiing and tanning. , Tbofe moft pro- 
 per for this purpofe, are fuch as are of a firm clofe tex- 
 ture ; on which account, calf, or goat ikins are pre- 
 ferable to fheep. But in that condition they are too 
 hard and' ftiff. for gilding in this way. In order 
 therefore to foften them, they are firft put for foane 
 hours in a tub of water, where they are, during 
 fuch time, to be frequently ftirred about with a ftrong 
 flick. They are then taken out ; and, being held by 
 one corner, beaten againft a fiat (lone. They are next 
 made fmooth, by fpreading them on the ftone, and rub- 
 bing them ftrongly over by an iron inftrument refemb- 
 ling a blade, but with the lower edge formed round, 
 and the upper edge fet in a wooden handle, palling ho- 
 rizontally the whole length of the blade. This inftru- 
 ment the workman Hides on the furface of the fldn as. 
 if lies on the Hone, at the fame time prefiing and lean- 
 
eon it with all his weight. When one of the fk 
 is'tinilhed, another is laiJ over it, and treated in the 
 " • fame manner ; and the others over that. The (kins beii 
 '"1 thus prepared, are joined together, to form piece:- of 
 ' lf - the lize required for any particular purpofe. In ore! 
 ° 0: to their joining properly, they are cut into a fquarc, 
 '« or rather oblong fquare form. To which end, a ruler 
 
 or fquare is ufed, or the fkins are placed on a table i 
 ■"* block, correfponding in fize and figure to a wooden 
 P[ print of the kind we (hall have occafion to fpeak of be* 
 •'* low, and as much of the fen is taken off, aa leave; it 
 « of the form and dimenfions of the table or block. 
 '■•* defeftive parts, or holes ia the fen, are then to be 
 « made good ; which isdone by paring away with a pen- 
 '« knife, half die thicknefs of the ftin for lome little 
 « fpace round the hole, or defedive part ; potting a 
 patch, orcorrefpondent piece of the fame kind of fen 
 « over it. This patch, or piece, is to have a manri. 
 fi.^ ^e the. th^nl.o f„it lhe . 
 
 ^~#"helbefore. WS^E-X."^ 
 
 ed by longer boilinf In 11 ' ° } ' " n: 
 
 .. '^betLofl^tS'Sr^^r*' 
 
 1 ^ or piece, the workman ,1? U,i J^'- r " 6?« a 
 
 3 ufc »'nole, but cuts in,? ' howevt r, he does 
 
 *■ ms, hernb,, Si h S; t n W ° Pa -'' ^ tho,M of «Wc 
 ib ' ] y> «a »ne„ i b l ,n ;,°. r P ,CCe of "^ther, tt r0 ng. 
 
 >4 wno/e fbrfoce of ihekath i" 1 "" 8 ' fpread ovcr th 
 ^f^^dM^ft^^^^hthep 
 * *» every Dart 'V" t '"F'V'Mj, and unifoml 
 
 e 
 
 ni 
 
 r every part . To tfa 
 
 ' * dt * the fi 2c t0 a c „.! " SV Vcl1 ^ s / the moli ^- 
 ^ attain degree of fluidity, and 
 
 y 
 t 
 
 ■ 
 
 ■B 
 
( 2 4 ) 
 
 ders it confequently more capable of being chttufed 
 over the whole furface. The workman then leaves the 
 {kin for fome time to dry, and afterwards fpreads the 
 other part of the fize on it, in the fame manner as the 
 firft ; which finifhes the operation of fizmg. It is ne- 
 ceffary to allow fome fpace of time betwixt the laying 
 on the two parts of the fize. For if the whole wag 
 Jaid on together ; or the firft part before the other was 
 dry to a certain degree, the whole would diffolve, and 
 be forced forwards before the hand, inftead of being 
 fpread by it. In the profecution of this bufinefs, the 
 workman therefore, as ioon as he has fpread the firft 
 part of the fize, takes another (kin, and treats it in 
 the fame manner : which filling up the interval of tiim, 
 proper for drying the firft, he returns then to that, and' 
 puts on the other parts of the fize, and by this alter, 
 native treatment of them, employs the whole of his 
 time* without any lofs, by waiting till either be dry. 
 The fide of'thefkin on which the hair grew, or what 
 is called the grain of the leather, is always chofec for 
 receiving the fize and filver. This is neceffary to be 
 obferved : becaufe that fide is evener, and of a clofer 
 texture than the other. The ikins, being thus fized, 
 arc ready for receiving the leaves of filver : which are 
 thus laid on. The workman, who filvers them, (tan6 
 before a table ; on which he fpreads two ikins before 
 they are dry after the fizing. On the fame table, on 
 the right hand, he puts alfo a large book of leaf filver 
 on a board, which near one end of it has a peg Effici- 
 ently long to raife it in fuch manner, as to make it Hope 
 like a writing desk. The book being thus placed, he 
 takes out one by one the leaves of filver, and lays them 
 on the skin previously fized as above. This he does by 
 means of a fmall pair of pincers, formed by two little 
 rods of wood fattened together at one end, and glued 
 to a fmall piece of wood cut into the form of a trian- 
 gle, intended to keep the ends of the two rods at a 
 diftance from each other \ and to make them anfwer 
 the purpofe, when preiled by the fingers, of taking 
 hold of the leaves of filver. On the fide o! the piec 
 
 is 
 foi 
 
 9 
 
 i 
 
 •2 
 
 i 
 
 oi 
 
 if 
 
ii 
 
 iVti 
 
 ids 
 tis 
 
 in which the rods are joined to form the pincer3, thcw 
 is put a kind of tuft, or fmall brum, of an irregular 
 form, made of foxes, or any other kind of foft bair. 
 With theft: pincers, the workman takes hold of one of 
 the leaves in the book, and puts it on a piece of car- 
 ,L toon, larger than the leaf, of a figure nearly fquare ; 
 -jj and which has the corners of the end, that is to be plac- 
 id ed in the hand of the workman, bent. This piece of 
 } ve cartoon is called a pallet. The workman , takes it in 
 fij his left hand, and, having put on it a leaf of filver, he 
 ]t r s turns it downward ''; and lets the leaf fall on the fkin, 
 a., fpreading it as much as he can, and bringing, as near 
 atJ ; as poffible, the fides of it, to be parallel to thofe of the 
 r, fquare of leather, orikin. If it happen, that any part 
 
 that ll & ets double, or 1S R0t A^y fpread, he fets it 
 ' right ; raifes it fometimes, and puts it in its place, or 
 u rubs it gently with the kind of brum, or hair pencil 
 l, which is at the end or the pincers. 13ut molt generally, 
 the workman only lets the leaf fall in its place, fpread out 
 iron the- furface of the leather, without either touching 
 • or preffirig it ; except in the cafe we mail mention be- 
 P low. After he has done with this leaf, he* lays a new 
 , ( one in the fame line, and continues the fame till fuch 
 n line be complete. He then begins clofe to the edge of 
 .this row of leaves, and forms another in the fame man- 
 ', ner ; and goes on thus, till the whole fkin be entirely 
 J covered with the leaf filver. This work is very eafily 
 /•'and readily performed ; as the leaves which are of a 
 1 jjfquare form, are put on a plain furface, which is alfo 
 '^rectangular. The fkin being thus covered with the ill- 
 j ver, the workman, takes a fox's tail, made into the 
 P'form of a ball at the end, and ufes it to fettle the leaves, 
 '^bv prefling and ftriking them, to make them adhere to 
 hr the fize, and adopt themfelves exactly to the places they 
 'are to cover. He afterwards rubs the whole furface 
 ailt gently with the tail, without ftriking, which is done 
 >< a to takeoff the loofe and redundant parts of the filver, 
 l0: and at the fame time to move them to thofe places cf 
 he furface, where there was before any defect of th 
 
 D 
 

 ; r 26 ) 
 
 filver ; and where, confequentJy, tTie fize ' being 
 bare, thefe will now take. The reft of the loofe filver 
 is brufhed forwards to the end of the table, where a 
 bag, or linen cloth is placed to receive it. 
 
 The skins, when they are thus filvered, are hung to 
 dry on cords, fixed by the ends to oppofite walls, at 
 fuch height as to fufpend the. skins out of the way of 
 the workman. To hang them on thefe cords, a kind 
 of crofs is ufed, formed of a ftrong (lick, with a (hott- 
 er piece of the fame fixed croflwife at the end of it ; 
 over which theskin being hung without any doubling and 
 with the filvered fide outwards, it is conveyed and tranf. 
 fcrred to the cord in the fame Hate. The skins are to 
 dry in this condition, a longer or ihorter time, accord- 
 ing to the feafon and the weather. In fnmmer, four or 
 five hours is fufficient ; or thofe skins which have been 
 filvered in the morning, may remain till the even- 
 ing, and thofe in the evening, tiil next morning. But 
 in winter a longer time is required, according to the 
 ftate of the weather. There is no occafion, nevertbe- 
 lefs, to wait till they be entirely dry. As they may be 
 put in any back yard or garden expofed to the wind, 
 and the heat of the fun. For'this purpofe they mould 
 be put over two boards joined together, where they mud 
 be kept ftretched out by means of fome nails. But in 
 this cafe, the filvered fide mnil be next the boards, in 
 order to prevent any dirt from falling on it, and (licking 
 to the fize, which would hinder their taking well the 
 burnifh, that will be mentioned below. The heat* 
 and the drynefs of the air, mutt determine, alfo, the 
 time of their hanging in this date : but experience 
 alone can teach how to judge of this point. It is 
 proper the fkin (hould be free from moifture ; but yet, 
 they mould retain all their foftiiefs : in fummer this 
 will happen in a few hours, and they will be then in a 
 conditionto be bumifhed. The burnimer which is ufed 
 for this purpofe, is a dint, of which various figures may 
 be allowed, and which mud be mounted differently 
 with a handle, according to the difference of the figure. 
 A cylindrical form h often chofen, in which cafe, oac 
 
 
k 
 
 k ' ( 27 ) 
 
 of trie ends mould be of a round figure, of about aa 
 jjj men and a half diameter, and have the furface extreme- 
 m Jyfmooth ; as the polifhing is performed with this fur- 
 «g| ^ dc ^- The flint is fixed in the middle of a piece of 
 a : wood of a foot length, the whole of which length is 
 a | neceflary to its ferving as a handle; or the workman 
 ] f takes hold of it at each end, with each of his hands, 
 j„„. thofe parts being roundifh, and the middle being left of 
 dj r . a greater thicknefs, in order to admit of a hole of a 
 l3 2I! proper depth for receiving the flint, fo as to keep it 
 accc T J, ' tc ^ rm aQ d fteady. All the art required in the man- 
 f ct ner of burnifhing is, to rub the leaf filver ftrongly ; 
 lve > for which purpofe, the workman applies both hands to 
 e to the burniflier, dwelling longer on thofe parts which 
 j appear mod dull. In order to perform this operation, 
 tf the fkin is put and fpread even on a fmootn ft one of 
 ever a re( pifite fize, placed on a table, where it may be fo 
 , m firm and fteady, as to bear all the force of preffure the 
 - workman can give in Aiding the burniflier backwards 
 I and forwards over every part of the flcin. It would 
 y fave a great deal of labour to employ, inftead of this 
 I method of burnifhing, that ufed by the polifhers 
 l3r J of K^ s > an d alfo by the card makers. This me- 
 gthod confifts in fixing the burniflier at the end of a 
 dl ftron g crooked ftick, of which, the other end is fafl- 
 ei enedto ttw ceiling. The ftick being fo difpofed, as to 
 
 act as a fpring, of which the force bears on the fkin, 
 
 ilfo, 
 .it exempts the workman from this part of the labour, 
 
 j, and leaves him only that of Aiding the burnifhers along 
 
 the (kin, in the directions the polifhing requires. The 
 
 obje&ions to this method are, that fome parts of the 
 l, £Il licin ^quire a greater preffure than others, and that 
 
 fometimes dirt flicking to the fize, which paffes through 
 ^the joining of the filver, will fcratch the work, if the 
 'workman in going along did not fee and remove it, 
 
 which he cannot fo well do in nfi:-)g the fpring bumifh- 
 
 rer. Biit certainly, thefe inconveniencies have obvious 
 
 ^'remedies, when they are underilood. The ufing the 
 
 fpring burnifher for the gieateft part of the work, does 
 
 not prevent taking the aid of the common one for 
 
 D 2 
 
( 28 ) I 
 fiwfhinff, if any parts, that appear inapcrfealy poliflxea, 
 flail render it neceffary ; and the workman may well 
 afford the trouble of examining the fkirt, and cleanfing 
 it thoroughly, by the labour he will fare in this way ; 
 or perhaps, it is always beft to (jo this office, before 
 any kind W poliihlng be begun,, rather ^than to leave 
 it to be done during the polling. In fome manufac. 
 tnfiij the burniihing is performed, by paffing the li - 
 vered flans betwixt two cylindrical rollers of fteei, 
 with polifhed faces. If this be well executed, it miift 
 give a coniiderable brilliance to the filver, and take 
 away all thofe warpings and inequalities in the leather, 
 which tend to render the filvered furface lefs equal and 
 mining. The ikins or leather, being thus filvered and 
 burnifhed, are now prepared to receive the yellow 
 laquer or varniflb, which gives the appearance of gilding. 
 The perfe&ion of this work depends, obvioufly, in a 
 great degree, on the colour, and other qualities of the 
 compofition ufed as fuch varnifh : for which different 
 artifts in this way have different recipes; each pretend- 
 ing, in general, that his own is beft, and making con- 
 fequentlya fecret of it. The following is, .however, 
 at lead equal to .any hitherto ufed ; and may be 
 prepared without any difficulty, except fome little ni- 
 cety in the boiling.; "Take of fine white refin four 
 
 pounds and a half; of common refin the fame quanti- 
 ty ; of gum fandarac two pounds and a half, and of 
 aloes two pounds. Mix them together, after having 
 bruifed thofe which are in great pieces j and put them 
 into an earthen pot, over a good fire made of charcoal, 
 or over any other fire where there is no flame.. Melt 
 all the ingredients in this manner, ftirring them well 
 with a fpatula, that they may be throngbly mixed 
 together, and be prevented alfo from (licking to the 
 bottom of the pot! When they are perfectly melted 
 and mixed, add gradually to them* feven pints of kg- 
 feed oil, and ftir the whole well together witlrthe 
 fpatula. Make'the whole boil, ftirring it all the time, 
 to prevent a kind of fediment, that will form, from 
 Sicking to the bottom of the veffcL When the var- 
 
 A 
 
 oun< 
 
 wbei 
 liner 
 T 
 be i 
 furc 
 it d' 
 judi 
 
 and 
 
 apf 
 bet 
 ers 
 
 coi 
 
 k 
 
 an 
 
 ti 
 a 
 
 i 
 in 
 ti 
 i 
 
 li 
 
 I 
 
 mmmmq 
 
m t ( 2 9 ) 
 
 fe mm Is almoft fufficiently boiled, add gradually, half an 
 his* ounee of litharge, or half an ounce of read lead ; and 
 !, t- when thty are diflolved, pa ft the varnifh through . a 
 tbig linen cloth, or flannel bag." 
 
 mi The time of boiling fuch a quantity of varnifh, may 
 gilt be in general about {even or eight hours. But as the 
 of I force of the heat, and other circumitances, may vary, 
 ,it;]t does not permit of any precife rule. The means of 
 md: judging of this, is by taking a little quantity out c/ 
 jJajthe pot, with a filver fpoon, or other fuch instrument, 
 qual aud touching it with the finger ; when, if the varnifh 
 erei appear, on cooling, of the confidence of a thick fyrup, 
 . p become foon after ropy, and then drying, glue the ring- 
 gili crs together, and g'we. a mining appearance ; it may be 
 ^ concluded, the time of boiling is iurlicient. But if thefe 
 eso; ^8 ns art found wanting, the contrary muft be inferred ; 
 djfir and the boiling mull be continued till they do arife. 
 p re j: When the quantity of ingredients is diminished, the 
 ; j[)« time of boiling may be alio contracted. A pint of oil, 
 howt ap d 2 correfpondent proportion of fine refin and aloes, 
 m h:is produced a varnifh perfectly good in an hour and a 
 jj tt ] ( half. In this procefs, it is very necefiary to have a pot, 
 e jj E; that will not be half filled with all the ingredients ; and 
 ;-p alfo to guard with the greateft caution again ft any flame 
 ■ t coming near the top of the pot, or the vapour, which 
 , |, rifes from it during the boiling- For it is of fo com- 
 ut buftible a nature, it would immediately take ilre ; and 
 ,y the ingredients themfelves would burn in fuch a manner, 
 f | as would not only defeat the operation, but occafion the 
 m : hazard of other inconveniencies. The varnifn thus pre- 
 I pared, attains a brown appearance ; but, when fpread 
 f t on filver, gives it a colour greatly fimilar to that of gold. 
 J:'l If, however, it mould not be found, after this proceed- 
 , c , ing, that the force of yellow was fufiicienily : i ng, an 
 jj| addition of more aloes mull be made before the boiliqg 
 rt be difcontinued. Care mufl: be taken, neverthelefs, in 
 • doing this, not to throw in a large lump at once ; be- 
 £ caufe fuch an effervefcence is excited, in that cafe, as 
 would -endange/ the varnifh rifing over the edge of the 
 
 I>3 
 
 *A 
 
w 
 
 { 30 ) 
 
 veffel, and producing aflame, that WQuld infTantly make 
 the whole take fire. On the other hand, if the\varnifh 
 feem too ftrong of the colour, fandaric niuft be added 
 with the fame precaution, which increafing the quantity 
 of varnifh, will dilute the colour. The laying the la- 
 quer, or varnifh on the filvered leather, is performed in 
 the open air : and fhould be done in fummer, when it 
 is hot and dry. It is thus performed : The fkins are 
 again to be ftretched and fattened with nails to the fame 
 boards on which they were before fixed to complete the 
 drying after the filvering : Jbtit with this difference, that 
 the filvered fide muff be outwards* Eighty or twenty 
 {kins may be treated thus' at the fame time : there being 
 two or three on each board. All the boards fhould be 
 then ranged on ' trefleis parallel to each other, in fuch 
 manner, that all, both of them and the fkins, may be 
 clofeto each other. Every thing being thus prepared, 
 the principal workman fpreads fome of the white of eggs 
 over each fkin. The ufe of this is to fill up fmall in- 
 equalities in the fur face of the fkin ; and to prevent the 
 varnifh palling through the interilices of the filver, and 
 being abiorbed 'by/ the leather. Some omit .this : and 
 with advantage, if'thefe inconvenic-ncies could be avoided 
 without it : as it renders the varnifh more apt to crack 
 and peel off the filver. But where 'it is omitted, the 
 varnifh fhould be of a thicker confiftence ; the furfaee 
 of. the 'leather of a firm denfe texture; and the leaves' 
 *>f filver of a greater thicknefsthan the common. When 
 the white of eggs is drf^ the workman who. lays on the 
 varnifh lets it on the table before him in a pot; being, 
 as before directed, pretty near the confidence of a thick 
 fyrup. 'Her there dips- the four h/ngers of one of his 
 hands in the varnifB ; anri ufes them as a pencil to fp read 
 it on the .fkin. In doing this, he holds the- fingers at a 
 S trial! but equal d» (lance from .each other, and putting 
 the ends of them on the fkin near one of the edges of it ; 
 ;;;;iid he then moves his hands .fo, that each finger paints 
 z kind of S with the varnifh, from one end of the fkin 
 to the other. He afterwards dips his lingers again in 
 the varnifk, and repeats the fame operation "again #n the 
 
 •■S 
 
 
rati 
 
 th 
 
 aid 
 i tin 
 
 n 
 
 bid 
 
 ■i 
 
 rd 
 ail 
 
 ( 3i ) 
 
 next part of the (kin, till the whole be gone over in the 
 fame manner. This might be done with a pencil or 
 proper bruih : but the workman finds the ufing the fing- 
 ers only, to be the readied method for diftributing the 
 varnifli equally over the fkin. After the varnifh is thus 
 laid on the fkin, it is to be fpread : which is ftill done 
 by the hand folely. The method is, to rub the flat of 
 the open hand over every part of the fkin on which the 
 varnifli has been put by the fingers, and by that means 
 diffufe it evenly over every part. After this, it is to be 
 immediately beaten by ftrokes of the palms of thehands, 
 which are to be frequently repeated on every part in ge- 
 neral, but in a greater degree on thofe places where the 
 varnifh appears to lie thicker than on the reft : .and in 
 doing this, both hands are, for difpatch, employed at 
 the fame time. When this operation is finifhed, the 
 fkifls are ftill to be left on the boards where they were 
 il retched and nailed ; and thofe boards are, therefore, 
 either continued till that time on the trefftls where the 
 varniih was put on the fkin ; or, if they be wanted for 
 frefh fkins, taken off, and fix^d up againft the wall of 
 thti place, or any other proper fupport. The time of 
 drying depends of courfe on the heat of the fun and 
 wcaher j but at a feafonable time does not exceed a few 
 hours. It is to be known, as to each particular parcel 
 ot (kms, by examining them with the linger, if on 
 touching them, they be found free from any ftickinefs, 
 or, in the ftyle of woikmen, tackinefs, or that the finger 
 makes no nnpreflion on the varnim, they may be con- 
 eluded fuffciemly dry 5 and the contrary, when they 
 are found to be otherwtfe. This couc of varnim being 
 dry, the (kins are to be again put on the tresis as be- 
 tore, and another coat laid on exa&iy in the fame man- 
 ner as the toft. In doing this, examination mult be 
 maue, whether any of the fkins appear ftronger or 
 weaker coloured than the others ; in cider that tie de-' 
 W may be now remedied, by making this coat thicker 
 
 i/^v !hV aS T- apP / arneCelTar ^ VVhen this coat 
 ' £, Tdn f V ' U Z f ° r P^ucing the appearance of 
 i'lJing is completed : and if it has been well performed, 
 
( 3* ) 
 
 the leather will have a very fine gold colour, with a 
 considerable degree of polifti or brightnefs. When 
 there is an intention to have one part of the leather 
 filver, and the other gold, a pattern is formed on the 
 furface, by printing, calking, or damping a defign on 
 the furface after the filvering* The fkin is then to be 
 varnifhed, as if the whole were intended to be gold ; hut 
 after the lair, coat, inftead of drying the varnifh, it is to 
 be immediately taken off that part which is intended to 
 be filver, according to the defign printed or calked upon 
 it, by a knife ; with which the workman (crapes off all 
 that he can without injuring the filver, and afterwards 
 by a linen cloth, with which all that remains is endea- 
 voured to be wiped or rubbed off. The skins, being 
 thus filvered and varnifhed, are made the greund of va. 
 rious defigns for emboffed work and painting. The em- 
 jfrojTed work or relief is raifed by means of printing with 
 a rolling prefs, fueh as is ufed for copper plater, ; but 
 the defign is here to be engraved on wood. The paint- 
 ing may be of any kind : but oil is principally itfed, as 
 being durable and mod eafiiy performed. There is no- 
 thing more neceflary in this cafe, than in ' painting on 
 o:her grounds, except that, where varnifh or water is 
 ufed, the furfece be clean from any oily or greaiy mat- 
 ter* 
 
 Qf gilding of ghifs iviihout annealing or burning."] 
 Glafs may be gilt, by applying as a cement, any gold 
 iize, or other fize, gum water or varnifh 5 and, when 
 it is of a proper degree of dryriefs, laying on the gold, 
 as in the other methods of gilding. The work may 
 alfo be polifhed afterwards in the fame manner, if the 
 burnifhed appearance be defired : but where that is in- 
 tended, it is proper tp add bole ammoniac, chalk, or 
 other fuch fubitance,, to the cement. When drinking- 
 glalfes are to be gilt, without burning, the cement mould 
 be either fome gold fize formed of oil, or fome kind of 
 varnifh compounded of the gum relins, that will not 
 diiTolve in water; but require either fpirit of wine or 
 oil of turpentine for their iblution. At prefent, never- 
 jthelefs ? this is not only neglected by thofe who gild 
 
 ■— ^^■q^wfWPHMMEl 
 
(33 
 
 drinking- glafTes for fale ; but glafTes gilded with gum 
 arabic, or the fizes which will diflblve in water, are im- 
 Wi: pofed upon the public for the German glafTes gilt with 
 I the annealed gold ; and fold at the dear rate under that 
 N pretence ; though after they have been ufed for a very 
 01 fhort time, the gold peels and rubs off in fpots when the 
 % glafTes are cleaned; and renders them very unfightly. 
 *■ As the glafTes with gilt edges are at prefent much in 
 Mi fafkion, and the true kind are brought from Germany, 
 ji'or elfewhere, the incitement of the cultivating this 
 ^branch of gilding here, would not be aa unfit object of 
 sllthc premiums of the worthy fociety for the encourage- 
 i& ment of arts. Since for the doing this work in perfec- 
 ^tion, there is nothing more' wanting, than that dfcxterity 
 sea. of the manoeuvre, which arifes from a little practice in 
 sk matters of this kind. 
 
 U Of Jihering.~] Silvering may be practifed on the fame 
 Theifubllances ; and all by the fame methods, either with 
 ifleaf or powder, as we have before pointed out with re- 
 to; gard to gilding ; variation being made in a few circum- 
 iepi fiances below mentioned. It is, neverthelefs, but feldom 
 U ufed, notwithftanding the effect would be very beautiful 
 rei> and proper in many cafes ; and there is an extreme good 
 it! . reafon for fuch a neglect of it. This reafon is, its tar- 
 re nifhing in a very fhort time ; and acquiring frequently, 
 m befides the general depravity of the whitenefs, fuch fpots 
 
 of various colours, as render it very unfightly ; and this 
 m tarnifh and fpecking is not only the conftant refult of 
 9 j| time, but will be often produced inftantly by any ex- 
 j )? traordinary moifture in the air, or dampnefs, as well as 
 bt|| by the fumes and effluvia of many bodies which may 
 
 happen to approach it. Whoever, therefore, filvering 
 , }i is admitted, a flrong varnifh ought to be put over it : 
 at jj and this even is not fufficient wholly to fecure it from 
 ]a | this defl ructive confequence. The varnifh muft be fome 
 ^ of the compofitions of maflic, fanderac, the gums animi 
 r copal, and white refin ; (the particular treatment of 
 g wiiich in the forming varnifhes will be found in other 
 l( parts of this work) for the other fubftances ufed for 
 fir €0m pourtding varnifhes are too yellow. Some put a 
 
 ,«i 
 
( 34 ) 
 
 coat of ifinglafs fize over the filver ; but, befides that 
 the fize itfelf injures the .whitenefs in time, by turnina- 
 yeilow, it preferves the filver but in a fmall degree. 
 Experience has fhown, in the cafe of the filvered leather, 
 what the varnifh may be compofe-1 of, that anfwers belt 
 for this purpofe, and the kind before given, p. 28, under 
 that head, may be applied to other purpofes. The 
 methods of making the filver powders, is alfo the fame 
 as thofe of gold, except with regard to one of the Ger- 
 man powders, which is correfpondent both in its ap- 
 pearance and ufe, abating the, difference of colour, to 
 aurum Mofaicum or mujivum ; whence it has been in- 
 deed, though improperly, called the drgentum mujivu?n, 
 The procefs for this being, therefore, different from any 
 before given, it is proper to infert it fully, as follows: 
 — - — (< Take of very pure tin one pound : put it into a 
 crucible, and let it on a fire to melt : when it begins 
 
 to 
 
 run into fufion, add to it an equal proportion of bif. 
 muth or tin glafs : and ftir the mixture with an iron rod, 
 or the fmall end of a tobacco-pipe, till the whole be 
 fntirely melted, and incorporated. Take the crucible 
 then from the fire ; and, after the melted compofkion 
 is become a little cooler, but while it is yet in a fluid 
 Hate, pour into it a pound of quickfilver gradually ; 
 itirring it in the mean time, that the mercury may be 
 thoroughly conjoined with the other ingredients. When 
 the whole is thus commixt, pour the mafs out of the 
 crucible on the ftone ; where, as it cools, it will take 
 the form of an amalgama or metalline pafte ; which will 
 be eafiiy bruifed into a flalky powder ; and is the! fit 
 for ufe." — This powder may be either tempered, in the 
 manner of the fhell gold, with gum water ; or rubbed 
 over a ground properly fized, according to any of the 
 methods above directed for gold powder ; and it will 
 take a very good polifh from the dog's tooth or bar- 
 nifhers, and hold its colour much better with a fliVht 
 coat of varnifh over it, than any true filver powder or 
 leaf. v The fizes for filvering ought not to be mixed, as 
 in the cafe of gold, with yellow, or bole ammoniac; 
 but with fome whitt fubftance, whofe effed may prevent 
 
 —*■ 
 
 •mm 
 
 fmm 
 
( 35 ) 
 
 any fmall failures in the covering the ground with the 
 fiiver from being feen, in the fame manner as the yellow 
 > M| fubftances do the gold. This may be done with flake 
 arj white, or white lead, when the fizes formed of oil are 
 L ufed : but whiting is the proper matter in the burnifh 
 4 fize for filvering ; or wherever the glover'sor parchment 
 lS i fize is ufec). Some recommend tobacco pipe clay in the 
 mi place of whiting ; and add a little lamp-black to give a 
 |filver like greyifhnefs to the compofition. Leather is 
 ef f fiivered by thofe who have the manufactures of hangings, 
 p£ ftreens, &c. though not fo frequently with a view to 
 [t S ; the retaining its own colour, as to produce the imita- 
 llr tion of gilding, of which the whole procefs is before 
 en given, p. 22. Infomecafes, neverthelefs, the appear- 
 (Lance of fiiver is retained ; and it is therefore proper to 
 dDjtake fome notice of the manner of performing this work. 
 )| m The proceeding in filvering the leather, is to be in all 
 ; , refpeds the fame, as when it is to have the appearance 
 ,; D jOf gilding (of which the particular manner has been 
 ^before ihown under the article of gilding leather) till 
 nit* . P art °f the procefs where the varnifh or laquer, 
 ^ which is to give the yellow colour, is t|o be laid on. In- 
 UC] Jtcad of this yellow varnifh, a clear colourlefs one is to 
 ^be fubftituted, where the appearance of fiiver is to be 
 } | preferred : but this is neeeflWy only, in order to pre- 
 sent thetaroiih and decolouring, which of courfe hap- 
 )av ;pensin a fhort time to fiiver expofed in a naked and uri- 
 ^defended ftate to the air. The moil common varnifh 
 ffufcd for this purpofe, is only parchment fize, prepared 
 j t! .as above direded, p. 7, which is preferred to others, 
 ;hl on 1 account of its cheapnefs. This is made warm, in 
 , eJ order to render it fluid, and then laid on with a fpungc 
 ;,, .lmtead of a pencil or brufh. There is no reafon, how- 
 ^ever, as this kind of varnifh is liable to fuflFer by moifture, 
 )f ..and grow foul and difcoloured, that better kinds, fuch 
 U M f 7 !e of Martin, or others, which are ufed for papier 
 ^*ch* % wood, &c. fhouldnot be employed here, pro- 
 § vided they be colourlefs. The more hard and tranfpa- 
 ,.; rent, and the more they are of a refmous nature, the 
 :d, ' ore Mhant and white, and the more durable will be 
 mac 
 
( 36 ) 
 
 the filvery, and polifhed appearance of the filver leather, 
 
 Some, inftead of parchment fize, ufe that made of 
 ifingiafs, which may be prepared according to the me- 
 thod laid down, p. 7. This refills moifture, and will 
 keep its colour and tranfparency, better than the other 
 kinds of fize : but all of them grow yellow and cloudy 
 with time ; efpecially if any damper moifture have ac- 
 cefs to them. Indeed filver fecured even by the bed 
 varnifh, will ft ill in time take a tarnifh, and lofe its 
 beauty : and therefore the giving the leaf filver on leather 
 the appearance of gold, even tho* attended with fomc 
 additional expence, is preferable in rr.oft cafes. Leather 
 filvered in this manner may be ornamented by printing 
 in relief, and by painting, in the fame manner as that 
 reprefenting gilding : though, on account of the want 
 of durability, this is n\uch feldorner praclifed. *It is 
 poilible that ibme amalgama of quickfilver, or other 
 compofition, might be found that would have the re- 
 femblance of filver, and yet refift tarniiliing ; which 
 would not only be a great improvement, by the furnifh. 
 irig a durable kind of filvering 'for leather, paper, &c. 
 but alfo fave part of the expence of leaf filver for a 
 ground for gilded leather. This has been attempted in 
 France with fome fuccefs ; but not to the degree of 
 perfedion wiilied for. 
 
 Of bronzing. ~\ Bronzing is colouring, by metalline 
 powders, platter, or other bufts and figures, in order 
 to make them appear as if caft of copper or other me- 
 tals. This is fometimes done by means of cement, and 
 fometimes without, in the inftarice of plafter figures : 
 but the bronzing is more durable and fecure when a ce- 
 ment is ufed. .The gold powders, and the aurum Ma* 
 faicuni) we have before given the preparation of, are fre- 
 quently employed for thispurpofe ; but the proper bronz- 
 ing ought to be of a deeper and redder colour, more re- 
 fembling copper ; which efFecl: may be produced by 
 grinding a .very fmall quantity of red. lead with 
 thefe powders ; or the proper powder of copper may be 
 
 ufed : and may be prepared as follows- " Take fiU 
 
 ings of copper, or flips of copper-plates, and diffolve 
 
 lirn 
 
 jri 
 
 jtr; 
 
. ( 37 ) 
 
 rliem in any kind of aquafortis put into a g*afs receiv- 
 er, or otfcer proper formed veflel. When the aqua'or- 
 t'ts is fatinated with the copper, take out the flips of 
 the plates ; or, if filings were ufed, pour off the folu- 
 tion from what remains undiiTolved, and put into it fmall 
 bars of iron : which will precipitate the copper from 
 the aquafortis in a powder of the proper appearance and 
 ; colour of copper. Pour offrhe water then from the pow- 
 ! f der ; and wafh it clean from the falts, by feveral fucceflive 
 
 3c; quantities of frefh water." Where the apearance of 
 
 'J l.rals is defigned, the gold powders, or the aurum Mo- 
 L pneuviy may be mixed with, a lictle of the powder cali- 
 ph fd argeHttim mufivum ; of which the preparation is 
 ra above given. Where the appearance of filver is waiit- 
 llf ed, the urgentiun yiufkitth is the belt and cheapeft me- 
 1 ' thod ; particularly as it will hold its colour much longer 
 fJtnan the true filver ufed either in leaf or powder. 
 ;l ' Where no cement is ufed in bronzing, the powder mult 
 be rubbed on the luhjeet intended to be bronzed, by 
 liruartsof a piece of loft leather, or fine linen racr, till 
 ipj the whole furface be coloured. The former method of 
 aiiifnig a cement in bronzing was, to mix the powders 
 pv'irh rtmrig gum water, or ifinglafs iize ; and tjien 
 jiBvith a brufh, or pencil, to lay them on the fubje&. 
 Bit at preftpt fome ufe the japanners gold iize : and 
 t,\ roiced in ail refpects in the fame manner as in gilding 
 in wuh the powd/rs in other cafes : for which ample di- 
 ki rections have been before given. This is the heft me- 
 cat, thod hitherto pradtfed. For the japanners gold fize 
 ■ip binds the powders to the ground, without the leait ha- 
 e; /;nd of peeling or falling off; which is liable to happen 
 it when the gum water or glover's or ifinglafs fizes are uf- 
 aitcd. Though, notwithstanding the authority of the old 
 rbpradice for the contrary, even thefe cements will much 
 t v.lx-tter fecure them when they are laid on the ground, 
 Jai.d the powders rubbed over them, than when both are 
 ^mixed together, and the effe&, particularly of the aw 
 ■■>< X'ofajcutfi, will be much better in this way than the 
 pother. The gold iize mould be fuffered, in this cafe, 
 pproach mifcb nearer to drynefs, than is proper in 
 
 E 
 
w 
 
 ■* 
 
 ( 3§ ) 
 
 the cafe of gilding with leaf gold, as the powders 
 would otherwife be rubbed amongft it in the laying 
 them on. The fictitious filver powder, called the ar- 
 gentiun mujivum, may, as above-mentioned, be applied 
 in the manner of bronze, by thofe whofe caprice dif- 
 pofes them to filver figures or bulls. But it is the only 
 fort of filver powder that mould be ufed in this way, 
 for the reafon above given : and all fuch kind of filver- 
 ing is much bette'r omitted. For the whitenefs itfelf 
 of plaiiler in "figures or bufls, and much more a glofly 
 or mining whitenefs, is injurious to their right effect ; 
 by its eluding the judgment of the eye, with re- 
 fpect to the proper form and proportion of the parts 
 from the falfe and pointed reflections of the lights, and 
 the too faint force of the (hades. To remove which 
 inconvenience it is probable was* the firft inducement to 
 bronzing. 
 
 Of japanning>~\ By japanning is to be here under- 
 flood the art of covering bodies by grounds of opake 
 colours in varnifh ; which may be either afterwards 
 decorated by ^paintings or gilding, or left in a plain 
 ftate. This is not at prefent pvaclrfed fo frequently on 
 chairs, tables, and other furniture of houfes, except 
 tea-waiters, as formerly. But the introduction of it 
 for ornamenting coaches, fnuff boxes, and fkreens, iu 
 which there is a 'rival/hip betwixt ourfelves and the 
 French, renders the cultivation and propagation of this 
 art of pre at importance to commerce. I (hall therefore 
 be more explicit in mowing the methods both now and 
 and formerly in ufe ; with the application of each to 
 the feveral purpofes to which they are beft adapted ; and 
 point out at the fame time feveral very material im- 
 provements, that are at prefent only enjoyed by par- 
 ticular perfons; or not at all hitherto brought into 
 practice. The fubftances which admit of being japan- 
 ned are almoft every kind that are dry and rigid, or not 
 too flexible ; as wood, metals, leather, and paper pre- 
 pared. Wood and metals do not require any other 
 preparation, but to have their furfaces perfectly even 
 and clean. But leather mould be fecurely • fhained 
 
 ■WMMN9HMMM0PI 
 
'yii^ cither on frames or on boards; as Its bending or Form* 
 e ^- iog folds would otherwife crack and force off the coats 
 'P'ied of varnifh. Paper alfo mould be treated in t he fame 
 *&i manner ; and have a previous firong coat of fome k 
 °nlj of lize; but it is rarely made the fubjeft of japai 
 way, till it is converted into papier macbe\ or wrought, 
 l jver. other means, into fuch form, that its original 
 itfel particularly with refped to flexibility, is loft. One 
 do| principal variation in the manner of japanning ii, the 
 M\ ufmg or omitting any priming or undercoat on the 
 i » work to l* japanned. In the older pra. 
 pari! priming was always ufed ; and is at prcfent ret. 
 ,ao! the French manner of japanning coaches and'f,,utf 
 m bor.es of the papier machc. But in the Birmingham 
 ntt manufacture here, it has been always rejected 
 
 advantage of ufing fuch priming or undercoat is, th 
 Mta it makes a fating m the quantity of varnim ufed; be- 
 pa caufe the matter of which the priming is cor I 
 
 ■a and makes it eafy, by means of rubbing and water 
 
 'y Pjjihing, to gain an even (urfzee for\l „r„ ill 
 
 ;ceK inis was therefore fnok . . U1C % arnu 
 
 of wood, as htL IT''" >" the caie of 
 
 * « «*»bli(hed method ,S • i r"' ,hat ll Wame 
 » 'he infence o The' T, Cr f f0, " e maIned ' tvcn 
 
 kwdof work on it, i„, a 1 W inn <"g to that 
 
 « ^ercoat of nrXt ra),Sattendin S t!ie •* °C an 
 
 colmir wili be 
 
 C W an co ^s of varniJh and 
 
 i" '"."pMhe bodies SnTdJ-tl'f eR4urc nw fj 
 ?' th °»t any f uch J ?r ed >MJ« la »e nanntr, but 
 
 H in comparing l^f h ," may bc "'% «>b- 
 r mi "^am fnufffao f, e J ta u £ Lhc Far " a ''d Ber- 
 ' fc,;, r': k '»<l. never peel' UC V at:r ' wh «° B<^ of 
 * J** 1 * g^at violent ^fv" 1 " t"*' ^ da ™St, 
 » d ' Wal '« ^ay the Ew f " Ch a roi »i»^ rubbing 
 ^" CMf, of the Paritn V "" Varnifh : «*»« th 
 
 ■ "| 2 b0Xes Cfa <* and fly off i„ 
 
( 40 ) . , , 
 
 flakes, whenever any knock or fall, particularly mar 
 the edges, expofes them to be injured. But the Kir. 
 mheham manufaa.irers, who originally pradifec! the 
 japanning only on metals, to which the reafon aj)ov e 
 oiven for the ufe of priming did not extend, and who 
 Took up this art of themfelvts as an invention, of 
 courfe omitted at firft the ufe of any iuch undercoat; 
 and not finding it more neceffary in %bf mftance of 
 papier mache, than on metals, continue ftill to rejed it. 
 On which account the boxes of their manufaaure are, 
 with regard to the wear, greatly better than^the French, 
 Thelaying on the colours, in varnifh inftead of gum water, 
 is alfo another variation from the method of japaoui^ 
 formerly pradifed. But the much greater ftrength of 
 the work, where they are laid on in varnifh or oil, 
 has occafioned this way to be exploded, with the 
 greateft reafon, in all regular manufa&urfc*. However, 
 they who may pra&ifejapanning on cabinets,, or other 
 fuch pieces, as are not expofed to much wear and vio- 
 lence, for their amufement only, and confequently may 
 not find it worth their while to encumber tbemfelve* 
 with the preparations neceffary for the other methods, 
 may paint with water colours on an undercoat laid oa 
 the wood, or other fubftance, of which the piece ta 
 be japanned is formed ; and then finifh with the proper 
 coats of varnifh, according to the methods below 
 taught. If the colours are tempered with the lirongeft 
 ifinglafs iize and honey, 'inftead of- gum water, and 
 laid on very flat and even, the work will not be much 
 inferior in appearance to that done by the other me- 
 thod ; and wiU laft as long as the common old japaa 
 work, except the beft kinds of the true japan. It is. 
 pradifed likewife, in imitation of what is fomc times 
 done in the Indian work, to paint with water colours 
 on grounds of gold ; in which cafe the ifinglafs uze, 
 with fugar candy or honey, as above directed, is the 
 beft vehicle, [mitations are alio made of japan work, 
 by colouring prints, gluing them to wood-work, 
 and giving them a mining appearance, by the uie ot 
 ibme white varnifh. 
 
 proceed 
 
 fper 
 
 iitcal 
 
 lib 
 
 i\ 
 
 i,il 
 
 flit: 
 It 
 
 "! 
 
 * 
 
 ? 
 
 ■■■■■■■ 
 
; ' 
 
 i ( 41 ) 
 
 i Of j apax grounds.'] The proper japan grounds arc 
 
 uj either fuch as are formed by the varnifn and colour, 
 
 r where the whole is to remain of one fimple colour; 
 
 or by the varnifh either coloured or without colour, on 
 
 which fome painting or other decoration, is afterwards 
 
 7 to be laid on. It is neceffary, however, before 1 
 
 (t proceed tofpeak of the particular grounds, to (how the 
 
 , maniier of laying on the priming or undercoat, where any 
 
 £ fuch is ufed. This priming is of the fame nature with 
 
 1 r that called clear coating (or vulgarly clear coaling) 
 
 pra&ifed erroneoufly by houfe-painters ; and confitts 
 
 '. only in laying on, and drying in the molt even manner, 
 
 ,' a compofition of f:ze and whiting. The common fize 
 
 trcir • ^ 
 
 ^has been generally ufed for thi3 purpofe : but where 
 
 H 
 
 tlie work is of a nicer kind, it is better to employ the 
 
 glover's or the parchment fize ; and if a third of ilin- 
 
 glafs be added, it will be it: ill better; and if not laid 
 
 " on too thick, much lefs liable to peel and crack* The 
 
 Jwork iiioula be prepaied for this priming, by being 
 
 ^well fmoothed with the rilh fkin, or glafs lhaver * and, 
 
 c being made thoroughly clean, fhouid be brufhed over 
 
 " E ;once or twice with hot lize, diluted with two thirds of 
 
 oa! ; water, it it be of the common (IrengUi. The priming 
 
 e f l fnouLI then be laid on with a brufh as even as poffible ; 
 
 tE fand ihould be formed of a lize, whole confidence is be- 
 
 0u! twixt the common kind and #lue, mixed with a; much 
 
 " whiting as will give it a fiimcient body of colour to 
 
 * ; hide the furlace of whatever it is laid upon, but not 
 
 1 more. It the furface be very even, on which the prim- 
 
 ot ing is ufed, two coats of it, laid on in this manner, 
 
 * will be iufheient : but if, on trial with a fine rag wet, 
 
 i«' liwill not receive a proper water polifh, on account of 
 
 tetany inequalities not iufheiently filled up and covered, 
 
 tfljtwo or more coats mult be given it : and whether a 
 
 $ greater or leis number be ufed, the work mould be 
 
 i imoothed, after the lait coat but one is dry, by rub- 
 
 ing it with the Dutch rufhes. When the lad coat is 
 
 f cry, the water polifh ihould be given, by pailing over 
 
 fery part or it wiiii a line rag gently moiilened, till 
 
 the vMio/c appear perfectly clean and even. The prim* 
 
 2-3 
 
( 4* ) 
 ing will then be completed, and the work ready to re- 
 ceive the painting, or coloured varnifli : the rett of the 
 proceedings being the fame in this cafe, as where no 
 priming is ufed. 
 
 . Of common grounds of varrnfti 'which are to be painted 
 upon.'] Where wood or leather is to be japanned, end 
 no priming is ufed, the beft preparation is to lay two 
 or three coats of coarfe varnifli compofed in the follow- 
 ing manner. " Take of rectified fpirit of wine one 
 
 pint, and of coarfe feed lac and refin, each two oun- 
 ces. Diflblve'the feed lac and refin in the fpirit: and 
 then ftrain off the varnifli." — This varnifli, as well as 
 all others formed of fpirit: of wine, mult be laid on in a 
 warm place ; and, if it can be conveniently managed, 
 the piece of work to be varniflied fnould be made warm 
 likewife : and for the fame reafon, all dampnefs mould 
 be avoided ; for either cold or mcifture chill this kind 
 of varnifli ; and prevent its taking proper hold of the 
 fubftance on which it is laid. When the work is fo pre- 
 pared, or by the priming of the composition of (ize 
 and whiting above defcribed, the proper japan ground 
 muft be laid on, which is much the beft formed of 
 (hell-lac varnifli, and the colour defired ; if white be not 
 in qieftion, which demands a peculiar treatment, as I 
 fhaii below explain ; or great brightnefs be not required, 
 when alfo other means muft be purfued. The colours 
 ufed with the (hell -lac varnifli, may be any pigments 
 whatever which give the teint of the gtpund deli ed ; 
 and they may be mixed together to form browns 
 or any compound colours : but with refpeel: to fuch 
 as require peculiar methods for the producing them 
 of the iirlt degree of brightnefs, I (hall particularize 
 them below. The colours for grounds may otherwife 
 fce mixed with the white varniflies formed in oil 
 of turpentine ; but thefe varnifhes have no advan- 
 tages over the fhell-lac but in their whitenefs, that p:e- 
 ferves the brightnefs of the colours ; and they are at 
 the fame time greatly inferior in hardnefs to it.. As 
 metals never require to be under coated with whiting, 
 
 ■H 
 
. ..<■( M } 
 
 they may be treated in the fame manner as wood or lea- 
 ther when the under-coat is omitted, except in the in* 
 lClt fiances particularly fpokcn of below. 
 
 Of <white japan grounds. ~\ The forming a ground per- 
 
 'f fe&'ly white, and of the firil decree of hardnefs, re- 
 ]t(t"i*i i ■• i 
 
 'mams hitherto a dehderatum, or matter fought for in 
 
 |! the art of japanning. As there are no fubiiances which 
 '? can be diflblved, fo as to form a very hard varnifh, but 
 ^'what have too much colour not to deprave the vvhite- 
 wo nefs, when laid on of a due thicknefs over the work, 
 nl; except fotne very late difcoveries not hitherto brought 
 8 ' into practice. The neareft approach, however, to a 
 ^perfect white vanmh, by mtans already known to the 
 
 ^public, is made by the following composition. 
 
 <»" Take flake white, or white lead, warned over and 
 » "ground withe ilxth of its wu'ght of ltaich, and then 
 ^ dried 5 and temper it properly for fpreadiog, with the 
 ^maftic ?amift), or compound them with the gum ani- 
 njt/'— Lay theft on the body to be japanned, prepared 
 Neither wit* or without the under-coat of whiting, in the 
 ijKinRnneras above ordered : and then varnifh over it with 
 drive or fix coats of the following vrrnifli. " Pro- 
 vide a. y quantity of the belt feed lac « and pick out 
 Wot it all the cleared and whitefl grains; reserving the 
 npmore coloured and fooler parte for the coarfer varnifhes, 
 ecifudi as that above mentioned for priming or pre- 
 pip i paring wood or leather. Take of this picked feed lac 
 d.two ounces ; and of gum animi three ounces ; and dif- 
 i Waive them, being prev'oufly reduced to a grofs powder, 
 to in about a quart or (pirit of 
 
 proportion may 
 
 minify d ; and a little crude tin pentine added to the gum 
 
 bpnimi, to take off the brittlencfs. A very good 'var- 
 
 . !i: n; Hi free entirely from ail brittlenefs, may be formed, 
 
 jrbydiilolving as much gum animi, as the oil will take, 
 
 hi old nut or poppy il , w Jjfch mufl bc ^ tQ ho{{ 
 
( 44- ) m 
 
 gently, when the gum is put into it. The ground of 
 white colour itfeif 'may be laid on in this varmfh#and 
 then a coat or two of it may be put over the ground : 
 but it mull be well diluted with oil of turpentine when 
 it is ufed. This, though free from brittlenefs, is, ne- 
 verthelefs, liable to ftifer ; by being indented or bruif- 
 ed by any flight ftrokes ; and it will not well bear any 
 polifh, but may be brought to a very fmooth furface 
 without, if it be judidouily managed in the laying it 
 on. It is likewife Tomewhat tedious in drying, and 
 'will require fome time where feveral coats are laid on, 
 as the Ian: ought not to contain much oil of turpentine. 
 It mult be obferved, 'likewife, that the gum refin, fueh 
 as the antral, copal, &c. can never be diffused in 
 foMantial oils, by the medium of heat, without a con- 
 iiderable change in the colour of the oils, by the de- 
 gree of heat 'neceffary to produce the folution, A me". 
 thod of diflblving gum copal in oil of turpentine is, 
 however, now difcovered by a gentleman of great abi- 
 litres in chemiftry j and he has alio obtained a method 
 of diffolving amber in the fame menftru urn, fo that we 
 may hope foon to fee the art of japanning carried to a 
 confummate degree of perfection; when the public are 
 put in poffeffion of thefe molt important inventions, or 
 
 the fruits of them. 
 
 Of blue japan grounds.'} Blue japan grounds may b& 
 formed of bright PruITian blue ; or of verditer glazed 
 over by Pruman blue ; or of fmalt. The colour may 
 be bed nibced with fhell-lac varnifh ; and brought to a 
 polifhing ftate by five or fix coats of varnifh of feed -lac. 
 But the varnifh, nevertheless, will fcmewhat injure the 
 colour, by giving to a true blue acaft of green ; ' and 
 fouling in fome degree a warm blue, by the yellow it 
 contains. Where, therefore, a bright blue is required, 
 and a lefs degree of hardnefs Can be/difpenfed with* the 
 the method before direded, in the cafe of white 
 grounds, muft. be purfued. 
 
 Of r,ed japan grounds^ For a fcarlet japan ground, 
 vermillion may be ufed. But the vermiliion alone has 
 
 i cri' 
 
 ulitl 
 
 '0 
 
 ■ cf col 
 
 me 
 ilk 
 
 I 
 
 fi : 
 
 k 
 
 ki 
 
 m**** 
 
p.. 
 Itti 
 
 ij it, 
 
 bear 
 
 n 
 
 ik 
 
 din, 
 
 out'i 
 byti 
 
 ij 
 
 KDtil 
 
 [a I; 
 fol 
 
 arrid 
 
 ,ds!t 
 terj 
 :o!tf 
 ougt 
 jf» 
 ; if 
 reen ? 
 yd 
 :& rec 
 ifil 
 
 .! 
 
 ( 45 ) 
 
 a glaring effeft, that renders it much It fs beautiful than 
 the crimfon produced by glazing it over with carmine 
 or tine lake ; or even with rofe pink, which has a very- 
 good efTed ufed for this purpofe. For a very bright 
 crimfon, nevertheltfs, inllead of glazing with carmine, 
 the Indian lake, known in the (hops by the name of 
 faflo<u>er, mould be ufed, diffolved in the fpirit of which 
 the varuifh is compounded (which it readily admits of 
 when good). But in this cafe, inftead of glazing 
 with the fhell-lac varnifh, the upper or polifhing coats 
 need ouly be ufed ; as they will equally receive and 
 convey the tinge of the Indian lake, which may be actu- 
 ally diffolved by fpirit of wine : and this will be found a 
 much cheaper method than the ufing carmine. If, ne- 
 vertheltfs, the higheft degree of brightnefs be requi- 
 red, the white varnifhes mull be ufed. It is at prefent, 
 however, very difficult to obtain this kind of lake. 
 For it does not appear that more than one coniiderable 
 quantity was ever brought over, and put into the hands 
 of colourmen : and this being now expended, they 
 have Hot the means of a frefh fupply : it, however* 
 may be eafily had from the fame place whence the / 
 former quantity was procured, by any perfons who go 
 thither in the Eafl-India (hips. 
 
 Of yellow japan grounds .~\ For bright yellow grounds, 
 King's yellow, or turpeth mineral, mould be employed, 
 either alone or mixed with fine Dutch pink. The ef- 
 fect may be dill more heightened, by diffolving pow- 
 dered turmeric root in the fpirit of wine, of which 
 the upper or polifhing coat is made ; which fpirit of 
 wine mud be drained from off the dregs, before the 
 feed-lac be added to it to form the varnifh. The feed- 
 lac varnifh is not equally injurious here, and with 
 greens, as in the cafe of other colours ; becaufe, being 
 only tinged with a reddifh yellow, it is little more than 
 an addition to the force of the colours. Yellow 
 grounds may be likewife formed of the Dutch pink 
 only, which, when good, will not be wanting in 
 brightnefs, though extremely cheap. 
 
(4« ) 
 
 Of green japan grounds."] Green grounds may be 
 produced by mixing King's yellow and bright Prnffian 
 blue; or rather, turpeth mineral and Pruffian blue. 
 A cheap, but fouler kind, may be had from verdigrife, 
 with a little of the above mentioned yellows, or Dutch 
 pink. But where a very bright green is wanted, the 
 cryftals of verdigrife, (called diftilled 'verdigrife) mould 
 be employed ; and to heighten the effed, they mould 
 be laid ou a ground of leaf gold, which renders the 
 colour extremely brilliant and pleafing. They may 
 any of them be ufed fuccefsfully with good feed- lac 
 varnifh, for the reafon before given: but will be (till 
 blighter with the white varnifh. 
 
 Of orange-coloured japan grounds.] Grange-coloured 
 japan grounds may be formed, by mixing vermillion, 
 or red lead, with King's yellow, or Dutch pink ; or 
 the orange lake ; or red orpiment, will make a brighter 
 orange ground than can be produced by any mixture. 
 
 Of purple japan grounds.] Purple japan grounds 
 may be produced by the mixture of lake, and Prnffian 
 blue ; or a fouler kind, by vermillion and Prnffian blue. 
 They may be treated as the reft, with refped to the 
 varnifh. 
 
 Of black japan grounds ', to be produced without heat.] 
 Black grounds may be formed by either ivory-black, 
 or lamp-black : but the former is preferable, where it 
 is perre&ly good. Thefe may be always laid on with 
 the fhell-lac varnifh : and have their upper or poliftiing 
 coats of common feed-lac varnifh ; as the tinge or 
 foulnefs of the varnifh can be here no injury. 
 
 Of common black j dpan grounds on iron or. copper^ pro- 
 duced by means of heat.] For forming the common 
 black japan grounds by means of heat, the piece of 
 work to be japanned muft be painted over with drying 
 oil : and when it is of a moderate drynefs, mnii be put 
 into a flove of fuch degree of heat, as will change the 
 oil black, -.without burning it, fo as to deiiroy or 
 weaken its tenacity. The Hove mould not be too hot 
 when the work is put Into it, nor the heat increafed too 
 
 Sliced 
 
 p| 
 
illia; 
 
 ;nfe, 
 utch 
 
 tfci 
 
 qqI| 
 
 DllU 
 
 may 
 
 •k 
 
 but 
 is 
 
 c 
 s 
 
 101!. 
 01 
 
 itei 
 
 ire, 
 
 Sn 
 
 ne, 
 tt( 
 
 '•] 
 
 lit 
 
 ill 
 
 »f 
 
 or 
 
 of 
 
 nt 
 k 
 Jf 
 
 )t 
 10 
 
 ( 47 ) 
 
 faft • either of which errors would make it bliiler : b 
 the flower the heat is augmented, and the longer it 
 continued, provided it be retrained within the due 
 degree, the harder will be the coat of japan. This 
 kind of* varnifh requires no polifhing, having received, 
 when properly managed, a fufficient one from the heat. 
 Of the fine tortotfe-fhell japan ground, produced by 
 mans of heat f\ The belt kind of tortoifc-fliell groin 
 produced by heat is not lefs valuable for its great hard- 
 nefs, and endured to be made hotter than boiling wat 
 without damage, than for its beautiful appearance. It 
 is ro be made by means of a varnifh prepared \\\ t! 
 
 following manner.- "Take of good linfeed oil one 
 
 gallon, and of timbre half a pound. Boil then toge- 
 ther till the oil become very brown and thick : drain 
 it then through a coarfe cloth f and fet it again to boil ; 
 in which (tote it muft be continued till it acquire a 
 
 pitchy confidence, when it wilr be fit for life," 
 
 Having prepared thus the varnifh, clean well the iron 
 or copper-plate, or other piece whieh is to be japan- 
 ned; and then lay vermiflion tempered with (hcll-l 
 varnifh, or with drying oil diluted with oil of lurpei 
 tine very thiniy, ou the places intended to imitate the 
 mare tranfpa.ent parts of the tortoife-fhell. When 
 the vermilhon is dry, brum over the whole with the 
 back . varmfti, tempered to a due confidence with 
 o of .turpentine; and when it is fet and firm, put 
 } work Mt o a (love, where it may undergo a very 
 K heat; and muft be continued a confidefable 
 feifem three week, or a month, it will be tl t tle 
 lb -as given am >ngft other rec pes by Run k bl t 
 
 \ was^oni; ^SttS^^ 2* 
 
 ** -dothlfuchEpie'e, W Tu fiF"? 
 M tea waiters wh'.rh T P u V but of thofe h ™""- 
 
 «red 'J '! ±ZfT f ° JU{lly dleemcd "* 
 
 heeo f cnt Thl P ! Eur °P e where they have 
 
 h *&& n?&£ decorated with U- 
 
 6 6' mine lame manner as any other var- 
 
w 
 
 ( 4* ) 
 nifhed furface, which had beft be done after the ground 
 has been duly hardened by the hot ftove : but it is well 
 to give a fecond annealing 'with a more gentle heat af- 
 ter it is finifhed. 
 
 Of painting japan nxork.'] japan work ought proper- 
 ly to be painted with colours in varnifh. But in order 
 for the greater difpatch, and, in lome very nice works 
 In fmail, for the freer ufe of the pencil, the colours 
 are now moll frequently tempered in oil: which mould 
 previously have a fourth part of its weight of gum 
 animi diiFulved in" it ; or, in default of that, of the 
 ;gyms faiiderac or maftic, as 1 have lifcewife before inti- 
 mated. When the oil is thus ufed, it mould be well 
 diluted with fpmt. of Uirpentme, that the colours may 
 be laid more evenly and thin : by which means, fewer 
 of the poliihrng or upper coats of varnim become ne- 
 ceffary. In fome inftances, water colon rs, as 1 before 
 mentioned, are laid on grounds of gold, in the other 
 paintings ; und are bed, when fo uftd, in their proper 
 appearance, without any varnim over them ; and they 
 are alfo fometimes £a managed, as to have the effect of 
 cmbolied work. The colours employed in this way 
 for painting, are ca-s I before intimated) beft prepared 
 by means of ifinglais fize corre&ed with honey, or fu- 
 gar-candy. The body of which the emboffed work is 
 i-aifed, need not, however, be tinged with the exterior 
 colour; but maybe beft formed of very ftrong gum 
 water, thickened to a proper confidence by bole am- 
 moniac and whiting in equal parts : which being laid 
 on in the proper figure, and repaired when dry, may 
 he then painted with the proper colours tempered in the 
 ifmglafs fize, or in the general manner with /hell-lac 
 •varnifh. 
 
 Of varntfljing japan worL'] The laft, and finifliing 
 part of japanning, lies in the laying on and poliihing 
 the outer coats of varnim ; which are neceffary, as 
 well in the pieces that have only one fimple ground of 
 coiour ; as with thofe that are painted. This in general 
 is belt done with common feed-lac varnilh ; except in 
 
 ( !tfe 
 
 pl< 
 
 fii 
 
 trt 
 
 i 
 
 
 ; iCi 
 
 %\ 
 
 
 
r. ( 49 ) 
 
 the inflances, and on thofc occafions, where I liave 
 already mown other methods to be more expedient : 
 and the fame reafons, which decide as to the fitnels or 
 impropriety of the varnifhes, witlr refpec"l to the colours 
 of the ground, hold equally well with regard to thofc 
 5, of the painting. For where brightnefs is the moft ma. 
 terial point, and a tinge of yellow will injure it, feed- 
 lac mutt give way to the whiter gums. But where 
 r hardnefs, and a greater tenacity, are moft eflential, it 
 muil be adhered to: and where both are fo neceflary, 
 that h is proper one mould give way to the other, 
 i in a certain degree reciprocally, a mixed varnifh mud 
 be adopted. This mixed varnifh, as I before obferved, 
 mould be made of the pick'd fecd-lac, as directed in 
 1 p. 43. The common feed-lac varnifh, which is the 
 mod ufeful preparation of the kind hitherto invented, 
 may be thus made. "Take of feed-lac three ounces, 
 and put into water to free it from the (ticks and filth 
 that frequently are intermixed with it ; and which 
 . mud he done by ftirring it about, and then pouring 
 off the water and adding frefh quantities, in order 
 to repeat the operations till it be free from all impu- 
 rities; as it very effectually may be by this means. 
 Dry it then, and powder it grofsly ; and put it, with 
 a pint of rectified fpirit of wine, into a bottle, of 
 a which it will not fill above two-thirds. Shake the mix- 
 Ill ture well together, and place the bottle in a gentle 
 jlt heat, till the feed appear to be diflblved ; the making 
 n ? being in the mean time repeated as often as may be 
 J>! convenient ; and then pour off all which can be obtain - 
 M ed clear by that method : and ftrain the remainder 
 " through a coarfe cloth. The varnifh thus prepared 
 
 muft be kept for ufe in a bottle well flopt." When 
 
 01 the fpirit of wine is very ftrong, it will diflblve a 
 } greater proportion of the feed-lac : but this will fatu- 
 • rate the common, which is feldom of a flrength 
 fufficient for making varnifhes in perfection. As the 
 chilling, which is the moft inconvenient accident at- 
 tending thofe of this kind, is prevented, or produce*, 
 more frequently, according to the ftrength of tn 
 
 I 7 
 

 ( So ) 
 
 fpirit, I will take this opportunity of- fliowmg a method 
 by which weaker re&ihed fpirits may with great eafe, 
 at any time, be freed from the phlegm, and rendered 
 of the fhft degree of ftrength.— --" Take a pint of 
 the common redtified fpirit of wine, and put it into a 
 bottle, of which it will not fill above three parts. Add 
 » to it half an ounce of pearl-afhes, fajt of tartar, or 
 any other alkaline fait, heated red-hot, and powdered, 
 as well as it can.be without muchlofs of its heat. Shake 
 the mixture frequently for the fpace of half an hour ;* 
 before which time, a great part of the phlegm will be 
 feparated from the fpirit ; and will appear, together 
 with the undifTolved part of the falls in the boU 
 torn of the bottle. Let the fpirit then be poured off, 
 or freed from the phlegm and falts by means of a tri- 
 torium, or feparating funnel ; and let half an ounce of 
 the pearl-afhes, heated and powdered, as before, be add* 
 
 may 
 a ted 
 appear coniiderable. 
 An ounce of alum reduced to powder and made hot, 
 but not burned, mud then be put into the fpirit ; and 
 fullered to remain tome hours; the bottle being frequent- 
 ly (haken. After which, theipirit, being poured off 
 from it, will be fit for ufe."-— -The addition of the 
 alum is neceffary, to neutralize the remains oi the al- 
 kaline Wt or pearl-afhes ; which would otherwift* great- 
 ly deprave the fpirit with refpecl: to,' varniihes and la- 
 quers, where vegetable, colours are concerned ; and 
 inn ft confequently render another diflillation, neceffary. 
 The manner of ufing the. feed-lac, or white varnilrxfs* 
 is the fame ; except. with, regard to the fub dance tiled 
 in -polinSing ; vyhich where a pure, _ wj'site, or great clear- 
 nefs of other colours, is in qnelb'on, fhould be itCcli 
 white J %hereas the browner forts- of polijhing dull, a§ 
 feTng cheaper, and doing their bufuvefs. with greater 
 elifoatcb, kay be ufed; in other cafes. The pieces of 
 v/ork tob^: yarnilhed, fhould be placed near a fire, or m 
 a room whe^e there is a ftove ; and mack perfectly dry; 
 and then tac varniflv may be rubbed over them by the 
 
 itjl 
 
 A 
 
 iter 
 
 jfC 
 
 i 
 
 
 wmrmm 
 
 •MOT 
 
pr >p^r bruilies made fur that purpofe, beginning in th- 
 middle, and palling the brum to one end; and then* 
 with another ftroke from the middle, palling it to the 
 other. But no part mould be croffed or twice pafTed 
 over, in forming one coat, where ft can pofiibly be 
 avoided. When one cojt is dry, another mult be laid 
 over it ; and this mull be continued at lead live or fix 
 times, or more; If, on trial, there be not a fufticient 
 thicknefs of varnifh to bear the polifh, without laying 
 bare the painting, or the grou.) 1 colour underneath. 
 When a fnfficieut number of coats is thus laid on, the 
 work is ht to be poliibed : which mult be done, in 
 common cafes, by rubbing it with a rag dipped in tri- 
 poli (commonly called rotten jlonc) finely powdered. 
 But towards the end of the rubbing, a little oil of any 
 kind mould be ufed along with the powder ; and when 
 the. work appeais fuflietently bright and gloffy, it 
 mould be tvell rubbed with the oil alone, to clean it 
 from the powder ; and give it a Hill brighter luilre. 
 In the cafe of white grounds, inftead of the tripoli, 
 fine putty or whiting* mull be ufed ; both which (hould 
 be washed over, to prevent the danger of damaging 
 the work from any fand or other gritty matter, 
 that may happen to become mixed with them. It 
 is a great improvement of all kinds of japan work, to 
 harden the varniih by means of heat ; which, in every 
 degree that it can be applied fhort of what would burn 
 or calcine the matter, tends to give it a more firm and 
 ft rang texture. Where metals form the body, there- 
 fore, a very hot flove may be ufed, and the pieces of 
 work may be continued in it a confiderable time ; efpe- 
 
 t'iy if the heat be gradually increafed. But where 
 wood is in queftion, heat mod be fparingly ufed ; as it 
 would otherwife warp or (brink the body, fo as to in* 
 
 - the general figure. 
 
 Of z'lLiir.g jjfmn work'] All the methods of gilding, 
 •■!-:c { ] are applicable to the ornamenting japan work, 
 rnnng been before taught, under the article of gilding, 
 it is necdlcfs to repeat them here. 1 (hall therefore only 
 again obferve. tint in <>ildingwith gold fize (which is 
 
 F z 
 
 ■ 
 
( 5* ) . 
 
 almoft the only method now pradifdd m japan work) 
 where It is defired to have the gold not to fhine, or ap- 
 proach in the leaft towards the burnifhing (late, thefize 
 mould be ufed either with oil of turpentine only, or with 
 a very little fat oil. But where agreaterluftre, and appear- 
 ance of polifh, are wanting, without the trouble of bur- 
 iiifhing, and the preparation neceffary for it, fat oil 
 alone, or mixed with a little gold fize, (hould be ufed ; 
 and the fame proportionable effed will be produced from 
 a mean proportion of them. 
 
 Of laquering,'] .Laquering is the laying either co- 
 loured or transparent varnifhes on metals, in. order to pro- 
 duce the appearance of a different colour in the metal ; 
 or to prcferve it from ruft and the injuries of the weather. 
 Laquering is therefore much of the fame nature with ja- 
 panning, both with regard to the principles and practice; 
 except that no opake colours, but tranfparent tinges 
 alone, are to be employed. The occaiions on which la- 
 quering is now in general ufed, are three : where brafs 
 is; to be made to have the appearance of being gilt: 
 where tin is wanted to have the refemblance of yellow 
 metals: and where brafs or copper locks,, nails* or other 
 jfuch matters, are to.be defended From the corrofion of 
 the air or moiflure. There was indeed formerly another 
 very frequent application of laquering ; which was co- 
 louring frames of pidures, &c. previoufly filvered, in 
 order to give them the. effed of gilding ; but this is now 
 greatly "difufed.- Thefe various intentions of laquering 
 require different compofitions for the effeduating each 
 kind ; and as there is a multiplicity of ingredients which 
 may be conducive to each purpofe, a proportionable 
 number of recipes have been devifed, and introduced into 
 pradice; efpeciaily for. the laquering brafs work to imi- 
 tate wilding ; which is a confiderable objed in this kind 
 of art ; and has been improved to the greateft degree of 
 perfedion. I (hall, however, only give one or two re- 
 cipes for each ; as they are all which are neceffary ; the 
 others being either made too complex by ingredients not 
 effential to the intention, or too coaly by the ufe of fuch 
 as are .expensive ; or inferior in gocdnefs, from the 1m- 
 
 vgpf^T*} " 'V^-Z 
 
an *, 
 
 «» »l 
 Mb 
 
 idapp 
 If o([ 
 it, k 
 
 iced;: 
 
 iitlti 
 
 trtof 
 ic met; 
 
 weal: 
 twill 
 
 it tr. 
 vdicl 
 leret: 
 
 ki 
 
 'f }'t: 
 
 or;: 
 
 u 
 
 IS HI 
 
 Ifllif! 
 
 tcdi 
 
 in 
 
 
 tit 
 
 ( 53 ) 
 
 p. )p f r choice or proportion of the component fubftances. 
 Tiw principal body or matter of all good laquers ufed 
 at D vcfent is feed-lac ; bur, for coarfer ufes, relin or tur- 
 pentine is added ; in order to make the laquer cheaper, 
 <han if the feed lac, which is a much dearer article, be 
 ,i-:ed alone. Spirit of wine is alfo confequently the fluid 
 ov meuitruum of which laquers is formed ; as the ethereal 
 oils will not diffolve the ietd-lac : and it is proper that 
 the foirit mould be highly rt&ined for this purpofe. As 
 it is'feldom praaicable, neverrhelefs, to procure fuch 
 fpivlts from the (hops, it will be found very advantageous 
 iic: the method above given for dephlegmating it by 
 dine falts ; but the ufe of the alum, dire&ed ia that 
 procels, mult not be forgotten on thisoccafion ; as the 
 cuv 61 of the alkaline fait would other wife be the turning 
 the metal of a purplifli, in (lead of a golden colour, by 
 laying on the laquer. The following are excellent com- 
 politionsfor brais work which is to rcfemble gilding.- — 
 " Tike of turmeric ground, as it may be had at the dry 
 ! Mrrrs, one ounce, and of faflron and Spanifh annatto 
 each two drachms. Put them into a proper bottle, with 
 a p\m of highiy-re&iried fpirit of wine ; and place them 
 in a moderate heat, if convenient, often (baking them, 
 tor fcvural d »ys. A very itrong yellow tin&ure will then 
 be obtained ; which mutt be (trained off from the dregs 
 through a coarfe linen cloth : and then, being put back 
 into the bottle, three ounces of good feed-lac powdered 
 My mult be added, and the mixture placed again in a 
 moderate heat, and ihaken, till the feed-lac be diffolved; 
 oi at lead fuch part of it as may. The laquer mult then 
 be (trained as before ; and will be fit for ufe ; but muft 
 
 be kept in a bottle carefully ftopt." Where it is de- 
 
 fired to have the laquer warmer or redder than this com- 
 petition may prove, the proportion of the annato mud 
 be increafed ; and where it is wanted cooler, or nearer a 
 true yellow, it mull be diminifiicd. The above, properly 
 managed, is an extreme good laquer ; and of moderate 
 price ; but the following, which is cheaper, and may be 
 made where theSpanifh annatto cannot be procured good, 
 
 is not greatly inferior to it " Take o jturmeric roo 
 
 * 3 
 
™ 
 
 ( 54 ).- 
 
 ground one ounce, of the beft dragon's blood half a 
 drachm. Put them to a pint offpirit of wine, and pro. 
 ceed as with the above." — By diminifhing the proportion 
 of the dragon's blood, the varnifh may be rendered of a 
 redder, or truer yellow caft. Saffron is fometimes ufed 
 to form the body of colour in this kind of laquer, in- 
 ilead of the turmeric ; but though it makes a warmer 
 yellow, yet the dcarn'efs of it, and the advantage which 
 turmeric has in forming a much ftronger tinge in fpirit of 
 wine, not only than the fafFron, but than any other vege- 
 table matter hitherto known, gives it the preference. Tho' 
 being a true yellow,and consequently not Sufficiently warm 
 to overcome the greenifh caft of brafs, it requires the ad- 
 dition of fome orange coloured tinge to make a perfect 
 laquer for this purpofe. Aloes and gamboge are alfo 
 fometimes ufed in laquers for brafs : but the "aloes is not 
 neceflary where turmeric or fafFron are ufed; and the 
 gamboge, though a -very ftrong miiky yellow in water, 
 affords only a very weak tinge in fpirit of wine. The 
 
 varnifh for tin may be made as follows :~ ?.i Take of 
 
 lurrneoie roof one ounce, of dragon's blood two drachms. 
 and o r spirit of wine one pint. Proceed as in the 
 iomier.' 5 — This may, like the former, have the red or 
 yellow rendered more prevalent, by the increafino- ordi* 
 rnfnifhing the proportion of the dragon's blood. Where 
 ii coarfer or cheaper kind is wanted, the quantity of feed- 
 lac may be abated ; and the deficiency thence arifing fnp'- 
 pbed by t lie fame proportion of refin. The laquer for 
 locks, nails, &c. where little or no colour is defired, may 
 either he feed-lac varnifh alone, as prepared above, cr 
 with a little dragon's blood : or a compound varnifh of 
 equal parts of feed- lac and refm, with or without the 
 dragon's blood. The laquer for pidure frames, &c. 
 where the ground isfi-ver, and the appearance of gilding 
 is to be produced, may be the competition before given, 
 }). 28, for gilding leather : the principle being exactly 
 the fame in this 1 cafe' and that. The manner of laying 
 00 the biquer is as follows : Firfi let the pieces of work 
 to be l.'C'jered, be road e thoroughly ckau ; -which, if 
 ifc'jy-be ftr'-w i)?tr*dvd, m\ii\ be d«ne bv m-sans of aqii-a- 
 
 V 
 
 m 
 
( r> V 
 
 ^ifyrtiu Being ready, they muft be heated by a imalr 
 : >i| charcoal fire in a proper veffel, or any way that may be 
 Fft mod convenient : the degree muft not be greater than 
 i| will admit of their being taken hold of without burning 
 fl'S the hand. The laquermuft then be laid on by a proper 
 tyw, brum in the manner of other varnifhes ; andthe pieces 
 s "t Immediately fet again in the fame warm fituation. After 
 tagtit the laquer is thoroughly dry and firm, the fame opera- 
 tion muft be renewed again for four or five times, of till 
 the work appear of the colour and brightness intended. 
 For very fine work, fome ufe a lefs proportion of feed- 
 he ; which occafions the laquer to lie evener on the me- 
 rest! tal : but, in this cafe, a greater number of coats are re- 
 quired ; which multiplies the proportion of labour; 
 though, where the price of the work will allow for fuch 
 additional trouble, it will be the more perfect for it. 
 The laqueringtin may be performed in the fame manner, 
 as is here directed for brafs : but being for coarfer pur- 
 pofes, lefs nicety is obferved ; and fewer coats (or per- 
 haps one only) are made to fufiice ; as the laquer is com- 
 pounded very red, that the tinge may have the 'ft rang ex 
 effect. Locks, nails, &c. where laquer is only ufed in 
 a de fen five view, to keep them from corroding, and not 
 for the improvement of the colour, may be treated in 
 the fame manner : but one or two coats are generally 
 thought fufficient. Though where any regard is had to 
 the wear, the coats of laquer or varniih fhould always 
 be of a due thicknefs, when they are to be expofed to 
 the air ; otherwise, the-firft moift weather makes thera 
 chill, and look grey and fruity, in fuch manner, that they 
 are rather injurious than beneficial to the work they are 
 laid upon. The laquering picture frames, &c where 
 the ground is leaf iilver, may be performed in the lame 
 mantiei as was before direeled in the cafe of gilding lea- 
 ther ; the circumftances being nearly the iamr, except 
 with relation to the texture of the fubjeft ; to fuit 
 which, the different manner of treatment may be eafily 
 adapted. But the laquer, as was before obferved, may 
 
 be the lame. ^ 
 
 Of R.iininn- Wv^w-J Take any white wood, an* 
 
( 56 ) 
 
 brum it over feveral times with the tin&ure of turmeric 
 root, made by-putting an ounce of the turmeric ground to 
 powder to a pint of fpirit ; and, after they have flood 
 fome days, (training off the tincture. If the yellow co- 
 lour be deiired to have a redder caft, a little dragon's 
 blood mufl be added, in the proportion that will produce 
 the teint required. A cheaper, but lefs ftrong and 
 bright yellow, may be given to the wood, by rubbing it 
 o^r feveral times with the tincture of the French berries, 
 made boiling hot. After the wood is again dry, it fhouki 
 be bruflied over wih a weak alum water ufed cold Lef. 
 fer pieces of wood, inftead of being brumed over with 
 them, may be Foaked in the decoctions or tinctures, 
 Wood may be alfo ftained yellow by means of aquaforth \ 
 which will fometimes produce a very beautiful yellow co- 
 lour, but at other times a browner. The wood mould 
 be warm, when the aquafortis is laid on ; and be held to 
 the Fire immediately afterwards ; and care mufl be taken, 
 that either the aquafortis be not too ftrong, or that it be 
 Jparmgly ufed ; otherwise a brown, fometimes even a 
 blackim colour, may be the refult. In order to render 
 any of thefe ftains more beautiful and durable, the wood 
 fliould be brufhed over after it is coloured ; and then var- 
 nifhed by the feed lac varnifh; or when defired to be very 
 ftrong, and to take a high polifh, with three or four coats 
 of fhell-lac varnifh. 
 
 Of * ftaining ■ nvood red."] For a bright red Main for 
 wood^ make a ftrong infufion of Brafil in dale urine, or 
 water impregnated with pearl afhes, in the proportion of 
 an ounce to a gallon ; to a gallon of either of which, the 
 proportion of Brafil wood mud be a pound : which being 
 put to them, they muft ftand together two or three days, 
 often ftirring the mixture. With this infufton drained, 
 and made boiling hot, brum over the wood to be ftained, 
 till it appear ftrongly coloured : then, while yet wet, 
 brulh it over with alum*water made in the proportion of 
 two ounces of alum to a quart of water. For a lefs 
 bright red, difTolve an ounce of dragon's blood in a pint 
 of fpirit of wine, and brufh over the wood with the 
 
 
 pipMMK 
 
( 51 ) 
 
 t^tnaur« 9 till the (lain appear to be as ftrong asis dehrert. 
 
 But this is, in h&, rather laquering than flaining. Fcr 
 
 i pink or rofe red, add to a gallon of the above infafion 
 
 of Brafil wood two additional ounces of the pearl afhes, 
 
 md ufe it as was before dfrc$ed : but it is^ neceffary, in 
 
 his cafe, to brum the wood over often with the alum- 
 
 4 water. By increafmg the proportion of pearl-afhes, the 
 
 ed may be rendered yet paler : but it is proper, when 
 
 j,Lmore than this quantity is added, to make the alum- 
 
 ^ water ftronger. Thefe reds, when it is neceflary, may 
 
 (j be varnifhed as the yo!oW$ 
 
 m Of flawing wood bltte>~] Wood may be ftained blue, 
 
 by means either of copper or indigo : but the firft will 
 
 afford a brighter colour ; and is more generally pra&ica- 
 
 L ble than the latter. Becaufc the indigo can be rifed only 
 
 ji in that ftate to which it is brought by the manner of pre- 
 
 t jj paration ufedby the dyers : of whom indeed it muft be 
 
 y had, as it cannot be properly fo prepared but in large 
 
 ( l quantities, and with a particular apparatus. The me- 
 
 . thod of flaining blue with the copper is therefore as 
 
 : follows : " Take a folutioa of copper, and biuft* it, 
 
 while hot, feveral times over the wood. Then make a 
 , folution of pearl-afhes, in the proportion of two ounces 
 , to a pint of water ; and brum it hot over the wood, 
 ftained with the folution of copper, till it be of a per- 
 fectly blue colour." Wood ftained green as above by 
 verdigrife, may likewife be made blue, by ufing the fo- 
 lution of the pearl allies in the fame manner. When 
 indigo is ufed for flaining wood blue, it mult be managed 
 thus : " Take indigo prepared with foap lees as 
 
 OOfC 
 
 tail 
 
 when u<ed by the dyers ; and brufh the wood with it 
 boiling hot. Prepare then a folution of white tartar, 
 or cream of tartar, which is to be made, by boiling 
 three ounces of the tartar, or cream, in a quart of wa- 
 ter : and with this folution, ufed copioufly, brufh oyer 
 f- the wood before the moifture of the tinfture of indigo 
 
 be quite dried out of it." Thefe blues muft be 
 
 brufhed and varnifhed as the reds, where there is occafion. 
 
 Of flaining wood of mahogany colour.'] Mahogany 
 
 c<;luur is the mod ufeful of any ftain for wood (efpcci- 
 
. ( ? 8 } 
 
 ally fince the veneering with different colours tsoritbrikr 
 fafhion) as it is much praeKfed at prefent for chairs 'd' 
 and other furniture made in imitation of Bia-ha*a- 
 ny ; which, when well managed, maybe brought 
 to a very near refemblance. This fta-in may he up! 
 of different hues, as the natural wood varies greatly, 
 being ' of all the. intermediate teints betwixt the red 
 brown and purple brown, according to the age, or, 
 fometirnes the original nature of different pieces. F 
 
 or 
 
 ^ 
 
 mm 
 the light red brown, ufe a decoction of madder and 
 fuftic wood, ground in water; V- e proportion maybe k\}\ 
 half a pound of madder, and a quarter of a pound of 
 fuftic, to a gallon : or in -default of fuftic, an ounce of Sj 
 the yellow berries may be ufed. This mull be bruihed 
 over the wood to be (iained, while boiling hot, till the 
 due colour be obtained ; and, if the wood be kindly 
 grained, it will have greatly the appearance of new 
 xnahogany. The fame effect nearly may be produced 
 by the tincture of dragon's blood and turmeric root, 
 in fpirit of wine : by increafing or diminim'ng the 
 proportion of each of which ingredients, the brown 
 (tain may be varied to a more red or yellow fcaft at 
 pleafure. This fucceeds better upoti w^ood, which has 
 already fo me tinge of brown, than upon whiter! For 
 the dark mahogany, take the infufidn of madder made 
 as above, except the exchanging the fuftic for two 
 ounces of logwood : and when the wood to be ftained 
 has been feveral times brufhedover, and is again dry, it 
 mud be (lightly brufhed over with water in which pearl- 
 a (lies have been diffolved, in the proportion of about a 
 quarter of an ounce to a quart. Any ft a ins- of the 
 intermediate colours may be made, by mixing thefe in- 
 gredients, or varying the proportion of them. Where 
 thefe (lains are ufed for better kind of work, the wood H , 
 fhould be afterwards varnifhed with three or four coats ~.\ 
 of feeddac varnifh ; but for coarfe work, the varniih 
 of refin and feed lac may he employed, or they rnav I% \ 
 be only well rubbed over with drvinpr oil. 
 
 fiakiin? r L u9od green,"] Diffolve verdigrffe in vi« 
 
 negar, or cryftals of verdigrife -in water ; '■'■and, with 
 
( 59 ) 
 
 !i the hot folution, brufh over the wood till it be duly 
 r ftained. This may be bruflied and varnifhed as the 
 
 f above. . 
 
 Qf flawing wood purple.] Brufh the wood to be (tamed 
 ^ feveral times with a ftrong decoclion of logwood and 
 ^ Braiil, made in the proportion of one pound of the 
 l " ; logwood and a quarter of a pound of the Brafil, to a 
 ft gallon of water; and boiled for an hour or more. 
 * When the wood has been brufhed over there will be a 
 to fufficient body of colour, let it dry ; and then be 
 U; iJi..htly pafled over by a folution of one drachm of 
 P J peart-afhes in a quart of water. This folution muft be 
 1 carefully ufed, as it will gradually change the colour 
 ' from a brown rtd, which it will be originally found to 
 ) be, to a dark blue purple ; and therefore its tfTecl mult 
 i] be retrained to the due point for producing the colour 
 1 i defired. This may be vai :nifhed as the red. 
 H Of gaining wood black*] Brufh the wood feveral 
 rr limes with the hot deletion of logwood made as above ; 
 it without the Braiii. Then having prepatedau in- 
 iinon of galls, by putting a quarter of a pound of 
 .owe. rtd galls to two quarts of water, and fetting 
 them in the fro/h&nfe or « n y tJther gentle heat, for 
 «• three or four days, bniih tiie wood three or four times 
 ■ jver with it : and then pals over it again, while yet 
 for wet, with a folution. oi greeu vitriol in water, in the 
 lk p. i portion of two ounces to a quart. The above is the 
 v-lu&peijt method : but a very m:: black may be produ- 
 ced, by brufhitig the wood ieveial timet, over with a 
 : •litioii of copper in aqtuyorlis ; and allerwards with 
 oi the deco&ion of logwood, which miiii be lepeatcd till 
 die eolour be of a iufhcitnt force; and the green.neis 
 produced by the folution oi' the copper, wholly over- 
 come. Thefe blacks may be varus Hied as the colours. 
 
 Where, the flairs ate dcfiivd to be very Urong, as 
 
 J the cafe of wood intended to be ufed for veneering, 
 
 it is in general ncceflary, they ihould be foaked, and 
 
 iiK brnlhed; to lender which the more practicable, 
 
 ( Uc wood may be p cvioully flit or fawed into pieces of 
 
 : , * propyl ihickiiyfi for inlaying. It is tobe ynderiiood 
 
( 6a ) 
 
 alfo, that when the wood is above ordered to be bvulhed 
 feveral times over with the tinging fubflances, it mould 
 be fuffered to dry betwixt each time. 
 
 Of ft dining ivory, bone, or horn, yellow.] Boil them 
 firft in a folution of alum, in the proportion of one 
 pound to two quarts of water : and then prepare a 
 tincture of the French berries, by boiling half a 
 pound of the berries, pounded, in a gallon of water 
 with a quarter of a pound of pearl-afhes. After this 
 tincture has boiled about an hour, put the ivory, &c. 
 previously boiled in the alum water, into it ; and 1« 
 them remain there half an hour. If turmeric root be uicd 
 inftead of the French berries, a brighter yellow maybe 
 obtained ; but the ivory, &c» mud in that caie be 
 again dipped in alum* water after it is taken out of 
 the tincture ; otherwife an orange colour, not a yellow, 
 wiR be produced from the effect of the pearl-alhes on 
 the turmeric. 
 
 Of ft aining ivory , hone dnd hgrn, green,"] They mull 
 be boiled in a folution of verdigrife in vinegar ; or of 
 copper in aqwfortis, prepared as above directed, (a 
 vefiel of glafs or earthen ware being employed for this 
 purpofe) till they be of the colour defired. 
 
 Of ft dining ivory, bone and horn, red*] Take ftrong 
 lime water, prepared as for other purpofes ; and the 
 rafpings of Brafil wood, in the proportion of half a 
 pound to a gallon. Let tjiem boil for an hour; and 
 then put in the ivory, &c ? prepared by boiling in alum 
 water in the manner above directed for the yellow ; and 
 continue it there till it be fufHciently coloured. If it 
 be too crimfon, or verge towards the purple, it may 
 be rendered more fcarlet, by dipping again in the alum 
 water. 
 
 Of ft dining ivory, bone and born, blue.'] Stain the ivo- 
 ry, &c. firft green, according to the manner above di- 
 rected ; and then dip it in a folution of pearl-afnea 
 made flrong and boiling hot ; but it muft not be conti- 
 nued longer, nor dipped oftener than is neceffary to con- 
 vert the green to blue. The ivory, &c, may other- 
 wife be boiled in the tincture of indigo prepared as by 
 
 
 ik i 
 
 
 
 *l 
 
 p&'i. 1 
 
 lk h 
 
 u 
 
 ml 
 id) 
 
 rot 
 
 ; t:w' 
 I 
 
 M 
 
 Irlin 
 
 f 
 
 i!i (i 
 
 (pre 
 lit 
 
 h 
 
 (A 
 
 
{ 6i ) 
 
 the dyers ; and afterwards in the folution of tartar made 
 as is directed for the ftaining wood. 
 
 Of flaining ivory, bone arid horn, purple,'] Treat them 
 in the fame manner as was directed for red ; except 
 that logwood muft be fubilituted in the place of Bra- 
 fil wood ; and the ufe of the alum water muft. be omit- 
 ted wholly. Jf a redder purple be wanted, a mixture 
 of the logwood and Brafil muft be employed, inftead 
 of the logwood alone. The proportion may be equal 
 parts ; or any lefs proportion of the Brafil, according 
 to the colour delired. 
 
 Of 'flaming bom to imitate tortoife -floelL] The horn 
 to ise ftained muft be firft preffed into proper plates or 
 fcaks, or other iiat form. The following mixture muft 
 
 then be prepared " Take of quicklime two parts, 
 
 and of litharge one ; and temper them to the conuf- 
 tence of a fort parte with foap lye. ,? — - — Put this paile 
 over i\) the parts of the horn, except inch as aie pro- 
 per ro be left tranfparent, in order to the greater refem- 
 blanee of the tortoife- -{hell. The horn mutt then is., 
 iriain thus covered with the pafte. till it be thoroughly 
 dry : when the pafte being bruftied off, the horn will be 
 found partly opake, and partly tranfparent, in the 
 manner of tortoife .(hell; and when put over a foil, of 
 the kind of latten called affidue, will be fcarcely dif~ 
 ting us fti a hie from it. It requires fome degree of fancy, 
 and judgment, to difpofe of the paile in fuch a man- 
 ner, as to i rm a variety of tranfparent parts of dif- 
 ferent magnitude and figure, to look like the effect of 
 nature ; and it will he an improvement to add femi tran- 
 fparent parts. This may be done by mixing whiting 
 with fume of the pafte to weaken its operation in par- 
 ticular places ; by which fpots of a reddifh brown will 
 be produced; that, if properly inteefperfed, efpecially 
 on the edges of the dark parts, will greatly increafe as 
 well the btkaiit.y or the work, as its firnilitude with the 
 real tor tor ft fxi«lK 
 
 itflmn hory-j here and horn, black,'] Proceed in 
 trie tame runner as i& above directed for wood, 
 
 ■•■••j /<■/.:-- or parc&ve-ui, yel/w.'] Paper may* 
 
 
 vjjh 
 
 r 
 
( 62 
 
 
 itrorp- 
 
 tl 
 
 be ftained yellow by the tin&ure cf French berries; 
 but a much more beautiful colour may be obtained 
 by ufimr the tlndure of turmeric formed by infu. 
 fine an ounce or more of the root powdered ,n a pint 
 of fpirit of wine. This may be made to give any te.nt 
 of yellow, from the lighteft firaw to the full colonr, 
 called Erench yellow ; and will be equal in brightnefs 
 even to the beft dyed filks. If yellow be wanted of a 
 warmer or redder caft, annatto, or dragon s blood, mnft 
 be add&d to the tinfture. The beft manner of ufiag 
 thefe and the following tinflure., is to fpread them 
 even on the paper or parchment by means ot abroad 
 brum in the manner of varnifhing. 
 
 Of flailing paper or parchment, red.} Paper or 
 parchment, may be Bained red, by treating it in the 
 fame manner as is direftcd for wood, p. 56 ; or by red 
 ink. It may alfo be Bained of a fcarlet hue by the tine- 
 ture of dragon's blood in fpirit of wine : but this will 
 not be bright. A very fine crimfon Bain may be given 
 to paper, by a tinftuie of the Indian lake, which may 
 be made, by infufing the lake fome days in fp.nl »f 
 wine ; and then pouring off the tindure from the dregs. 
 Of Jiaimue paper or parchment, green.'} Paper er 
 parchment, may be ftained green, by the folution *1 
 yerdigrefe in vinegar ; or by the cryiials of verdigr.le 
 diffolved in water. As alfo by the folution of copper 
 in aquafortis made by adding filings of copper gradually 
 to the aquaforth till no ebullition enfueu : or tpint ol * 
 fait may be ufed in the place of the aquafortis. v 
 
 Of gaining paper or parchment, blue.] A blue CO- 
 lour may be given to paper or parchment, by training » 
 it ereen by any of the above-mentioned methods; ana >, 
 treating it afterwards as is direded for the ftainingWXS £ 
 blue, by the fame means, or by indigo, in the man- . 
 ner there explained {ikewife. c fa ; n the 4 
 
 Of ftaining paper or parchment, orange.} Stain 
 paper or parchment, firft of a full yellow, by _ means of 
 the tin&ure of turmeric, as above direaed lhenbrafc * 
 it over with a folution of fixed alkaline fait, made by 
 diffolving half an ounce of pearl afiies, or fait of tartar, 
 in a quart of water, and filtering the folution. 
 
 Hi 
 
 mm^m^o 
 
Sail 
 
 n a j- 
 
 hot 
 
 risk 
 
 of i 
 
 :adt! 
 'al: 
 
 Pipe 
 it is 
 orfe 
 ftk 
 i 
 rbq 
 hid 
 i (pi 
 
 tiui 
 
 Pap' 
 
 )lutic 
 
 Vfl'J 
 
 offl 
 
 ( 63 ) 
 
 Offtaining paper or parchment purple^ Paper or 
 parchment, may be ftained purple by archal : or by the 
 tfft'aure of logwood, according to the method above 
 direded for ttaioing wood. The juice of ripe privet 
 berries expreffed, will likewife give a purple dye to pa- 
 per or parchment. 
 
 Of ftainingalabaper, marble, and other f ones, of va- 
 rious colours.^ Alabaiter, marble, and other ftones, 
 may be ftained of a yellow, red, green, blue, purple, 
 black, or any of the compound colours, by the means 
 above given for (laming wood. But it is better, when 
 a ftrong tinge is wanted, to pour the tincture,' if made 
 in water, boiling hot on the alabafter, &x\ fpreading 
 it equally on every part, then to bruin it over only ; 
 though that may be fufficient where a (lighter dye will 
 fuffice. When tinctures in fpirit of wine are ufed, they 
 mail not be heated ; as the fpirit would evaporate, and 
 leave the tinging gums in an undiffolved ftate. Where 
 ftones are not perfectly white, but partake of brown- 
 nefs orgreynefs, the colour produced by the tinges will 
 be -proportion ably wanting in brightnefs. Becaufe the 
 natural colour of the ft one is not hid or covered by thefe 
 tinges ; but combines with them : and, for the fame 
 reafon, if the (tone be of any of the pure colours, the 
 rcfuit will be a compound of fuch colour and that of 
 
 lods. 
 
 liif 
 tk 
 
 
 of 1 
 
 Of the method of preparing and colouring marbled paper.'} 
 There are feveral kinds of marbled paper ; but the prin- 
 cipal difference of them lies, in the forms in which the 
 colours are laid on the ground : fome being difpofed in 
 tvhirles or circumvolutions; fome in waving jagged 
 lengths ; and others, only in fpots of a roundifh or oval 
 figure. The general manner of managing each kind is, 
 never; hlieife, the fame: being the dipping tfie paper in 
 a folutioa of gum draga.canth (or, as it is commonly 
 tailed, gum dragon) { over which the colours, previ- 
 ouil, prepared with .ox-gall and fpirit of wine, .are firit 
 fprtad. The peculiar apparatus neceffary for this pur- 
 pole is, a trough for containing the gum dragacanth 
 and the colours ; a comb or quill for difpoiing them in 
 
 G 
 
 1 
 *¥ 
 
( H ) 
 
 the figure ufually ■ chofen ; and a burr, i flung (lone for 
 poliftiing the paper. The trough may be of any kind 
 of wood : and mult be fomewhat larger than the meets 
 of paper, for marbling which it is to be employed : hut 
 the fides of it need only rife about two inches above the 
 bottom : for, by making it thus (hallow, a lefs quan- 
 tity of the folution of the gum will ferve to fill it. The 
 comb may be alfo of wood, and five inches in length: 
 but fhould have brafs teeth, which may be about two 
 inches long, and placed at about a quarter of an inch 
 diliance from each other. The hurnimiiig ftone may 
 be of jafper, or agate : but as thole Hones are very 
 dear, when of fuflicient largenefs, marble or glafs may 
 be ufed, provided their furface be poliihed t» a great 
 degree of fmoothnefs. Thefe implements being pre- 
 pared, the folution of gum dragacanth muft be made, 
 by putting a fufficient proportion of the gum, which 
 mould be white, and clear from all foulneffea, into 
 clean water ; and letting it remain there a day or two; 
 frequently breaking the lumps and itirring it, till the 
 whole (hall appear diffolved, and. equally mixed with 
 the water. The confidence of the folution mould be 
 nearly that of flrong gum water, ufed in miniature 
 painting : and, if it appear thicker, water mutt be ad- 
 ded ; or, if thinner, more of the gum. When the fo- 
 lution is thus brought to a due (late, it mud be paffed 
 through a linen cloth, and being then put into the trough, 
 it will be ready to receive the colours. The colours em- 
 ployed f jr red are carmine, lake, rofe-pink, vermillion 
 and red-lead : but the two lail are too hard and glaring, 
 unlefs they be mixed with rofe pink, or lake, to bring 
 them to a fofter caft : and. with. refpedk to the carmine 
 and lake, they are too dear for common purpofes ; — for 
 blue, Pruffian-. blue and verditer, m*y be ufed : — for 
 yellow, Dutch pink and yellow ochre* may be em- 
 ployed :—- for green, verdignfe, a mixture of Dutch 
 pink and Pruffian blue, or verditer, in different propor- 
 tions : — — for orange, the orange lake, or a mixture of 
 vermillion, or red- lead, with Dutch pink : — for purple, 
 role-Dink and Pruffian blue. Thefe feveral colours 
 
 P 
 
 — 
 
 ■9 
 
( 6$ ) 
 fhould be ground with fpirif of wine, till they be of a 
 proper finenefs ; and then at the time of ufiiig them, a 
 little fi(h gall, or, in default of it, the gall of a beaft 
 mould be added, by grinding them over again with it. 
 The proper proportion of the gall mull be found by 
 trying them ; for there muftbejtift fo much as will fuf* 
 kr the fpots of colour, when fprinkled on the folution 
 of the gum dragacanth, to join together, without ■inter- 
 mixing or running into each other. When every thing- 
 is thus prepared, the folution of the gum dragacanth 
 muft be poured into the trough ; and the colours, being 
 in a feparate pot, with a pencil appropriated to each, 
 muft be fprinkled on the furface of the folution, by 
 making the pencil, charged with its proper colour, over 
 it: and this muft be done with the feveral kinds of co- 
 lour deiired, till the furface be wholly covered. Where 
 the marbling is propofed to be in fpots of a fimple form, 
 nothing more is neceffary : but where the whirles or 
 fnail (hell hgures are wanted, they muft be made by 
 means of a goofe quill ; which muft be put among the 
 fpots to turn them about, till the effe& be produced. 
 The waving jagged lengths muft be made by means of 
 the comb above de fen bed, Which muft be paifed through 
 the colours from one end of the trough to the other ; 
 and will give them 'that appearance. But if they be 
 deiired to be pointed both Ways^ the comb tnuft be 
 again paffed through the trough in a contrary dire&ion % 
 or if fome of the whirles or f nail (hell figures be required 
 to be added, they may be yet made by the means be- 
 fore directed. The paper mould be previoufly pre- 
 pared for receiving the colouis, by dipping it over night 
 in water ; and laying the meets on each other, with a 
 weight over them, in the cafe of paper to be imprinted 
 by copper plates. The whole being thus ready, the 
 paper muft be held by two corners, and laid in the 
 moil gentle and even manner on the folution covered 
 with the colours ; and there foftly preffed with the hand, 
 that it may bear every where on the lolution. After 
 which, it muft be railed and taken off with the fame 
 'care; and then hung to dry acrofs a proper cord, ful- 
 
 C>3 
 
( 66 ) 
 
 pended near at hand for that purpofe : and in that ftate 
 it muft continue, till it be perfectly dry. It then re- 
 mains only to give the paper a proper polifh ; in order 
 to which it is firft rubbed with a little foap ; and then 
 muft be thoroughly fmoothed by the glafs polifhers, 
 fuch as are ufed for linen, and called the calender glaffes. 
 After which it fhould be again rubbed by a burnifher 
 of jafper or agate, or, in default of them, of glafs 
 ground to thehigheft polifh : for on the perfect polifh 
 of the paper depends in a great degree its beauty and 
 value. Gold or filver powders may be ufed, where de« 
 fired, along with the colours ; and require only the 
 fame treatment as them : except that they muft be firft 
 tempered with gum water. 
 
 The original recipe for the making Prujpan blue^ as 
 publifhed by Dr, Woodivard.~\ "Take any quantity of 
 blood, and evaporate it to diynefs; continuing the 
 heat till it -becomes' black; but avoiding the burning 
 any part of it to afhes. Powder the dry matter, and 
 mix it thoroughly with an equal weight of pearl afhes; 
 and calcine the mixture in an iron pot or crucible, on 
 which a cover is put. The calcination mutt be conti- 
 nued fo long as the matter enits any flame; the fire 
 being raifed to a confiderable degree 6f heat at the end 
 of the operation ; and the matter muft be then pow- 
 ■ dered ; and put, while yet hot, into twelve times its 
 weight of water ; which muft be again fet on the fire 
 to boil for the fpace of three quarters of an hour, or 
 more. The fluid muft then be filtered off through a 
 thin flannel bag, from the part remaining undiffolved: 
 through which remaining part frelh water fliould be 
 pafTed, before it be taken out of the filtering bag, to 
 extrad as much as poflible of the folution : and the 
 water thus, paired through fhould be added to the quan- 
 tity before filtered : after which, what is retained in 
 the bag may be thrown away. In the mean time a fo- 
 lution fftould be made of alum, and copperas calcined 
 to wbjtenefs, in the proportion of two pounds of the 
 aluiUj and two ounces of the calcined vitriol, to each 
 psftnd ©f the pearl allien ufed with the Maud, which ic- 
 
 '(51 
 
 d 
 
 
 
 Kit, 
 (« 
 
 III 
 k 
 
 i< 
 
 In 
 
 t 
 
 ■ 
 
*■» 
 
 wmmmmam 
 
 
 poll 
 
 crjU 
 biifiil 
 
 of | 
 
 :atit); 
 where 
 
 otil? 
 
 oik; 
 
 n k 
 
 uantiij 
 
 atter t - 
 
 ajj if 
 ociMt 
 . bet: 
 ; tk 
 at tk 
 then? 
 
 )I) It! 
 
 k\ 
 throij 
 tdil 
 Ion' 
 
 : p 
 tbef 
 
 etaiifc 
 
 tilHf' 
 
 ( 67 ) 
 
 Union mud be made by boiling the alum and copperas 
 In five times their weight of water, and then filtering 
 them through flannel or paper, where great nicety is 
 required. When the folution of the alum and copperas 
 j*8 thus prepared ; it muft be added to the lixivium fil- 
 tered off from the calcined blood and pearl-afhes ; from 
 which mixture, the precipitation of a blackifh green 
 matter will foon enfue. After the precipitated matter 
 has fubfided to the bottom of the veffel, and the fluid 
 appears clear over it, feparate it from the green fedi- 
 ment, firit by pouring off all that will run clear out of 
 the veffel, and afterwards by draining off the remainder; 
 and th?n put the green matter again into a vrffel, that 
 will contain as much fluid as it was before mixed with. 
 AM fpirit of fait to it afterwards, in the proportion of 
 f,x ounces to every pound of the pearl-afhes ufed ; and 
 the green matter will then foon appear to be converted. 
 into a beautiful blue. Water muft then be added, tq 
 wafh off the fpirit of fait ; which muff be renewed ff- 
 veral times, till it come off perfectly ■ fwcet ; ■ aiid the 
 I'.it quantity muft then be ftrained off; and the blue 
 fecfimgnt dried in lumps of a moderate iize. The pro- 
 crce will be about three ounces for every pound of the 
 pearl-aftics employed."— ^— If the produce be defired 
 to be made cither of; a lighter or darker hue, it may 
 be done by increafing the proportion of the pearl- afhes 
 
 
 b 
 
 to the blood, to give a lighter kind ; or the fpirit of 
 iak to the pearl -afhes, to give a deeper kind : but the 
 quantity will in the latter cafe be proportionally dimi- 
 mfhed. The liraiuing or fiiierinc the lixivium tfironeli 
 flannel is not jo good a' method as the doing it thro' 
 paper-; efpeciafly where- the colour is wanted of a very 
 great brightness and purity : and the water is heft fepa- 
 i^ted from the great fediment firfi produced, and after- 
 rards from the blue one, by the fame means : but in 
 thefe cafes a fine linen cloth much worn, thouph whole, 
 Jnould be laid over the paperi The cc 1 - or, when re- 
 ed to a proper confidence, may be laid on chalk 
 fto.n^s to dry : and a moderate heat may be alio iJfed' 
 for greater expedition, when required ; but great care 
 
( 68 ) 
 mould be taken not to burn the matter. The calcina- 
 lion may be performed in a reverberatory furnace, fuch 
 as is ufed by the chemilts; or in the furnaces where 
 metals are melted ; for the crucible or pot, containing 
 the matter, may either be furroundtd by the coals, or pla- 
 ced over them, provided a fulfi'cient heat be given to it. 
 But where larger quantities are to fee Calcined^ they 
 may be very cheaply and eommodioufly managed in the 
 potters or the tobacco-pipe-makers furnaces ; being put 
 into them along with the earthenware and pipes. 
 
 The Erivlifp Fifty Pounds Premium Receipt for either 
 taking c/ "deflroying Rats> or Mice, 'without Poifon.] 
 There is no better place of fecur.ty to decoy thefe vefi 
 min into than a large round wire cage, made in form 
 of the common moute traps, about iixteen inches wide, 
 with feveral places for entrance : thofe for receiving 
 mice mould be much fmailer, and fo mould the holes 
 they enter at. It will be neceilary, firfl, to obferve 
 the' places they mod frequent, and to difcover the holes 
 they make for palling and repaffing. The traps are to 
 be let within four or five yards of thefe holes, and from 
 Which, quite to thofe traps, the floor is to be rubbed 
 (in a (trait line about four inches wide) with a piecf of 
 Strong rich cheefe toafted, on which a few drops of oil 
 of annifeed has been dropped, and the trap mould be well 
 rubbed! likewife. Baits for the traps are to be made 
 tkia : Of ftrong cheefe eight ounces; oatmeal the like 
 quantity; feven or eight drops of oil of annifeed ; 
 Indian berries one ounce ; fea'therfew half an ounce ; 
 droppings of fweet oil fufficient to make it up in- 
 to a pa'ite : then form it into many little balls, and 
 this will moft 'affuredly dtcoy them into the cag*, 
 though many people were prefent. I advife the u|e of 
 traps^ otherwife they would retire to their private 
 haunts, and expire, which would prove very offeufive 
 for fome time 10 all near them, efpecially in warm wea- 
 ther. 
 
 The 'foWSin* " -likewife by a Candidate for the fifty 
 'Pounds Prmn/ty.j Procure an earthen veffel, well glazed 
 iivtheinude. Rear two feet high, and full one broad 
 
 nit 
 
 SIM 
 
 if 
 lie 
 |( 
 
 
 id 
 
 % 
 n 
 
 i\ 
 
( 69 ) 
 
 1 it to the middle with water, and hang a very fmooth 
 Uboard to the top by two itrong pins, and fo even that 
 
 ie ieail weight will trip it up on either fide ; this begird 
 ital i, to be well daubed over with the greafy compofition 
 Wjbefore mentioned, (only he leaves out the featherfew) 
 aiilwhkh entices the vermin on the board* and that Aides 
 i,:them into the water, from whence there is no efcaping. 
 
 Difctvery of the true reafon of burning fulphur in kogf- 
 Meads for prefer ving wine, by a new and curious expert - 
 dment. 7 ] If two or three drops of the oil of tartar are 
 iroboured into half a glafs of very line red wine, the wine 
 hi will lofe.Us red colour, and become opaque and yellowim, 
 ief(|s turned and pricked wine ; but if two or three drops 
 iajpf the fpirit of fulphur, which is a very ftrong acid, are 
 ^afterwards poured into the glafs, the fame wine will en- 
 eceitirely refume its beautiful red colour ; whence the rea- 
 ction ia eafily perceived, why fulphur is burnt in hogfheads 
 otijin order to preferve wine, fince it is not the inflammable 
 t| K lpart of fulphur that caufes this effect, but its acid fpirit, 
 pufthat enters and permeates the wood of the vefTel. 
 j fl ^j The manner of fihering Looking-glajesy as done in 
 ; fifandon and Birmingham.^ Firft fpread a paper on an 
 Pleven board or (lone (a fton,e is bed) on that fprinkle 
 p 8fi a little fine chalk, over which lay the leaf of tin : then 
 rjjjfdip a piece of cotton in quickfilver, and rub gently 
 ^,over the tin leaf (where the glafs is to cover) till it 
 iIk looks bright. You are now to pour on the quiekfdver 
 ml as long as it will lie. Lay flips of paper, three dou- 
 ble on each fide, to fupport the glafs, and then gently 
 B rmove it forward, keeping your hand preffing on it, to 
 ,||i!«frce cut the fuperfluous quickfilver ; let it be removed 
 ie ( to another flat board, or (tone, or lay a weight on it 
 ieli iori the fame, and in a day or two it will be dry. Note» 
 . ..for large plate -glades, a fcrew anfwers much better 
 |,than a weight laid on. 
 
 in. F° r foftening Cryftal.~\ It rauft be left fome time 
 
 in the milk of a goat which has been made to feed 
 
 folding forty fix days on ivy leaves. The uk of this 
 
 [ipilk has been proved to be of Angular fervicc to thofe 
 
 oublcd with the gravel. 
 
( 70 ) 
 
 The ufeful Alarm~Be!l.~\ This is originally a Dutch 
 invention, and by which a perfon may be enabled to 
 rife at any time of the night ; or know how time goes 
 as well as by a clock, or watch, by obferving the fol- 
 lowing directions. 
 
 '&XaK&»!Mg$Mk 
 
 '& 
 
 ill 
 
 K^.^,^. riv . JiV[T|||V| ^^ 
 
 in 
 
 A is a fmall chain in the middle of a beam, and by 
 which it hangs. B is a kind of a beam, like thofe be- 
 longing to fcales. C a velTel made of either glafs or 
 tin, in the form defcribed, which is to be filled with 
 fine dry fand, the quantity to be more or lefs, accord- 
 ing to the time you would rife : the veffel C is to have 
 a fmal! hole at the bottom, as in an hour-glafs, thro' 
 which the fand is to pafs. D is along at the oppofite 
 end of the beam B. When the vefTel C is empty, the 
 bell D is to be a very little heavier than C, by which 
 means, after the fand is all difcharged, the bell 
 D becoming more ■ weighty than C, the ballance 
 inftantly" falls on that fide, and the bell continues 
 ringing for fome time, and by which notfe the perfon 
 is called at the time required. The way to proporti- 
 on the fand to the time is thus : SOppofe a perfon re- 
 quired to be called in four hours after going to reft: 
 if, on trial, half a pound of fand will fun four hours, 
 then that is to be the quantity ; if in fix hours, then 
 
 i 
 i 
 
 I 
 
 i 
 if 
 
 ii 
 
 IT, 
 
( 7 1 ) 
 
 13 ounces are to te put into the vefTel ; if in eight hours, 
 
 one pound, and fo in proportion to the time it is to run. 
 
 For foftening Ivory and Bones.'] Take fage, boil it 
 in ftrong vinegar, ftrain the deco&ion through a 
 piece of clofe cloth ; and, when you have a mind to 
 foften bones or ivory^fteep them in this liquor, and 
 the longer they remain in it, the fofter they will grow. 
 
 Another preparation for foftening bones.] Take ro- 
 man-vitriol and common fait, of each one pound ; 
 brink and reduce them into an impalpable powder ; put 
 them into an alembic : the diftilled water will have 
 the virtue of foftening bones ; and, to fucceed therein, 
 they need only be left to fteep in it for half a day. 
 
 For foftening glafs.] Take the blood of a he goat )( 
 and a duck, feme dregs of oil and vinegar; mix thefe 
 things together, aad put them into a varniihed earthen 
 pot: let the whole be warmed a little, and afterwards, 
 having put fonie glafs in, let It there remain till it be- 
 comes fbft. 
 
 / A ready may for. melting iron.] Take fulphur, 
 mix it with a little fal/, and dilute the mixture with a 
 child's unr,e, till it becomes white : befrnear the iron 
 with it, and you will foon fee it liquefy. As to the 
 more comDacl: and harder metals, tire alone can make 
 them liquefy. 
 
 The virtues of Succinum.] Mizaldus fays, that fatt- 
 ened about the neck, it radically and furpiifingly cures 
 the fiftula lachry malis and forenefs off the eyes. A wo- 
 man of Copenhagen, being tormented with a continu- 
 al pain of the head, was advifed to wear an amber neck- 
 lace, whereupon the pain foon vanifru-d. This induced 
 her to leave it off but feldom, a^id only when (he 
 was apprehenfive it caufed too great a dryntfs, by dif- 
 fipating too great a quantity of her humours. This ob- 
 fervation is iupported by that of Cafpard Scholler, a 
 magillrate of the fame city, who is lavilh of his com- 
 mendations of fuccinum, Laving himfelf found very 
 good effects by it. 
 
 A remarkable circumfance concerning ale; ivith an un- 
 erring method of brewing wait liquor, that nn: 11 foon be 
 fine and jit for drinking ; and jar more palatable and 
 
I 
 km 
 
 ( 72 ) 
 
 whole fome than what is procured from the too common , ||,! 
 erroneous way many brewers follow.'] Whoever brews, 
 and expe&s to have either good ale or beer, will be 
 fure to be disappointed, if cave is not taken to provide 
 good malt and hops ; nor is the watermade life of fo 
 very immaterial an article as fome imagine, for a great 
 deal depends upon it. What I have above advanced, 
 may very likely be credited by many ; but when I come 
 to tell them, there is more malt liquor fpoiled by high iji 
 boiling, than by all ^[(managements put together, it is |,f 
 tafy tu perceive I mall have many obdinate infatuated || 
 people to encounter with, who very ftorply imagine, n% 
 that ale or , beer, cannot poffibly be bad which has had k 
 a four hours boiling. It is well known there are rnany pjjf 
 parts of England remarkable for fine malt liquors ; end W 
 I as well know, that not one of the counf ies that have itli 
 excelled in either ale or beer, ever boiled above half an «f| 
 h our at mod. There is, indeed, a town in Devonfhire, i%>% 
 that is faid to have constantly good ale. 1 am well ac- k 
 quainted with it ; Barnftable, no doubt, baa a flrong ty of 
 glutinous ale, that pleafes many people ; and thofe who jtc 
 brew, I dare fay, mofl ; fcandaloijfly boil it, at leaf! four u? 
 hours. But what is the coiifequence } Why' there is joty. 
 fcarce a houfe in that place but affords a pair or two of 
 crutches, and unhappy cripples to make ufe of them. 
 I muft own people in England have not followed this 
 pernicious cuftora fo much of late years, They find its, 
 they are gainers by their reformation ; and many have ■» 
 owned, they never had fuch valuable ale or beer, as fince ^ 
 they left off the old millaken way of boiling for three ■eltl 
 or four hours, and acknowledge they have reduced it to atain 
 lefs than a quarter of that time. There are ethers ;; ai 
 a^ain, who declare, to their cuftomers, that they aftu- hi 
 ally boil four hours: when in fad, a quarter of an i n 
 hour is the mofl they have boiled for five or fix yesrs ^ 
 paft. I believe this reformation is chiefly owing to |^ 
 fome treatifes publifhed concerning brewing, ™J v ^'h fsai 
 the pernicious confequence of high boiling is fuilicknU % 
 ly diipiaved and exploded. I will beg leave o give an \ n 
 imlarice u 
 
 hi 
 
 m 
 
 )f the bad couh nuenccs 02 
 
 long hoi 
 
 • -s- 
 
 «»*»■ j, t 
 
 
 nw 
 
will be funk-Lent to fatisfy any perfon *lio pra&ifes it, , 
 ^ of their error. A gentleman of my acquaintance, in 
 er,!i Qh.eftfi^ often com ufen-ed ;to me, that he bought ,the 
 ^ belt of malt and hops -; that they had fine .water from 
 |*i the river Dee, ,and,h> had it jCAfttotb 1 boiled full four 
 tofa | hours; and yet nQt*withftanding all this, he could not 
 
 have either good ale or beer. His lady too joined in 
 
 heol 
 :di)j 
 
 ether, 
 
 ;,,r., 
 
 the complaint, and Jmd, it would be a great iatisfadi- 
 on if a remedy cquld he found, as many of the gentle- 
 ii who vifited there preferred a glafs of fine beer to 
 ll( any lujuor whatever. I then told him, if he would 
 l m have a brewing after niy direction, I would be anfwer- 
 ^ able, that it would prove fatisfaciory. Accordingly 
 gpod malt and hops were provided, and the water was 
 F"; fetched from the river Dee, as ufual. I mull own it was 
 sti with the utmoft, difficulty I prevailed on the man who 
 ovefo brewed to boil it fo.ftiort a time, who proteiled it wotdd 
 )w be good for nothing. However, I at length prevailed, 
 md and he proceeded in the following manner : the quan- 
 ta!! tity of liquor was fixty gallons ; and to put the thing 
 lit quite out of difpute, and to prove that boiling long 
 it led was erroneous, the firft twenty gallons were boiled 
 ijlli twenty fix minutes ; the fecond twenty gallons one hour 
 err. and a quarter : and the third and lalt twenty gallons 
 ;ofl fa!! two hours. In about a month, the three cafks 
 loved were examined : that which was boiled twenty-fix mi- 
 rkj nutes, proved extremely fine and well tafted, and o-ave 
 Ms, a general fatisfa&ion. But the cafk which contained 
 :r,*i the liquor of the fecond boiling, was very far from be- 
 fcr; ing either fo fine or pleafant. And the third cafk which 
 lid contained the laft and long boiled liquor, proved very 
 re >: foul, and quite difagreeable in many other refpects. 
 iiq! Now as there was no difference in the management of 
 ten the fixty gallons of ale I have been fpeaking of, boil- 
 lit] ing only excepted, how will the advocates for long 
 of ; boiling malt liquors account for this : the fame malt, 
 iiu hops and water, tunned at the fame time, and in cafks 
 fill of the fame fize, and placed in the fame good cellar* 
 1 have to add to this account, that at the two months 
 :; e n^l> the fecond boiling was foul and ill tailed, and was 
 
 H 
 

 ■0 
 
 [fill 
 
 ( 74 ) 
 
 made fine with great difficulty. The lad boiling was f | 
 very foul and bad ; at the end of fix months it was 
 cloudy, ropy, and ill tailed ; fome attempts were made 
 in vain, to fine it ; but at about ten months old, it was 
 far worfe. The gentleman, who, indeed, was too 
 fond of long boiling, for many years before, as it had 
 been often infinuated to him, that drink could not 
 be boiled too much, was greatly pleafed to find the 
 firft cafk prove fo exceeding good, with little boiling ; ! 
 he then gave orders to the man who brewed for him, j!i f { 
 never for the future, to boil his liquor above twenty mi- I; 13 
 nutes; which directions were ilri&ly obferved : and it is ii,e 
 now as uncommon to find any malt liquor that is bad Pf 
 
 was 
 
 ">lli 
 
 in his cellars, as it was before to have any that 
 
 good. I would fain know what it is boiled for the *" 
 
 length of four hours ? Some tell you, 'tis to get 'the w 
 
 goodnefs out of the hops. To which I anfwer, it is l3on 
 
 a fad thing fo many thoufand gallons of malt liquor -^ 
 
 mould be fpoiled every year, only to get goodnefs (as 5 F 
 
 they are pleafed to call it) out of the hops, wheruna- kD1£ 
 
 ny other means might be ulcd fo do it in a few mi- M 
 
 nutes. In one word, the long boiling malt liquor has '« 
 
 many bad properties attending it, without having any i! ^i 
 
 tshnwr mits favour : for it renders fuch ale too gummy W 1B 
 
 and fi'^T to be wholefome, and is the caufe of many be- ™ e 
 
 eomin^ cripples, who make a too frequent ufe of thofe M 
 
 pernicious \xmg boiled liquors: for the blood, by this a ' C( 
 
 means,, becomes too glutinous to pafs the fine blood vef- ™ 
 
 feis i hence arife thofe various diforders ! thofe pains! «M 
 
 thofe aches I that render the unhappy cripples not on- toig 
 
 Iv a fatigue to * themfelves, but introduce diforders hgi 
 
 that are felt fey fixture generations. Nor does the mif- ;,| g n 
 
 chief fto|> here (though: I muft own this is the moft me- »fc 
 
 laneholy part of it) for whenever fuch ale or beer proves *»r 
 
 >V,ui, which is tot) commonly the cafe,, it is with great wee 
 
 a<:liculty made fine, and fit for drinking. In tat,j«( 
 
 ;iio'e who once experience the - great advantage that We i 
 
 - : i remit from boiling their liquor not longer thairrac 
 
 is. ■■■•n-t v-five or thirty minutes, will* be fure to have thu ill 
 
 h'CiiQiv" 
 
 tkat thir ale will be much better, pl-ea* 
 
M'iii 
 KJti 
 
 Hi 
 
 i as I 
 
 it u 
 
 edfe 
 twetn 
 L : arc 
 that i 
 
 y k 
 
 infi 
 
 nail 
 
 >0Q» 
 
 havi 
 
 tOO; 
 
 of I 
 : ufca 
 
 y,i 
 
 inebif 
 
 tbt 
 
 jcet 
 does 
 thcc 
 
 or Iff 
 is li 
 
 :•> 
 
 kant:. 
 
 e to i- 
 
 ( 75 ) 
 fcnter, and more wholefome, than thofe that are long 
 boiled ; by which they will not only prefewe the health 
 of thofc who drink it, but alio have more liquor from 
 the Tame quantity of majt ; which very likely may be 
 a means of prevailing, as interett is in the cafe, more 
 than any other arguments. It is to be remarked that 
 all liquor fhould be boiled as nimbly as poffible .(fo as 
 not to make it run out of the boiler) and alfo that the 
 lung ftupid way of boiling for the goodnefs of thehop, 
 is of the utmoil prejudice ; for its fine flavour will be 
 foon extracted: what comes after, by length of Hew- 
 ing, is only an earthy,- heavy, pernicious quality, that 
 will be fure to render the ale difagreeable, and prove 
 prejudicial to thofe who drink it.— — Thus much I have 
 prefumed to fay, in order to prevent the pernicious cut- 
 torn, that has too long prevailed: perfons of reafon 
 will very likely try the experiment : 'tis en thofe I rely 
 and on whom it will chiefly depend to decide, which 
 method is bed to purfue, that guided by reafon, long 
 experience, and the jefult of many years practice ; or 
 the method obftinately purfued by unreafonable bigots, 
 and a fet of infatuated old women. 
 
 The benefits arifing from drinking Tar-water.^ lar- 
 water has been lately recommended to the world as a 
 certain, fafe, and aim oft infallible medicine in almoft ail 
 difeafes; allow, yet effectual alterative In cachexies, fcur- 
 vies,chlorotic,hy{lerical,hypochondrical, and other chro- 
 nical com plaints: and a hidden remedy in acute diliempers 
 which demand immediate relief, as pleurifi s,peripneumo- 
 nies, the fmall pox, and all kinds of fevers in general: yet, 
 though it may fall fhort, in fome cafes, of the charac- 
 ter given it ; it is, dbpbtlefs, in a multitude of cafes, 
 of great utility : it {enfibly raifes the pulfe, and occall- 
 ons fome confiderable evacuations, generally by perfpt- 
 ration, or urine, though fometimes by ftool or vomit : 
 hence it is fuppofed to act by increafing the vis vitie, 
 and ciabling nature to expel the morbific humours. 
 We ihall here infert, from the firft public recommeo- 
 der of this liquor (Bifhop Berkeley] fome observations 
 on tbe manner of uling it. Tar-water, when right, 18 
 
 H Z 
 
■™ 
 
 (76 
 
 Wot paler than French, nor deeper coloured thaii Spa- 
 nifh white wine, and full as clear : if there be not a 
 fpir'it very 'fenfibly perceived in drinking, you may con- 
 clude the tar- water is riot good. It may be drank ei- 
 ther cold or warm ; in cholicks, 1 take it to be bed 
 warm. As to the quantity in common chronical difpo- 
 fitioris, a pint a day may be furacient, taken on an 
 empty ft omach, at two, or four times, to wit, night' 
 and morning, and about two hours after dinner and 
 breakfail : more may be taken by ftrong ftomachs. But 
 thofe who labour under great and inveterate maladies, 
 mull drink a greater quantity ; at leafl a quart every 
 twenty four hours ; all of this clafs mu(l have much pa- 
 tience and pe feverance in the ufe of this, as well as of 
 all. other medicines, which, though fure, muft yet, in 
 the nature of things, be flow in the cure of inveterate 
 Chronical di (orders. In acute cafes, fevers of all kinds, 
 it muft be drank in bed warm, and in great quantity, 
 (the fever ftill enabling the patient to drink) perhaps 
 a pint every hour, which I have known to work fiirpri- 
 fmg cures. But it works fo quick and gives fuch fpt- 
 rits, that the patients often think themfelves cured > be. 
 fore the fever hath quite left them. 
 
 Bijho'p Be p. K Ley's manner of preparing Tar- water,"] 
 1 ar, two pounds; water, one gallon. Stir them 
 ilrongly together with a wooden rod : and after (land- 
 ing to fettle for two days, pour off the water for ufe. 
 It mull be acknowledged the tar water prepared after 
 the dirt,: el 'ions here given, has done great fervice in the 
 multitude of diforders, after many other medicines had 
 he.ru tried,, to very little purpofe : particularly in the 
 final! -poz* fevers, \fcurvy, &c. though of the mou. in- 
 veterate kind. 
 
 Ho'^v to take offfuperfuous hair*"] This is often adverli- 
 fed in the news-papers, and is fold at fo high a price, 
 that a perfon has aequked a fortune by the fale of it; 
 the preparation is both eafy and cheap, being only 
 quick-lime and orpiment, made into a paile with com 
 m on river water ; but 'tho'fe who ufe thu? coinpofitiofl, 
 
 v« 
 

 
 
 av; 
 
 len 
 
 is,! 
 
 mcli 
 
 uan: 
 
 ( 77 ) . 
 flight to be cautious how they put it on the part, and not 
 fuffcr it to remain above a minute or two. 
 
 To turn acid Cider into Vinegar.~\ Cream of tartar 
 half a' pound, boil it in a quart of itrong white wine 
 vinegar, and put it hot into twenty gallons of cider, 
 which you are to let in the fun a few days, and it will 
 be excellent vinegar. The bung mud be off. 
 
 To make Vinegar of Beer. ~\ Boil a quart of (harp beer- 
 vinegar about eight minutes ; take off the fcum, and 
 put therein two ounces of .bay -fait,, four of cream of 
 tartar, and two of alum ; then put it to twenty gal- 
 lons of beer, and let it ft and in tke hot fun as the ci- 
 der is directed. 
 
 The celebrated Bath Liquid for taking, out Spots, 
 Stains, 6c.] Put half a pound of foap boiler's allies 
 wu) three pints of river water ; let it (land four days 
 (often during it), then pour off the clear water, and 
 mix it, as you ufe it, with fuller's earth, in which a 
 few drops of fpirits of turpentine have been mixed : 
 tins you are to lay hot on the place, and it will furely 
 take out either fpot or {lain. 
 
 To clean Jewels, Pearl, &c.~\ There is nothing 
 cleans any kind of jewels like fine imalt and emery mix- 
 ed together. Rub them well with a fine fofi brufh dlp^ 
 <d in the powder. Pearls are to be wafhed wiih a ftrong 
 fee «f burnt tartar. 
 
 To boil up Plate, to look like ne\vJ\ Of tin flacked 
 lime and alum one pound each ; beer grounds two 
 juarts-j boil the plate in thefe about a quarter of an 
 hour. 
 
 A fafe a fid [are cure for an intermitting Fever. ] 
 Drink plentifully of warm lemonade in the beginning 
 ">f every fit, and in a few days the fever will ceafe. 
 ^ r > take twenty grains of fal almoniac in a cup of tea, 
 a a hour or two before the fit comes on. 
 
 Boit) to prevent the freaking of lamp «/.] Soak 
 
 Nr mauh, or cotton, in vinegar, and dry it well be- 
 
 foi 'e you ufe it ; it will then burn both fweet and plca- 
 
 » and give abundance of fatisfadion for the tri* 
 
 B(D g trouble you have in preparing it. 
 
 II 3 
 
( 78 ) ( 
 
 rw to make Hbmhero's black Phofphorus, which tah 
 
 v/ 
 
 \ 
 
 fire immediately on being expo fed to the open air>~\ This 
 article, which may be made ufeful on fuudry occafi- 
 p5j either at hotne, or abroad, is prepared with alum 
 and wheat flour (five parts of t%e former to one of the 
 latter) calcined together to abrdwniih, or black mafs ; 
 which being powdered and fet in a phial ldofely Hop- 
 ped, in a fand heat, fo as to continue glowing for fom« 
 time > then removing the whole from the fire, and fuf- 
 feriRg it to cool gradually, and at lad (lopping the bot- 
 tle ciofe, it fhould be kept in a dark' and dry place. A 
 little of this powder being expofed to the open air, it 
 at, once takes lire, and appears like a glowing coal : 
 alM it iff remarkable, that it may be made of any ani- 
 mal or vegetable lubftance, inftead of wheat flour; 
 but 'that no Hilt can be fubitituted iiiftead of alum. This 
 is very nectiTary- in a family, &S it c'oirfta'ntly' affords 
 liaht m any-oeca'fion. dav or nip-ht, when a tinder-box 
 h not to be had. 
 
 Another fiwfphorus^ by Mr. Eornbsrg>~\ This is made 
 of one parts of fa] ammoniac, and two parts of lime, 
 flecked in the air ; mix thefe well together, and 
 till a frrisH! rucib'le with them : fet this in a fmail tire 
 
 foon as the crucible is red : hot, the 
 
 and Hi du Id be ft-irred with an irofl 
 
 it its running over. When' the matter is 
 
 f-,f- 
 
 smrxture win. 
 fihI to breve 
 
 •■11 f-' i ?' 
 
 Dour, it' into- a brafs 
 
 m 
 
 -!(. 
 
 
 -pear of a grey colour-, and as 1 
 
 rje 
 
 
 lick Up 
 
 C' s fV 
 la ,! Oil; 
 
 prevent 
 
 a c 
 
 'QO-Vv2't'^ Ml 
 
 at< 
 
 s iL-orLai', and, vwieu 
 if vitti- 
 
 le (truck upon with any }i v di\l body, it 
 c in the W'tiole extent of the iboke; 
 e'itVg biiit'Ie,. it is' proper, ■ for the e&pe- 
 b dip little bars uf iron, or copp-r, iri- 
 Ir in the crucible, for thus tik'y will be 
 re re with the mailer, and the'-fe burs bc- 
 wiil give the fame fire, and the-experi'- 
 vera! times repeated before'&li the-matter 
 * bars mil ft be kept in a dry place, to 
 >(ph'or ! us upon them from running, -by 
 the air. Both thefe phofphbri' were di(- 
 ntj tiifc'-firlfr, in fcatehing fbra lim- 
 
 
 |MHH 
 
( 19 ) 
 pid oil from the common itercoradous matter that 
 fhouldfix quickfilver; and the fecor.d, by endeavouring 
 to caicine fal ammoniac with lime, fo as to render it 
 fuiible like wax : which end was obtained, but not the 
 other. 
 
 Phofphorusy\x\ phyfiology, is a denomination given 
 to all bodies which fhine, and feem to burn, without 
 having any degree of heat: and that thefe bodies owe 
 their lucidity to the motion of the parts, feems evident 
 for the following reafons* I. Several phofphori* are 
 undoubtedly owing to putrefaction, as rotten wood, 
 very Hale meat, efpecially veal, fome forts of Mi long 
 kept, as oyllers, lobfters, flounders, wHitings, &c. 
 which putrefaction is the effect of a flow and gentle 
 fermentation, or iiueftine motion of the parts* 2. Moil 
 phofphori have their light fo weak as to mine only in 
 the dark, which feems to argue a leflfer degree of velocity 
 in the parts than whatisnecefTaryto produce heat; becauie 
 this lait degree of velocity will caufe bodies to fhinc in open 
 daylight, Jji Some phofphori are thepartsof animated bo- 
 dies, a.-; the cieindoia or glow-worm ; but all the parts of an 
 animal are undoubtedly in motion. 4. Other phof- 
 phori put on the appearance of flame, as the igcis fa- 
 tuus, the writing of common phofphorus made from 
 mine, flafhes of lightning, &c. but all flame is no- 
 thing but a kindled vapour, whofe parts are all in mo- 
 tiou, which may be too weak to cauie burning, or even 
 a fenlible eW'Ot of heat. 5. Several of thofe inno- 
 c. in lamb^ni flames may have their matter fo agitated, 
 or the v\ioci;y of their motion fo increaied, as actually 
 to produce heat, and burn : thus, the writing oi phoi- 
 phonics on blue paper, fulticierttly rubbed, will kindle, 
 into ;in ardent flame, and burn the paper. 6-. Phoi- 
 phori feem to have the effential nature of tire, becaufe 
 they are foeaiily fufceptible of a burning quality from 
 lire ■: thus, common phoiphorus is immediately kind- 
 led into a mod a \U:rit and inextinguifhable flame, by 
 Common i!:e, 7. By ilroking the back of a black horfe, 
 or cat, in the dark, we produce innumerable Icintilla?, 
 wr lucid fparMs ; in the fame manner, the rubbing a 
 
( 8? ) 
 
 piece of black cloth, which has hung in the fun to dry* 
 will caufe it to throw out the particles of light which 
 it had imbibed from the fun ; whereas, a white piece 
 of clothj which reflects molt of the fun's rays, emits 
 no fuch lucid fparks in the dark. Many other reafons 
 might be urged to (how, that light of every kind is ow. 
 ius to one and the fame caufe in a greater or lefTer de- 
 gree, viz. the velocity of the parts of the lucid body, 
 Phbfphori in general fays Lemeri, may be confidered 
 as fo many fpunges full of the matter of light, which 
 is fo flightly retained therein, that a fmall external 
 force is Tuffietent to put it in motion, and caufe it to 
 exhale in a lucid form. Thus the phofphori is made 
 of human urine, and other chemical preparations, re. 
 ctive fo large a proportion of fire in their preparation, 
 and retain it fo well in their un£tuous fubiiance, that 
 it may .be kept there -in water, for twenty yeans ; fo as 
 upon the tlril laying them open to the air, they (hall 
 take fire, and exhale in lucid flames. Not that the fire 
 m fuppoied to be fixed and quiefcent all the while in 
 the body of the phofphonrs ; for that it has a real ma- 
 lion all the time is evident hence, that it is ieen in any 
 dark place, in the fummer feafon, fulminating and 
 emitting flames (though, with all this, it fcarce lofes 
 any thing of the fire) fo that the fire is not fixed in the 
 phofphorus, but in a continual u adulatory motion. 
 Cheiniiiry, fays Y)r. Shaw,, hath fcarce afforded any 
 thing more furpriiing than the common phofphonis. 
 To fee letters traced wiih tiffs matter become luminous 
 in the dark, images and the bodies, of men to blaze 
 with light, and abundance of the like experiments, 
 performed by means of phofphorus, mull: awaken the 
 curiolity of thofe who have feen thefe experiments, and 
 reader them defirous of being acquainted with the me- 
 thod of preparing it. The preparation, even to this 
 day, is kept as a fecret in few hands, and the matter 
 
 fold at a very great price. -Whence we apprehend it 
 
 would be no unacceptable prefent to the world, to ren- 
 der this commodity cheaper, and difecver its further 
 
 !itJ 
 
( 8, ) 
 
 77v faccefjfui method of preparing the PvofpIjWtfs tf 
 urine Is //>//.] Evaporate any quantity of frefh uring 
 over a gentle fire, to a black arid alrhoft dry fubftfcnce ; 
 then with two pounds thereof, thoroughly mix twice its 
 weight of fine fand ; put this mixture' into a flrong 
 coate.} ilone long neck ; and having poured a quart or 
 two of clear Water into a large receiver, join it to th,« 
 !bhg neck, and work it in a naked fire : let the treat be 
 fmall for the firft two hours ; then increase it gradually 
 to the utraoft violence ; and continue this for three of 
 ll tttt four Hours fucceffively : at the expiration of which 
 au f r time, there will pafj into the receiver a little phie^Tfi 
 
 tttol 
 
 'tiittjj 
 
 indi 
 
 Id, 
 
 Cflftll 
 
 k il 
 
 fine yeHow il<in, or fall to the bottom in form of fma^l 
 ;ara ,< fand. Now let the fire go out, but let the receiver 
 ^continue till all be cold, left the phofphorus take fire 
 pontile adm'iffion of the air. To reduce theft ; ' (mall 
 |;; grains into one piece, put theHl into a liUle tin ino-ot- 
 
 am! 
 
 5 
 
 13 
 
 3 l mould, with water; heat the ingot to make the grain* 
 ;, melt together ; then add' cold water, till die mutter il 
 
 ^ co ?^ ealed ,nt0 one f^2f*PPji Aike bees- wax; which 
 
 cam be * n £ cUt into &*&& pieces, fit to enter the month of a 
 
 .vial, may be preierved by water, and keeping the glafs 
 
 jWofc flopped. If the grJ9ft were not to be flopped, 
 
 the phofphorus would turn Black on its furface 
 
 m 
 
 hof;jb 
 
 length be fpoiled. Th 
 
 p P ( 
 
 arid at 
 The cautions required to make 
 
 ,|i^ 8 procefs fuccced, are, I. To evaporate the urine, ' ' 
 J tc( while it is recent. 2. To prevent its boiling over ajid 
 
 perif by that meanS lofin g the moft tinauous part. "X\ To 
 dn kt thd matfe r "afterwards ferment in the cold. i. To 
 )eD[i mix the black matter with the fand, to prevent' its 
 ht| |merting and running over. 5. To ufe a ftorie long 
 enf* 1 ' tllofe of earth bein g t0 ° porous, and fiiffefuif 
 he.r- C p h ° r P noras to tranfude fooner than pafs into the 
 p K fc re . cei ' ver ' 6. To have the receiver very large, and 
 J j,,*ith.a very long neck, to prevent its breaking and over 
 ,K heating, which would either evaporate the white vapour 
 "wherein the phofphorus cpn fills, or elfe prevent its <?o- 
 
A 
 
 { 82 J 
 
 agulating. 7. To ptit water Into the receiver, for 
 keeping it cool, and quenching the phofphorus as it 
 falls to the bottom. 8. To make the tire fmall at 
 firft, that the long neck may be preferved, and the 
 black matter gradually dried ; which would otherwife 
 fwell and run over- in a black froth. 9. Laftly, it is 
 found necelfary, that the urine for the operation be of 
 fuch as drink malt liquor?, rather than wine. All 
 thefe circumftances being required for obtaining the 
 phofphorusto advantage, it is no wonder that fo many 
 of thofe who attempted it, mifcarued.. This operati- 
 on may be greatly (h'ortened, by freezing and concen- 
 trating frefh urine ; afterwards evaporating it with 
 eare ; then digeiling it in the manner above mentioned. 
 When thoroughly digefted, commit the matter, in a 
 large quantity, to< an iron pot, with an earthen head, 
 as the chemifts ufually do for making fpirit of harts- 
 horn, or the fpirit and fait of urine : and when, by this 
 method, all the fait and oil are obtained, let the caput 
 mortuum be taken out, and mixed with twice its own 
 weight of alum. The matter may now be put into 
 well-coated long-necks, and worked with care in a re. 
 verberatory furnace, into large receivers filled with wa- 
 ter, and connected to the long-necks by adopters, the 
 lower ends whereof may enter the water, as in diddling 
 of quickfilver ; the operation being continued eight or 
 ten hours. And this 13' apprehended to be the belt way 
 hitherto known of procuring phofphorus to advantage. 
 This phofphorus has been feveral ways djfguifed, fo as 
 to make it appear under various forms ; fometimes as a 
 folid, fometimes as a liquid, fometimes as an ointment, 
 and fometimes as a running mercury. Dr Wail in- 
 forms us, that Mr. Boyle, being concerned to find 
 how fmall a proportion of phofphorus was afforded by 
 urine, defired him to look out for another fubject that 
 might afford it in greater plenty. The doctor afterwards ^ j 
 eaufing. a piece of dry matter to be dug up in the .thej 
 fields where night-men empitied their carts, be ob- i( j c 
 ferved a great number of fmall particles of phoiphorus \ tl 
 therein. This matter the dofto-r immediately carried \[\\ 
 
 if, 
 
 ||0! 
 
 (Sit 
 
 jjEe ki 
 % up 
 
 ■00 
 
 jlf tl 
 
 •jfOO 
 
 ifdi 
 
 n 
 
 |tk 
 ta « 
 
 fcli 
 iin if 
 riatt 
 itiii 
 I 
 m> 
 lor 
 Mbli 
 ] Al 
 
 Jill : 
 
 till 
 
 =2i& 
 
^™ 
 
 
 ( 8S ) 
 
 to Mr. Boyle, who fet Bilgar, the chemift, to work' 
 upon it ; but he could obtain very little phofphorui 
 from it, till another material was added to it in diftilla- ' 
 tion ; and then he procured phofphorus in fuch plenty, 
 that, felling large quantities at fix guineas the ounce, 
 he foon became rich, and left England. The matter 
 which thus fixes and increafes the phofphorus is appre- 
 hended to be alum, which is itfelf not only in fome 
 rneafure prepared from urine, but appears to afford the 
 fame kind of acid that phofphorus yields by burning ; 
 for, upon its analyfis, phofphorus appears to be a com- 
 pofition of a ffrong acid and inflammable matter, ex- 
 actly in the manner of common brirnftone, whence it 
 may not improperly be called an animal fulphur : and 
 accordingly, like common brirnftone, it will burn, un- 
 der a glafs bell, and afford flowers that become an acid 
 liquor, like oleum fulphurus per campanam, by attract- 
 ing the moiilure of the air. This phofphorus has 
 been employed for making curious experiments, a few 
 whereof we fhall here exhibit from Dr. Shaw. i\ 
 The light of this phofphorus appears greater in vacuo 
 than in the open air. 2. In hot weather it is obferyed 
 to dart flafhes of light through the water wherein it is 
 contained, fo as exactly to refemble lightning ; which 
 thus darts imextinguifhed through watry clouds and va- 
 pours. 3. Thefe flames of light are not apt to kin- 
 dle or bum any combuftible matter, in which they re- 
 femble the hannlefs kind of lightning; but in a con- 
 ilepfed Mate this phofphorus burns very furioufly, and 
 with a moil penetrating lire, fo as to melt and diffolve 
 metals; in which refpecl it again refembles the more 
 deliructive kinds of lightning, which are found to 
 have the fame effects. 4. If a little piece of this 
 phofphorus be viewed through a microfcope, the inter- 
 nal parts appear in a conftant ebullition. 5. Though 
 the phofphorus appears to be a kind of fulphur, yet it 
 it does not diffolve in highly rectified fpirit of wine, 
 •but communicates fome fulphureous parts thereto ; for, 
 if this fpirit be poured into water in the dark, it yields 
 a faint degree of light. 6. This phofphorus, bein 
 
 
 
p 
 
 juixed with a large quantity of pomatum, makes r 
 ihlnlng unguent, which may be rubbed on the hands 
 and face, without danger of burning, fo as to render 
 them luminous in the dark. Many other furprifingex 
 perirmmts may be made wi$h this phofphoru;, which js 
 a fubilanpe tiiat feems incbemiilry to be much fuch a 
 thing #,« the loadftoue in natural ^ilofcphy ; and its 
 cHeclii alm^ft as odd and $i£ficuk r $o .explain, for war; 
 of knowing the latent properties of bodies. 
 
 To ptake ap.nniijh for. Mr-afi, that mull catife it to h[ 
 like Qf/uf] Take two quarts of fpirit of -wine, arid 
 put them ini;o a retprt glafs ; fthen add to j-t m ounce 
 ,of gum^Ug^ 4 t.WO oqpees of la.qca, and two ounces of 
 fuafuc : Jfet, this in a fand-heat for fix days, or clfe near 
 a fire, ,pr you may put the body of t he U>lt-head]fre- 
 quenrjy jm^u warm water, and fhake ;it it wo or three 
 timesa^iay : :then,£et it over a A pan of warm fa w dull 
 Bnt .be for,* .t&U y^rnifli is ; l#id over the metal, let it be 
 well clcRpecj. This h a good varoifh to mix with any 
 •colours ( f fiat incline to *ed, and the amber- varnjfti for 
 thofe that .a, re ;paje. 
 
 To m$h a yarn'ij)} for anything covered ^iih Leaf 
 .Silver. ~] Firlt paint the thing over wish ilze, and 
 ground chalk or whiting ; let thorn (land till they are 
 .thoroughly dry, and then do them over with very ^ood 
 , : go!d .fize, of a bright colour (for there is much dif- 
 ference in the colour of it, forne being yellow, and 
 others almoft white: the firit is proper for gold, and 
 the lail for filvsr) when this fize is fo dry, as that it 
 will juft (lick a little to the touch, lay on the leaf {fi- 
 ver, and clofe it well to the fire. 
 
 t'C 
 
 So 
 
 END OF THE FIRST PART, 
 
THE" 
 
 GOLDEN CABINET: 
 
 s to f: 
 
 ;; ) i.. 
 
 BEING THE 
 
 LABORATOR T y 
 
 
 O R 
 
 m HAN DM A I D to the A R T S, 
 
 ort! 
 Ijrtiftl 
 wo or 
 
 CONTAINING 
 
 u/„ Such Branches of Ufeful Knowledge y 
 
 » let! 
 mi 
 -vari! 
 
 hi 
 111 till; 
 i verv ■; 
 mod 
 
 ;goH 
 as tt 
 
 lie la 
 
 As nearly concerns all Kind* of People, 
 
 From the S clu i r e to the P e a s a n t ; 
 
 AND WILLAFTORDBOTH 
 
 R o f i t and Delight. 
 
 PART THE SECOND. 
 
 PHIL AD E LP H I A : 
 
 PRINTED AND SOLD BY WILLIAM SPOTSWOOD, 
 AND-H. AND P. RICE, MARKET-STREET. 
 
 J 793 
 
^ 
 
 sc 
 
 j/Fi 
 
 Kofi 
 
 i inc 
 ai it r 
 
 i really 
 
 jiice tl 
 
 lions I 
 
 asaac 
 
 atiODs 
 
 itawii 
 
 ioowli 
 
 : ; ? n 
 is, a' 
 
 »i fta 
 ' army 
 is bee 
 f m 1 
 
 pu 
 
 as 
 
THE 
 
 SCHOOL of ARTS, 
 
 PART the SECOND. 
 
 a gs a a gg sas i atftmjtwB 
 
 Of Drawing in General. 
 
 
 
 F all the polite arts, none have had fo laro-e a 
 fhare of admirers as that of Drawing, the number of 
 them including almoft all mankind : and no wonder, 
 fince it reprefents obje&s to us in fuch pleafant refem- 
 blances, that we are apt to imagine we fee things which 
 we really do not. It likewife teaches us to imitate all 
 the works of the Creation : it brings to our remem- 
 brance things long fince paft, the deeds of people and 
 nations long fince dead, and reprefents to us the fea- 
 tures and refemblances of our anceftors for feveral ge- 
 nerations. There are few arts or profefiions to which 
 if drawing be not the parent, fhe muft, at leaft, be 
 acknowledged a kind of affiftant ; all defigns and models 
 being executed by drawing; mathematicians, archi- 
 teds, and navigators, daily pradife it ; it is ufed in 
 moll ftations of life, from the general who commands 
 an army, to the common mechanic. Nor have the la- 
 dies been lefs fond of this moft excellent art ; feveral of 
 whom have acquired a great degree of perfeaion. 
 The public are greatly obliged to Mrs. Mariana, as 
 well as to Mifs Smyth, and Mils St. Laurence : the 
 
 I 2 
 
m 
 
 W 
 
 ( 88 ) 
 two laft ladies have even excelled Heckel, in the flower 
 way ; and Mrs. Mariana's mofl furprifing genius has 
 excited our utmoft admiration. To this lady we are 
 remarkably obliged for the invention of a fine blue co- 
 lour, little inferior to that of ultramarine (of which 
 more will be faid in its proper place) and only remark 
 here, that I (hall endeavour to find a colour to anfwer 
 that of carmine ; by which means thofe two extrava. 
 gantly expenfive articles will be lefs called for, and the 
 worthy fraternity of colourmen have lefs to anfwer for; 
 as they have for many yesrs impofed, what they are 
 pleafed to call ultramarine on the public, at the very 
 modeft price of four, five, fix or feven pounds per 
 ounce I when, in fact, a better blue might have 
 been produced for lefs than five (hillings. And, in- 
 deed, much the fame may be faid of carmine ; it ge- 
 nerally fells from three to four pounds per ounce: I 
 know the French carmine (which is the word made ufe 
 of) at this time fetches two guineas and half the ounce. 
 I am forry to fay this lad article is too often made an 
 improper ufe of; which, indeed, occafions the great 
 demand for it ; and though the fair fex have fpent many 
 hours very agreeably in the polite art of painting ; yet 
 I cannot helpobferving, that it is the greated abfurdity 
 to endeavour to mend the works of the Creator, by 
 laying on a pernicious colour, that will very affurcdly 
 foo.n render the mod beautiful object dull and difagree- 
 able. But this is too tender a point to touch feverely; 
 and (hall only add, in this place, the words of Shakef- 
 
 lice o: 
 
 flOtfc 
 
 iay dei 
 
 fcia 
 ll 
 
 ifrcq 1 
 
 unofe 
 
 ,fdt 
 !i, it 
 'flatift 
 
 i?{ fp 
 
 si! wb; 
 i be 
 i mul 
 
 '"ink 
 
 >eare s 
 
 Polo 
 
 nius 
 
 'Tis true, 'Hi pity !—pity ills, 'tis true I Humbly 
 hoping, that the ladies of North America will difdain 
 European famions ; but, above all, abandon and abhor 
 their vices*. 
 
 Rules to be obferved in Drawing."] Drawing is the 
 reprefenting, by lines or (hades, the form or appear- 
 
 i pro 
 Htll 
 
 ij dc 
 
 lear! 
 ila 
 
 * The Ladies in feveral parts of Europe are fo fond of painting their 
 faces, that it is even done publicly ; the mother teaches her daughter 
 thit pernicious art ; and the men do it as frequent as the women. 
 
 ■ p 
 
ty If; 
 
 w bint- 
 
 (ofj 
 lly m 
 
 "to at 
 ?o extr 
 «i ail 
 mfetl 
 it tkj 
 at tk: 
 
 ugfl 
 
 Ai, 
 twit 
 
 i tliq 
 fpent! 
 
 "rA, 
 ■fa! 
 idd| 
 :li kf 
 rofft 
 
 will 
 
 or I 
 
 : ]8ipW 
 
 ; ( % ) 
 
 ence of any thing in nature or art, the imitation of 
 another draught, or the exprefiing, by lines and fhades, 
 any defigns conceived in the mind. And as in imita- 
 ting nature, or any draught, the mind is firfl imprefled 
 with the form or fhape of the figures ; which by the 
 operation of the hand, is afterwards expreffed by lines, 
 it will appear how neceflary it is, that the mind mould 
 be frequently ufed in a curious obfervance of what is 
 propofed to it, by which uie it will conceive more fully 
 and jultly of objects, and the hand will delineate, with 
 the greater eafe and exactnefs, what is thus flrongly 
 imprelt on the memory. In order to arrive at perfec- 
 tion, it is neceflary to underftand what is good and 
 beautiful in a draught ; in which knowledge the mind 
 will make a quick progrefs, by comparing prints and 
 draughts together. 'Tis a rock on which many painters 
 have fplit, they have fatisfied themfclves with a bare 
 imitation of bad pieces, without improving their genius, 
 or acquiring a capacity to difcover what are beauties, 
 and what defects. Our ideas, in fome meafure, ought 
 to ferve us for a model, and if we would improve thefe, 
 we mult frequently view the performances of others ; 
 we ought to be nice and critical in obierving fueh as 
 ,are correct and good ; we mould meditate on every print 
 and draught we fee, make neceflary reflections on them, 
 and labour to fix in our minds a remembrance of their 
 beauties, the freedom and boldnefs of the out-line, and 
 the proportion of the feveral parts. Lf the judgment 
 be well formed, the young practitioner wil. be enabled 
 to make a much greater improvement than he can pof- 
 jibly do, if he proceeds in practice, without increasing 
 i" judgment. The labour of the hand mud fecond and 
 fupport that of the brain ; 'tis impofiible to become an 
 able artift, without making the art habitual, and a per- 
 fect habit is not to be gained, without a great number 
 oj ads, and without conltant practice. In ail arts, the 
 rules of them are to be learned in a (hort time ; but 
 tfce perfection of them is not acquired without practice 
 and diligence. It is a true maxim, that lazinefs never 
 pioduced any thing that wai excellent ; to be perfect 
 
 1-3 
 
( 9o ) 
 in drawing, 'tis necefiary that the hand (hould be im. 
 proved in practice, and the mind in judgment every 
 day. Morning is the beft and proper part of the day 
 for bufmefs ; employ it therefore in the ftudy and ex- 
 ercife of thofe things which require the greateft pains 
 and application. The firft care mould be employed in 
 in imitating ftraight and curved lines, fquare, round, 
 regular, irregular, and inanimate figures, alfo parts or 
 out-lines of flowers, &c. &c. This will be a good 
 platform on which to erect the building ; for by this 
 labour you will attain a facility of hand, a freedom 
 and exa&nefs of drawing lines, and a cuftomary exercife 
 of patience ; qualifications, without which no one can 
 apply himfelf with pleafure and diligence in the exaft 
 imitation of the mod difficult objects, which will require 
 a longer time, and more art in copying. The cireum- 
 ferent ftrokes are called 6ut~Unes ; and the excellency 
 of a good out-line confifts in freedom, boldnefs? and 
 the exad proportion of all its parts. Always begin 
 your copy at the top ; and draw the right- fide of the 
 figure firft, for by that means the ftrokes are always 
 expofed to the eye ; the reft will follow more naturally, 
 and give lefs trouble. Be content for fome time, to 
 pra&ife after a good out-line, without attempting at 
 finifhed pieces, or even without (hading your own 
 draught : fketch your out- line at firft with flight touches, 
 and faint, that the amendment of it, when neceffary, 
 may be the better performed, without appearing to be 
 re-touched : endeavour after the moft exa6t imitation 
 in every ftroke ; and when you correcl: the out -line, by 
 taking away a little of fome parts, and fwelling others, 
 mind that you lofe nothing in the freedom and boldnefs 
 of it. Compare your copy frequently with the original, 
 carefully obierving what is amifs, that a fault may not, 
 efcape you without correction, and that in the next 
 draught you make after the fame original, you may 
 avoid thofe errors ; for you are not to make new tran- 
 sitions from one original to another, till you have ob- 
 tained in fome meafure a proficiency in the firft. Many 
 fketches of the fame figure, in every one endeavouring 
 
 
 jlfli 
 
 ,10 
 
 w 
 
 ura'n 
 
 (ptifl 
 
 ittb 
 
 ach pa 
 
 ;itk \ 
 iwli 
 he d< 
 
 KflH, 
 
 at pa 
 
 
 • h 
 
 krcc 
 spro 
 
 ijcl 
 
Idlxii 
 
 1 1 
 r and t: 
 4 f. 
 ployed 
 
 ) parti 
 
 t by t 
 ;• freed; 
 
 QtiNt 
 
 the ft 
 
 ill rei 
 
 1 
 
 le cira 
 excel 
 Ineki 
 fays In 
 ide oi" 
 re all 
 
 nptnij 
 your] 
 
 it t« 
 necel 
 
 t- 
 
 H 
 
 d boli 
 eorif 
 
 t may 
 
 ttei 
 
 you: 
 neif 
 
 ( 9« ) 
 
 to exceed the former, is the fureft way of pra&ice. Be 
 flow in your firft- operations ; a conftancy of pra&ic^ 
 will be fure to make your hand expeditious ; learners 
 mult overcome their paffions by the exercife of patience ; 
 they muft proceed flowly and prudently in their fifH 
 attempts, and make it their care rather to perform well* 
 and to fecure every ftroke, and by that means make 
 one good draught, than in a heedlefs manner to hurry 
 over a number of bad ones. The fame may be faid with 
 regard to moft other arts. Before you begin your work, 
 and whilft you are at it, view your'origmal with clofe 
 attention ; divide it in your mind in feveral parts ; ob* 
 ferve the length, the breadth, and the fimilitude of 
 each part ; oonfider their proportion to each other, and 
 to the whole ; the diftances from one part to the other, 
 and what parts lie parallel to each other. After you 
 have done your copy, and your mind perhaps been 
 employed about other affairs, you fhould view them 
 afrefh, for many faults will then appear, that were not 
 discovered before ; and whatsoever pains you beftow on 
 frequent reviewing and comparing the original with 
 your own copy, will not only ferve to perfect you in 
 that particular draught, but will aifo improve you in 
 the knowledge of lines, draughts, and proportions, 
 and by pradifing in that method, you will be the fooner 
 qualified for the more nice and neareft imitations. The 
 ont-lines mull be drawn in a flowing, gliding manner, 
 large and (mooth, -for when they are too ftraight, they 
 appear it iff;* but, when performed in the manner here 
 directed, they have the relemblance of life and motion. 
 What other inltruments are neceffary, will be found in 
 the following pages ; and (hall now direct to the 
 
 Proper Materials for Draiving.~] Thefe are either 
 black-lead pencils, or black-lead rixed in a portcrayon, 
 charcoal, red, black, or white chalk, paltils or crayons, 
 pens, or hair-pencils, and Indian-ink. Black-lead is 
 as proper, in the beginning, to practife after the plain 
 lines, &c. as any other material : the ftroke it makes 
 being fmooth, will be more pleafjng than what is effected 
 by charcoal or crayons. It muft have a fine point, and 
 
 
mm 
 
 ¥ 
 
 ( 92 ) 
 
 accuflom yourfelf to hold it long in your hanc}, that the 
 end of your fingers may be at a much greater diftance 
 from the point, than they are from the nip of a pea 
 ia writing, and form your ftrokes with light gentle 
 touches, by which means you will obtain a greater 
 command of hand, and your out-line will be more free 
 and bold. Pens are fometimes ufed in (hading draughts, 
 by hatching them with crofs ftrokes : but this is better 
 done with hair pencils and Indian-ink, which is ufed in 
 the fame manner as water-colours. The fhades in 
 hatching are effected by lines, and appear like the 
 ftrokes which fhade an engraved print : but contrary to 
 this, is ufmg the hair-pencil and Indian-ink, there do 
 not appear any lines, but the fhades look like thofe in 
 a mezzotinto print. 
 
 Of bights and Shadows. ~\ It is the artful manage- 
 ment of lights and fhades that gives the appearance of 
 fubftance, roundnefs, and diftance, to whatever bodies 
 we reprefent. Imagine you draw a circle on a piece 
 of paper ; confider this circle, when it is firft formed, 
 or fill it up with any even colour whatever, and it, will 
 appear to be a body with a round circumference, and 
 flat fides: but, if you let the ftrongefl of the colour 
 remain in the middle, and gradually weaken it towards 
 the circumference, it will, by this means, pleafingly 
 deceive the light, and receive a convex appearance like 
 a ball or globe. Wherever the vivacity of colour is 
 ilrongeft, that part of the object catches the fight firft, 
 and appears neareil to it : whereas its weaknefs and 
 goings off are more and more broken and faint, and 
 fee m to fly farther from the fight. In rounding the 
 parts of any object, the extremities in tuniing muft 
 lofe themfelves infenfibjy and gradually, 1 without preci- 
 pitating the light all of a fudden into the fhadows, or 
 the fhadows into the light ; but the pafTage of the one 
 into the other mud be eafy and imperceptible ; that is, 
 the fhadow muft be foftened gradually, till it lofts it- 
 feif in light. \ Objects that are painted light, mull have 
 a fufficient breadth of fhadow to fuftain them; and 
 4ark todies mud have a fudden light behind, to detach 
 
 0. 
 
 m 
 ft 
 
 '0 
 
 M 
 pi '' 
 
 lit as 
 .i retir 
 
 ft 
 
 lien 
 ft fa 
 latici 
 ■ k eye 
 bm it 
 nan 
 lo 
 
 \k 
 
 is, 
 
 ILLC 
 
 id 
 
 All , 
 
 I to 
 ' pit? 
 
 G« 
 
 with, 
 D; 
 
 ,^,. 
 
"( 93 ) 
 tTiem from the ground, or from thofe ODJe&s .that are 
 Placed behind them, otherwife they will confufedly ap- 
 pear, as flicking upon each other ; whereas the oppa* 
 fitio* of (bade to a light objed, and of light to a dark 
 one, rive* a projedion, and feparates them frotn other 
 bodied The nearer any obje& is to the eye, it is feen 
 fo much the ilrongcr and plainer ; the fight is weakened 
 by diftances ; and the more remote any objea is, tis 
 feen in a more imperfett manner ; therefore thefe objeas 
 that are placed foremoft to the view, ought to be more 
 finifhed than thofe that are caft behind; artd they 
 fhould have fuch a relative dominion over, each other, 
 that as the objeft, by its heightening*, caufes others 
 to retire more backward, fo the fame obje£ muft be 
 chafed, and made to appear farther from the fight, than 
 others which are more ftrongly illuminated. It isnot 
 fufficient that^remote objeds be only coloured irt a 
 more faint and languid manner, but, according to their 
 diftance and parts, muft appear more or lefs confufed ; 
 the eye does not minutely difcover what is feparated 
 from" it. At the length of a field or ftreet, we defcry 
 human figures, but the features of their faces, and the 
 folds of their garments, are imperceptible to us; and 
 fo the innumerable leaves that grow on diftant plant- 
 ations, appear to the fight but one mafs. 
 
 Directions for mixing and making Colours. 
 
 Yellow. /^> UMBUGE is a moft beautiful yellow ; 
 VJT by putting water to a lump of this, it 
 foon diflolves, and is made paler or deeper to your like- 
 injr: but no gum-water is to be ufed, it being a gum 
 itfelf ; nor mould this yellow be ufed on prints defign- 
 ed to be varnifhed. for the varnifh takes this colour 
 quite off. This is fold cheap, and may be had at any 
 
 dru^gift's. 
 
 Gall-ftone is a fine tranfparent colour of an orange 
 tinge, very fit to glaze with, or to (hade the yellow 
 
 with. 
 
 Dutch- pink is another yellow, and fhould be ufed 
 when prints are defigned for varnifhing. 
 
p 
 
 ( 94 ) 
 
 Green. Diftilled-verdigrife is a bright mining preen 
 to be ufed very fpanngly, and with judgment : but the 
 addition of a little gumbuge makes it look far pleafanter. 
 This is bought in phials, ready prepared : the colour, 
 men tell, you, it is very troublefome to make: and no 
 doubt, fell it dear.— But more of this in its proper 
 place. 
 
 Sap Green is a lump diffolved in water: and is ufed 
 with mod advantage when plenty of water is put to it; 
 other wife it is very dark and unpleafant. 
 
 French-Berries, are to be diflblved in water, and af- 
 ford but an odd kind of green, unlefs mixed with fome 
 other article. Gum water is- not to be ufed with thefe 
 berries : or with the Sap-green above-mentioned. 
 
 Indigo and Gumbuge, mixed together, make a very 
 agreeable green : and you may fuit it to your liking, as 
 you put more or lefs of the gumbuge : but judgment 
 and fancy mud dire& what tinge is mod agreeable in 
 this and all other colours. 
 
 Blue. Ultramarine, is the fineft of all blues ; it is 
 fold extravagantly dear ; but indeed a very little goes 
 a great way, when it can be procured of the right fort : 
 which is indeed rarely to be met with, notwithstanding 
 the high price it bears. 
 
 Smalt, if very fine, is a good blue : of itfelf it is 
 but a heavy colour, difficult to lay fmooth and be tranf- 
 parent : on which account care and judgment are re- 
 quired in ufing it. 
 
 Indigo, a deep heavy blue, proper for a dark (hade, 
 &c. 
 
 Verditer, a fine iky- blue ; but it is to be ufed fpa- 
 ringjy, and with difcretion. 
 
 Prujfian Blue, is a fine blue, if laid on very thin, and 
 proper to (hade other blues with; but it is beft when 
 ufed in oil -colours. 
 
 Crimson and Red. Carmine, is the fineft of all 
 reds ; it affords a bright and beautiful colour, when 
 good, and flows eafily in the pencil ; and with the fame 
 colour, or lake, you may make the lhades as ftrpng a« 
 you pleafe. 
 
 lio 
 
 :-»?, 
 
( 95 ) 
 
 {[ ''k Lake, is likewife a fine tranfparent colour, and is, 
 W when of a good kind, preferable to fome carmine. 
 
 Red-Lead, a powder, if fine, affords a good colour ; 
 
 the 
 
 :e: ^ but it being of a heavy nature, care mua be taken that 
 lts p: it be not laid on too thick, which would prevent its be* 
 ing tranfparent : it is likewife apt to turn blackifh, un- 
 ln «'s lefsit be well cleanfed and refined. See warned red- 
 ! Put to lead. 
 
 Vermillion, we may fay the fame of as of the red- 
 bait lead. 
 
 •witH Orange. Lay firft a tint of gumbuge, and over 
 witlti that fome red lead, or carmine, or lake, either will do. 
 ned. Purple. Carmine and Ultramarine, mixed together, 
 »«■!» make the fineft of all purples. 
 
 rftj The above colours, by blending two together, may 
 :J4be altered to quite another tint : "though in doing this, 
 imi no certain rule can be laid down, but fancy, with 
 
 judgment, muft dired. In ufing the colours, great 
 Jloes; care fhould be taken to lay the firft colour on very thin* 
 littlq or pale, by which means the (hade will appear ftronger' 
 nghtb and the whole more beautiful. In mod cafes, if the 
 m white paper was left in the lights of the objeft, whether 
 
 flower or figure, and only the .fhades to be coloured, 
 iti: would be bell : or, mould the white paper be thought 
 dh to appear in too glaring a light, then (afterwards) a 
 ot ait very thin tint may be laid on. And this caution I would 
 
 advife to be univerfally obferved, to lay on all colours 
 arki very thin at firft, it being eafy to make the light parts 
 
 deeper ; but the damage is not eafily repaired, when the 
 !U f| colour is laid on too thick at firft. 
 
 Some necejfary Remarks on Colours, fc?V.] As the 
 'ti,i Ae preparation of diftilled verdigrife is pretended to be 
 beft* both tedious and troubiefome, I will here put it in the 
 
 pradioner's power to make his own ; Which, if my di- 
 c | 8 ! redions are followed, E will anfwer for its being full as 
 ' good, if not better, than what is fold at the colour. 
 
 iur, 
 
 y ; Diftilled verdigrife, ufed in colouring prints, and in 
 the pretent mode of painting, is a liquid, and which T 
 have before mentioned, as fuch, under the article of 
 
: ( 9« ) 
 
 greens. You are to procure an ounce of diftilled verdi- 
 gri.fe, in the lump, which will coft about eight » pence ; 
 this you are to bruife fmall, and then put it into twelve 
 ounces of the beft white wine vinegar, which muft not 
 only be ftrong, but very fine; make it well in the bot- 
 tle, at firft putting in, and let it Hand in the fun, or 
 fome place that is warm, for a day or two, often (baking 
 it, and it will then be fit for life. This is the very ex- 
 traordinary trouble of making the liquid diftilled verdi- 
 gri.fe, and for which the venders are fo well paid. They> 
 indeed, add about a fpoonful of brandy to the above 
 quantity ; which can only be to difguife it, as it cannot 
 be the leaft fervice : in common writing ink, brandy is 
 (aid to prevent its turning mouldy, &c. but I have ufed 
 the article above mentioned both with and without the 
 brandy, and kept it many months, and could not per- 
 ceive the difference ^ but that is the preparation of the 
 (hops. You are, however, to remark, that this liquid 
 is beft kept on the fine powder that you will perceive at 
 the bottom of the bottle, being no way troubleforne, 
 and will foon precipitate, and be fine for ufe : it being 
 beft to pour off a very fmall quantity into a bottle or 
 gallipot, when you are ufing it. A little of this goes 
 a great way,: it flows well in the pencil, and may be ufed 
 with a pen, even as well as common writing ink, if re- 
 quired. It is a very filming green, but may be made 
 pleafant and agreeable, by mixing more or lefs gumbuge 
 with it, according as your fancy dire&s, or circum- 
 fiances require. 
 
 rfhould have mentioned faffron among the yellows, 
 as being the higheft of all, and appearing fine and de- 
 lightful ; but as this colour is very apt to fly, I muft 
 own, I make very little ufe of it ; and not at all, with- 
 out being well loaded with gum '; nor will it bear varniih 
 by any means. 
 
 As a good blue is the moft difficult to procure, efpe- 
 cially at an eafy price, I will here infert a very valuable 
 one ; I don't give it as an invention of my own, but 
 acknowledge we arc indebted to the ingenious Mrs. Ma- 
 
 jjt.fa 
 
 "Ta! 
 
 pi 
 M 
 :cleai 
 t a 
 
 stise) 
 j; t 
 iktal 
 
 IN, 
 
 ■*r wfc 
 
 tit i 
 -F 
 
 iprof 
 
 mi 
 
 ifdai 
 flyt 
 ifa 
 ltd, 
 !y bea 
 parati 
 il, th 
 ltd) 
 (dim 
 nil fi 
 sverj 
 « or 
 
 % 
 !! ha 
 
 ! ffg! 
 
( 97 ) 
 
 gfo.pg, riana for it, as T Live before hinted ; and it is thus pre- 
 ntfttjj P are ^' according to her directions. 
 ^y " Take, fays m\; half an ounce of the fined Litmus : 
 i^lj, it muft be powdered very fine ; Prufiun-blue half a 
 tfu.L drachm, powdered very fine likewife : eight ounces of 
 
 tCH ft* 
 
 the cleartft fmall beer wort, while it is running : the 
 
 above articles are to be thrown into the wort while 
 
 LllC Ten , . . i rr i 
 
 iiiy' warm ; they are then to be put into a new earthen veiiel, 
 a jjj ] that is extremely well glazed, and remarkably fweet and 
 
 the 
 
 i clean : to be fet over a moderate fire till it boils, then 
 
 I to be taken off, ftand till cold, and it is to be kept for 
 
 . k r ufe. N. B. If this is made in fammer time, when corn 
 
 ji 'is near ripe, throw in, when cold, half a fcruple of 
 
 m thofe fine blue flowers that are often to be found a- 
 
 u mong wheat, as it grows in the fields : it will be a moft 
 
 heavenly blue; but great care mint be taken that it 
 
 ation Of ; i i n • i r 1 r *1 It t> 
 
 U-« touches not the lealt acid, tor that ipoils' all." 
 , Mrs. Mariana gives great caution, to beware that acid 
 
 ', y, interferes not in the above curious colour: but the 
 '<.;'.[ greateit difficulty feems to me to know how to prevent 
 
 ' it. For, fuppofing that the wort in itfelf had no 
 
 ./-,,; acid property when (irft made ufe of; yet in a hot feafon 
 . it would no doubt be not only acid, but even very four, 
 
 a few days after making, and thereby become ufelefs, if 
 
 maybf 
 
 > m ' fo very trifling an acid, as (he obferves, would deprive 
 
 '*/ u k of fts beauty ; and which I rnyfelf have often expe- 
 
 1 P rieneed, and found to be true. In fact, the colour U 
 
 or£if truly beautiful, and I have generally fucceeded in the 
 
 preparation when I obferved the following cautions, viz. 
 
 < Firft, that the earthen veffel (for no other will anfwer 
 
 " IieI | the end) be well glazed and clean ; I then throw in a 
 
 "!' large lump of fine foft chalk, add as much water thereto 
 
 Jt * as will fill the veffel, and then fet it on a flow fire 'till 
 
 ^ a[i it is very hot ; I afterwards cover it up and let it remain 
 
 three or four hours, and then clean it very well. Se- 
 
 jepfti condly, I procure my new wort afterthe following man- 
 
 £f r ner : having obtained about four ounces of the fined 
 
 'F' pale malt, I put this into a tea-pot, without being 
 
 usP either ground or even bruifed ; and put about twelve 
 
( 93 _ ) 
 ounces (thiee quarters of a pint) of fine foft river wa* f 
 ter, boiling hot, thereto ; I let this Hand near the fire, 
 fo as to keep it warm, an hour, afterwards I pour it off, 
 and it will be fit for the uie according to the directions 
 of Mrs. Mariana. It is to be obferved, that the water, 
 of which the wort is made, ought to be of the nioft 
 pure kind, very foft, and extremely fine ; for much de» 
 pends on it. And 'tis not to be wondered at, that 
 many have mifcarried in making this curious article, 
 iince they all procure the wort from any one that hap- 
 pens to be brewing. I mud own I have made an ex- 
 treme good blue with only the Litmus (it is beft known 
 by the name of Lacmus, and fells for about four-pence 
 
 
 
 incto. 
 
 if! 
 0> 
 '0 
 
 Jlld) 
 
 Ik! 
 
 to i 
 ill 
 
 ieto 
 
 t« 
 iwi 
 ■afio 
 
 the ounce) being powdered and gently boiled in the fe' 1 
 fine wort above-mentioned ; it will foon jelly and grow (ft 
 hard, and will keep in that manner for a year, or more; 
 it is made liquid immediately, by cnly dipping the pen- 
 cil in fair foft water, and touching it as you do Indian- 
 ink. 
 
 I am not in this place going to t?'eat of the common 
 black writing ink ; perhaps it might well anfwer the 
 end of thole who make and deal in it, to be better ac- 
 quainted with the eafy preparation of wort and litmus 
 boiled together. This, without much care, trouble or to 
 expence, will m*ake a good blue, that will flow in the ftri 
 pen better than the ink commonly made ufe of; and as n'y 
 to its growing foon hard (and more fo, if long boiled, it tot 
 and left to cool in very fmall quantities) it is a property iftli 
 that makes it far more valuable, especially for thofe :d 
 who travel ; becanfe it will ktep, in a dry place, along ittie 
 time, and foon liquefy again. In one word, it will ili 
 make the beft black writing ink in the univerfe, with :4c 
 the addition of lome bruifed galls, &c. but in this cafe. ^ 
 no gum is to be ufed. — -It may be remembered, that all sne, 
 good blacks mould be railed from blues. lie 
 
 Mariana's fine blue has got difcredit by feme, from a i ai 
 ciiTumllance little thovght of. I remember lady Fer- ^ 
 ms, after faying a great deal in its favour, comp'ained, | fl 
 %h< it it would not hold its colour. Know then, that a || 
 great p^hrt of the fine writing paper has what the mak- 
 
 
pour it .= 
 
 : kk 
 
 ftlier; 
 f much; 
 ti at, i 
 3iis aril; 
 e that t 
 wdeaf 
 bcftb: 
 
 ( 99 ) 
 
 ers call an alum [ize'laid on it, which intirely fpolls this 
 line tender blue ; and fo it does a fort of mixture — too 
 often fold for ultramarine. But paper, fized after this 
 manner, is foon known, by only putting the tongue 
 thereto. 
 
 I make a blue that I find of good fervice after the 
 following manner : having procured fome of the fineft 
 Pruffian-blue, I powder it, and grind it well with a 
 ilrong gum water, made of the cleared fort of gum- 
 arabic. After it is fufficiently fine, I add fome flake 
 white thereto, which 1 alfo grind well in ; and by add- 
 
 f 
 
 t four 
 
 liled ii 
 
 r, c|| 
 tng the; 
 
 .1 do Ik 
 
 tkc« 
 arifwfi 
 )e bttir 
 
 nir more or lefs of t\n 
 
 vhite, I make it lighter or 
 
 "darker, to my fancy. r But, indeed, I generally keep 
 three or four degrees, which I make, up into fmall 
 fqiiares, and life it in the fame manner I do the Indian- 
 
 ink. 
 
 I Howe 
 : of; i 
 
 long It 
 is a pic 
 
 ijj-fofi 
 
 )|ace,.i 
 ord, il 
 
 liverit 
 : in tti 
 :rd, l! 
 
 cme, * 
 
 er ty 
 
 then, ■ 
 
 I3tll |f: 
 
 There is a for;; of brown, much u fed by thofe who 
 colour prints, which is quite tranfparent, and to be had 
 in all places : procure a fmall quantity of the moil mild 
 pale tobacco ; put a very little of this to a fpoonful of 
 common water in a cup or gallipot, and in a few minutes 
 you will have a good brown colour, that fuits on many 
 occafions; and it may be made quite dark, by adding 
 more of the leaf, or by putting hot water to it. Gum- 
 water is not to be ufed with this article, unlefs it be 
 very weak. I know an objection will be made againft 
 the tobacco on account of its fmell ; but it is a miitake, 
 for the fmell goes off immediately : indeed the colour- 
 men don't approve of it ; and I well know the reafon 
 of their diflike ; it would be the bed of browns, i^ they 
 could contrive to difguife it, and fell it a great price, 
 as they do many of their other articles, which in them- 
 
 felves are very trifling. -Pray how does their Gall- 
 
 ftone, &c. fmell ? 
 
 Rofe pink is no bad colour, if of a good fort : this 
 I manage as I do the Pruilian-blue, and keep it dry in 
 a cake ; two forts will be fufficient, one lighter than the 
 other; which is made by the addition of the flake-white, 
 as directed in the blue. 
 
( ICO ) 
 
 Black mould never be mixed with any colour, becaufe 
 it makes it look difagreeable and dirty. Indeed I fel. 
 dcm nfe any oilier black than Indian ink, nor other white 
 than fiake- white, though I know white-lead is often 
 ufed ; but the other is heft. 
 
 Warned red -lead is a fine colour, and comes reafonable; 
 nor is the trouble much to prepare it. You are to pro- 
 cure half a pound of the fined red-lead, which .mult be 
 finely powdered : put this into a mug, and ilir it about 
 well in near a quart of, clear foft water ; pour the water 
 off into another mug, ftir it about, and again pour it 
 off; ftir it, and pour it off again, and do in this man- 
 ner fix or feven times, always obferving to pour as long 
 as it will run, and leave the powder that precipitates to 
 the bottom of each mug (which will grow lefs and lefs) 
 to dry ; and though, in the whole, you will not have 
 above half a drachm ; yet, if the red-lead was good, 
 you are fure of a fine colour left at the bottom of each 
 mug, which will foon dry, and may be ground with 
 gum-water, £nd kept in fhells for ufe. 
 
 Vermillion may fometimes be improved in the fame 
 manner ; but as there are different preparations of it, and 
 forne of them will not anfwer this operation, I would 
 by no means advife it. 
 
 Logwood boiled in clear (tale beer, and a little line 
 Brazil-wood added thereto, makes a tolerable purple, 
 which remains liquid. 
 
 But a good purple, intended for keeping, is to be 
 made thus : new wort one pint, litmus one ounce, fine 
 Brazil, bruifed, one ounce, let thefe boil over a flow 
 'fire ? about half an hour^ in a clean new mug, well glazed. 
 When cold, flrain it off, and keep it for ufe. If ibis is 
 left in fmall quantities, it will be apt to jelly and grow 
 dry : but, if defigned to be kept liquid, add a little 
 fqirusW wine thereto, and keep it, in a large bottle. 
 
 A delightful red, not inferior to carmine, is made 
 thus; fpirits of wine eight ounces, of the fined lake 
 one drachm, ripe barberries half an ounce, dragon's- 
 blood, of the reddeft fort, one drachm, fine Brazil- 
 wood a quarter of an ounce ; this is to remain feven or 
 
 fii 
 
 pufee 
 
 ;i be 
 
 ji] 
 
 ,;!llUi 
 
 Jitter 
 
 iter! 
 
 felEi 
 
 5 
 
 hit 
 
 5 Of 
 
 lorli 
 
 nit 
 
 all 
 :8ai 
 aiv 
 
 tfire, 
 tob( 
 ad 
 h 
 mil 
 
 uhai 
 
 Itl 
 iiiij 
 
 \ 
 itlSi 
 
oilier it- 
 $ iu: 
 
 : are ft 
 
 ftirtaj 
 Bftfcjj 
 gain po L 
 in this; 
 pour i 
 ecipitsi; 
 lefs andi- 
 
 torn oti 
 ground; 
 
 .intki 
 3ns of it 
 on, It 
 
 a 111 
 
 lg.ll! 
 
 t oooct 
 oven 
 ,w«lty 
 e, if 
 llyaiill 
 add a 
 rgeb*' 
 ine, ii ; 
 ie U 
 e, fc 
 ft J 
 
 f I01 ) . ; 
 
 eight days in the fun, or moderate heat, in a phial wcl* 
 corked ; you are to make the bottle often ; and after 
 you fee the colour very high and delightful, which it 
 will be in little more ihan a week, let it fettle, and 
 pour it off for ufe. It mould be in a clear Hint glafs 
 Dottle, that you may the better obferve the colour. 
 After Handing fome time, and you find it very, fine, 
 you may put a Few drops into a (hell, or on a Dutch- 
 tile, fmoot'h glafs, &c. which will loan dry : you may 
 then rub into it a little clear gum water, which gives it 
 a better body, or it may be ufed liquid in many cafes. 
 
 The colours 1 have already mentioned, are {efficient, 
 by being blended together, to form a fu ffici en t variety 
 for molt purpofes, and for doing which I can lay down 
 no certain rule, but mud leave it to the fancy and 
 judgment of the pra&rtioner. 
 
 To make a Varnijhfir Silver S\ Melt, in a well gla- 
 zed pipkin, fome iine turpentine, and put in three oun- 
 ces of white amber, finely powdered (more or lefs, 
 according to the quantity your work will require) 
 put it in by little and little, keeping it continually 
 itirring, adding by degrees, fome fpirit of turpentine, 
 tiil all the amber is diflblved : then add to it an ounce 
 of Sarcocolla well beaten, and an ounce of gum 
 elemi well levigated, adding now and then a little fpirit 
 of turpentine, till all is diffolved : do this over a gen- 
 tie lire, and keep it contlantly ftirring. This varnifh 
 is to be ufed warm, and hardened by degrees in an oven, 
 whereby it will look like polifhcd iilver. 
 
 Maimer of Engraving on Copper, &c.~] This is per- 
 formed with a graver on a plate of copper, which be- 
 ing well polifhed, is covered over thinly with virgin- 
 wax, and then fmoothed while warm, with a feather, 
 fo that the wax be of an equal thicknefs on the plate : on 
 this the draught or defign, done in blacklead, red chalk, 
 orungummed ink, islaid with the face of the drawiug on 
 the wax : then they rub the back fide, which will caufe 
 the whole defign of the drawing to appear on the wax. 
 The defign, thus tranferred, is traced through the cop- 
 per, with a point, or needle: then beating the plate, 
 
 K 3 
 
( 102 ) 
 a.ncl taking off the wax, the ftrokes remain to be fol- 
 lowed, heightened, &c. according to the tenor of the 
 defign, with the graver, which mud be very (harp, and 
 well pointed. In the conduct of the graver confifh al- 
 almpft all the art, which depends not To much upon 
 rules, as upon practice, the habitude, difpofition, and 
 genius of the artid, the principles of engraving being 
 the fame with thofe of painting ; for if the engraver be 
 not a perfect m'after of defign, he can never hope to ar. 
 rive at any degree of perfection in this art. In con- 
 ducting the ftrokes or cuts of the graver, he mud ob- 
 ferve the action of the ringers, and of all their parts, 
 with their outlines ; and ifiuark how they advance to- 
 wards, or fall back from his fight, and then conduct 
 his graver, according, to the rilings or cavities of the 
 naufcles or folds, widening the ilrokes in the li^ht, and 
 contracting them in the .(hades : as alio at the extremity 
 of the out-lines, to which lie ought to eonducl; the cuts 
 of the graver, that the figures or objects represented, 
 may not appear as if they yawn ; and lightening his 
 hand, that the out-lines may be peifecdly found, with- 
 out appearing cut or flit : and altho' his ilrokes need'- 
 larily break off where a mufcle begins, yet they ought 
 always to have a certain connection with each other, fo 
 that the firdHroke mould often ferve to make the fecond, 
 becaufe this will mow the freedom of the graver. II 
 hair be the (ubject, let the engraver begin hk work by 
 making the out lines of the principal locks, and fkrtch 
 them out iu a csreleis manner, which mav be liniihed 
 si' leisure .with finer and thinner ilrokes to the very tx* 
 tre'mity. The engraver mud avoid making very acute 
 angles, efpecially in reprefenting fledi, when hecroifes 
 the fir it Ilrokes with the fecond, becaufe it will form a 
 very difagreeable piece of tabby like lattice work, ex- 
 cept in the reprcfentation of fome clouds, in tempefts, 
 the waves of the lea, and. in reprefentations of fkins of 
 } i a i 1 y a n i ma 1 s , a n d 1 e a ve s o f t r e es . So that the m e d i u in 
 between fquare and acute Seems to be the bed and nie.it 
 agreeable to the eye. He that would reprefent h.u\\)- 
 XuiXj mud remember that, as ilatues, S,c.' are »wft 
 
 in 
 
 
 ■jcei 
 
 ;;j!s 
 
 i tie 
 
 m 
 
 ;cal 
 
 \ 
 Ik 
 
 1 It 
 ,1 fa 
 
 ilil! 
 
 !'!• 
 
 k( 
 
"^^E 
 
 to be • 
 enor oi 
 fcaip. -. 
 
 nioch: 
 )fition,i 
 
 single 
 engrave; 
 
 • k{ 
 it ml 
 tkirjij 
 sdvsnct; 
 el) coiiu 
 'itksot: 
 
 •eprcfe 
 
 nind, i 
 okes ne 
 
 t!i a r ;■, 
 
 ; | 
 
 h other; 
 grayer. 
 
 lis * oil 
 
 be fill 
 :ie very 
 very il 
 i.htui 
 tvill fort 
 v/orK, 
 
 of i 
 
 lie nxS 
 
 Hlv " 
 
 ( '03 ) 
 
 commonly made of white marble, or ftone, vvhofe co- 
 lour does not produce fuch dark (hades as other matters 
 do, have no black to their eyes, nor hair of the head, 
 and beard flying in the air. If the engraver would 
 preferve one quality and harmony in his works, he 
 lliould always (ketch- out the principal objects of his 
 piece before any part of them are finifhed. The inftru- 
 inents neceffary for this fort of engraving are, befides 
 a graver, a cufhion, or fand bag, made of leather, to 
 lay the plate on, in order to give it the neceffary turns 
 and motions ; a burnifher made of iron or fteel, round 
 at one end, and ufually flattifh at the other, to rub out 
 flips and failures, foften the ftrokes, &c. a fcraper, to 
 pare off the furface, on occafiori ; and a rubber of a 
 black hat, or cloth rolled up, to fill up the ftrokes, that 
 they may appear the more vifible. 
 
 Method of Etching on Copper, £5V.] Etching! 
 method of engraving on copper, in which the lines, 
 or ftrokes, inftead of being cut with a tool or graver, 
 are eaten in with aquafortis: and this is done With. 
 more eafe and expedition than engraving ; it requires 
 fewer iniiruments, and represents moil kind of fuDJedts 
 better and more agreeable to nature, as landfcapes, 
 ruins, grounds, and all fmali faint, loofe, remote ob- 
 j'jfts, buildings, &c. The method of etching is a-s 
 follows : choofe the copper plate as directed for grav- 
 ing, and furniih yourkif with a piece of ground, tied 
 up in a bit of thin iilk, kept very clean, to be laid 
 u'pon the plate when both have bee'n wasmed ; proper 
 needles to hatch with on the ground ; a pencil or brufh 
 to wipe away the bits of ground which rife after 
 batching ; a polifher ; two or three gravers ; a pair of 
 compares, to meafure ditlances and draw circles ; a 
 ruler, to hatch ftraight lines ; green wax, to make the 
 wail round the edges of the plate, to contain the aqua- 
 fortis ; an oil ftone ; a bottle of aquafortis ; fome red- 
 Ivad, to colour the back fide of the copy ; a ftifr., and 
 a hand -vice, to t hold the plate over the candle. To 
 make the ground, take three ounces of alphaitum, 
 t;vo ounces of ?kau roiin, half an ounce of burgundy^ 
 
t ,0 4 ) 
 pitch, three ounces of black wax, and three ounces of 
 virgin's wax : let all thefe be melted in a clean earthen 
 pipicin over a flow fire, ftirring it all the time with a 
 imall (tick : [£ it burn to the bottom, it is fpoiled. 
 After the ingredients are well melted, and it boils up, 
 put it into a pan of fair water : and before it be quite 
 cold, take it out, and roll it into fmall lumps to he 
 kept from duft ; this ground is what others call the 
 varnifh. The next thing is to clean the plate to receive 
 the ground : take a piece of lifting, roll it up as big 
 as an egg, tie u very tight, fo as to make it a rubber, 
 and having dropt a imall quantity of fweet oil, and 
 added a little powder of rotten (lone on the plate, tub 
 it with this ball, till it will almoft (how your face. 
 Then wipe it ail off with a clean rag, and after that, 
 make it quite dry with another clean rag, and a little 
 fine whiting. The next thing is to lay on the varniih : 
 to do which aright you mull take a hand- vice, and fix 
 it at the middle of one part of the plate, with a piece 
 of paper between the teeth of the hand vice and the 
 plate, to prevent the marks of the teeth : then laying 
 trie piate on a chafing dith, with a fmall charcoal hie in 
 it, till the plate be fo hot, that by fpitting on the 
 backfide, the wet will fly off; rub the plate with the 
 ground tied up in li'lk, till it be covered a!i over; and 
 arttr that daub the plate, with a piece of cotton vvrap- 
 pedupin ii Ik till the ground be quite fmooth, keepingihe 
 plate a iiuie warm ail the time. The varniih being thus 
 imoothed upon the plate, it muft be blacked in the fol- 
 lowing manner: take a thick tallow candle that burns 
 clear, with a ihort fnulf, and having driven two nails 
 into the wall, to let it reft upon, place the plate againit 
 the wall with the varnifti fide downward, and take care 
 not to touch the ground with your fingers : then tak- 
 ing the candle, apply the iiame to the varniih as clofe 
 as poffible, without touching the varnifti with the fnuff 
 of the candle, and guide the flame all over it, till it 
 becomes perfectly black. After this is done, and the 
 plate dry, the defign is traced with a needle through 
 the varniih, and a rim or border of wax is railed round 
 
 .,,,. 
 
 
f 105 ) 
 
 the circumference of the plate ; and then the artift has 
 a composition of common varniih and iamp-black, made 
 very thin, wherewith he covers the parts that are not 
 to be bitten, by means of a hair pencil. And he is 
 every now and then covering or uncovering this or that 
 part of the defign, as occafion may require; the con- 
 dud of the aquafortis being the principal concern, on 
 winch the effect of the print very much depends. Trie 
 operator muft be attentive to the ground, that it does 
 not fail in any part, and where it does,to Hop up the 
 place with the above compofition. The plate is de- 
 fended from the aquafortis every where, but in the lines 
 or hatches cut through it with the needle, through 
 which the water eats into the copper to the depth requi- 
 red ; remembering to keep it flirring with a feather all 
 the while, which done, it is to be poured off again. 
 Single aquafortis is mod commonly ufed ;arid if it be 
 too ftrong, mix it with vinegar, otherwife it will make 
 the work very hard, and fometimes break up the ground : 
 the aquafortis having done its parts, the ground is 
 taken off, and the plate warned and dried ; after which 
 nothing remains for the art ill but to examine the work 
 with his graver, to touch it up, and heighten it where 
 the aquafortis has miffed. And laflly, it is to be re- 
 membered, that a f rem dip of aquafortis is never given, 
 .without flrft warning out the plate in fair water, and 
 drying it at the fire. 
 
 Different Wayt of making Car 'mine -.j It i« extracted 
 from cochineal, by means of water, wherein chouan 
 and antour have been infufed : fome add rocou, but 
 this gives too much of the oval caff. Others make 
 carmine with brazil-wood, fernambouc and leaf gold, 
 beat in a mortar, and fteeped in white-wine vinegar : 
 the fcum arifing from this mixture, upon boiling, when 
 dried, makes carmine ; but this kind is vaflly inferior 
 to the former. There is another carmine, made of 
 brazil-wood and fernambouc. But a fort, that is too 
 often met with, is prepared from flireds of fuperfine 
 fcarlet cloth, infufed in fpirits of wine. 
 
 Tbs preparation of Ultramarine.'] This is prepared 
 
( io6 ) 
 
 from lapis lazuli, by calcination : hut the German h. 
 pis lazuli does not anfwer well in this procefs, and dif. 
 covers itfelf by calcining eafier than the African or An*. 
 atic, and turning greenim. The oriental kind calcines 
 to a finer blue than it naturally has, and retains the co- 
 lour for ever. After calcining- the ftone in a clear fire 
 of charcoal, they grind it to an impalpable powder on 
 a porphyry, and then mixing it up in a pafte, epmpaftd 
 of pitch, wax, a«nd oil, they \York it about with the 
 hands: and finally, kneading this in a vefTel of clear 
 water, as the powder feparates from the vifcid matter 
 it (inks to the bottom : when all that is perfectly fine in 
 this 13 worked out, they let the water be drained of}' 
 and dry the powder for ufe. What remains embodied 
 in the palte is afterwards feparated, and make3 a woffe 
 kind than the former. Ultramarine muft be cbofen of a 
 high colour, and well ground, which may be known by 
 putting it between the teeth, and if it feel gritty, it 
 is a fign it has not been well ground. To know whether it 
 be pure and unmixed, put a little of it into a crucible, 
 and fo heat it red hot; and if the powder has not 
 changed its colour after this trial, it is certainly pure ; 
 on the contrary, if there be any change, or any black 
 fpecka in it, then it has been adulterated. -Therein 
 alfo a fpurious fort, commonly called Dutch ultrama- 
 rine, which is only fine fmalt well ground and pulveri- 
 fed : and this fort is too often fold at a moft extravagant 
 price* 
 
 To foften Ivory and other Bones.'] Lay them for 
 twelve hours in aquafortis, and then three days in the 
 juice of beets, and they may be worked into an? form. 
 To harden them again, lay them in ftrong vinegar. 
 DiofcOrides fays, that by boiling ivory for the fpaceof 
 fix hours with the root of mandragoras, it will become 
 fo foft, that it may be managed as one pleafes. 
 
 To whiten Ivory.] Lay it in quick lime, and pour 
 «- little water over it, but not too much that the heat 
 may not be too great, ■■'left- it fcale and become brittle. 
 
 Staining and marbling of Ivory . ~j j . Qf a line coral 
 red: make a lye of woed-afhe?, of wftich take two 
 
 :loi 
 fer 
 
 Iff it 
 
 Of] 
 
 If,! 
 
 K pa' 
 Itlli 
 
 i la; 
 
 3 ti 
 
 liilio. 
 iort 
 
 m 
 ■i 
 Itf 
 
 xpe 
 
 ■Hen 
 
 JOUi 
 
' !-< 
 
 ;taillf(i( 
 
 in a clfca 
 
 ^i COD;, 
 
 i will 
 ins emk 
 
 - 'Clioftl: 
 
 be la: 
 eel grit!: 
 owwli 
 lo a tfjj 
 rder h 
 
 or'anrt 
 
 m 
 
 itch i 
 and pi!: 
 
 t extra; 
 
 ay then 
 ' days k 
 
 to anfl 
 iiig « 
 
 the fpi 
 will bf 
 fes. 
 », and : 
 
 bat till 
 ociei 
 
 'afa : 
 
 ( 107 ) 
 quarts, pour it into a pan upon one pound or brazil; 
 to this add one pound of alum ; boil it for half an hour: 
 then take it off, and put in the ivory or bone, and 
 the longer either of thefe continue in the liquor, the 
 redder they will be. 2. Of a fine green : take two 
 parts of verdigrife, and one part of fal ammoniac : grind 
 them well together, pour ftrong white wine vinegar on 
 them, and put your ivory into this mixture, let it be co- 
 vered till the colour has penetrated, and as deep as you 
 would have it. If you would have it fpotted with white, 
 fprinkle it with wax ; or if you would have it marbled, 
 covtr it with wax, and fcrape it off in veins, having all 
 the lines uncovered which you defire to have llained. 
 3. Of black: take litharge and quick-lime, of each an 
 equal quantity ; put them in rain water over the 
 fire till it begins to boil, and in this put the bone or 
 ivory, flirring them well about with a flick ; and after- 
 wards when you fee the ivory receive the colour, take 
 the pan from the fire, ftirring the ivory all the while 
 till the liquor is cold. 4. Marbling upon ivory is 
 performed thus : melt beeswax and tallow together, 
 and lay it over the ivory, and with an ivory bodkin 
 open the drckes that are to imitate marbling : pour the 
 folution ot fome metal on them, and when it has flood 
 a fhort time, pour it off: when it is dry, cover the 
 flrokes again with the wax, and open fome other veins 
 with your bodkin for another metallic folution ; and this 
 repeat to the number of colours you defign to give it. 
 The loiution of gold gives it a purple; of copper, a 
 green ; of filver, a bad black ; of iron, a yellow and 
 brown. By this method you may alfo imitate toitoife- 
 fhell, and feveral other fubllances ou ivory. 
 
 The true Method of making Sea/mg'ivax, &c.~] Take 
 one pound of bees- wax, three ounces of fine turpentine, 
 olive oil, and rofm (finely powdered) of each one ounce : 
 when they are well melted, and drofs taken off, put in 
 an ounce and a half of vermillion, or red lead, finely 
 ground, and flir them together till they are well incor- 
 porated, when this mixture grows a little cool, roll it 
 into flick?, or in any other form yeu would have it* 
 
( ioS ) 
 If you wov/Id have ft black, inftead of vermillion, or 
 red- lead j put into it la*op- black — The foft, red, and 
 green jyis'i ufed in large feals to fome of our law wri- 
 tings, tire thus made : melt bees wax over a gentle heat • 
 with fuch a proportion of Venice turpentine as, when 
 cold, will give it the due confidence : this is determined 
 by repeated trials ; fir ft. putting in but little turpentine, 
 and afterwards more and more, till by dropping a piece 
 upon a marble to cool, it-is found of the true confidence. 
 They then colour it with vermillion, or reef- lead, or 
 with vercliter, or whatever colour they pleafe, the mix- 
 ture in this Hate, receiving any. 
 
 To imitate Fruit in IVjx.~] Take the fruit, and bury 
 it half way in clay ; oil its edges, and that part of the 
 fruit which is uncovered : then nimbly throw on it tern- 
 pered -alabafter, or plainer of Paris, to a confiderahle 
 thicknefs. When this is grown dry and hard, it makes 
 the half -mould ; the fecond half of which may be ob- 
 tained in the fame manner. The two par's of the mould 
 being joined together, a little bees wax melted and 
 brought to a due heat, being poured through a hole 
 made in a '"convenient part of the mould, and prefently 
 fhook therein, will reprefent the original fruit. 
 
 Ho-w to reprefent the Face, &c. in Wax ] The re- 
 presentation of rke face, &c. of perfons living, or dead, 
 is done by applying plaifter of Paris in a kind of paile, 
 and thus forming a mould containing the exact repre- 
 fentatton of the features. Into this mould melted wax 
 is poured, and thus a kind of malks are formed ; which 
 being painted and let with gMs eyes, and the figures 
 dreffed in their proper habits/, they bear fuch a refem- 
 biaoce, that it is difficult to dlftingnifh between the copy 
 and the original. 
 
 Of Parnifloes in general ,] There are feveral kinds 
 of varn iflies in uk ; as the iiccative or drying varnifh, 
 made of oil of afpin, turpentine and fandarach melted 
 together. White varnihh, called alfo Venetian varnifh, 
 made of oil of turpentine, fine turpentine and maflic. 
 Spirit of wine varnifh, made of fandarach, white amber, 
 gum clem! and m^-ftrpj; fcrving to gild leather, pidluie 
 
ill! 
 
 as, i 
 
 Hal, 
 tlti 
 
 irt ofi 
 )ii!tb 
 nlife 
 it m;; 
 iv be 
 their.;, 
 fltedi 
 
 O'l) 2 : 
 
 Til 
 
 m 
 ofs 
 
 tiki 
 d;r 
 ie if 
 i a i 
 itk: 
 
 Tan 
 
 i 
 hi 
 
 id l 
 
 ( 109 ) . ■ 
 frames, Sec. withal. Alfo the gilt varnifh, china var- 
 nifh, common varnifh, &c. 
 
 To make white FamiJJ?.~] Take gum fandarach, of 
 the cleared and whiteft fort, eight ounces ; gum maftic, 
 of the cleared fort, half an ounce ; of farcocolla, the 
 whiteft, three quarters of an ounce ; Venice turpentine, 
 an ounce and a half; benzoin, the cleared, one quarter 
 of an ounce ; gum animae, three quarters of an ounce ; 
 let all thefe he difiblved, and mixed in the manner fol- 
 lowing : Put the farcocolla and rofin into a little more 
 fpirits than will cover them to diflolve : then add the 
 benzoin, gum animac, and Venice turpentine, into 
 either a gla'ft or glazed earthen vtfft], and pour on as 
 much fpirits as will cover them an inch : then put the 
 gum mafHc into a glafs or glazed veflel, and pour ftrong 
 fpirits upon it, covering it alfo about an inch thick, to 
 diffolveit rightly: then put your gum elemi in a diftind 
 Vfffel as before, and cover it with fpirits to diffolve. 
 For this purpofe, you need only break the rofin a little, 
 and powder the gum animae, farcocolla, and benzoin. 
 Let all irand three or four days to dido' ve, making the 
 glades, &c. two or three times a day, and afterwards 
 put them ail together into a glazed vefTel, dirring them 
 well, and drain the liquor and gums gently, beginning 
 with the gums, through a linen clo\h. Then put it 
 into a b,ottle, and let it Hand a week before you ufe it, 
 and pour off as much of the clear onjy, as you think 
 fufficient for preftnt ufe. 
 
 The white Amber Vaniijh, according to Mr, Boyle, ,] 
 Take white rofirt four drachms, melt it over the fire in 
 a clean glazed pipkin ; then put into it two ounces of 
 thewhiced afnbe> you can get, finely powdered. This 
 is to be put in by a little and little, gradually, keeping 
 it dirring all the while with a fmall dick, over a gentle 
 «re, till it diffolves, pouring in now and (hen a little 
 oil of turpentine, as you find it growing did; and con- 
 tinue fo to do rill all your amber is melted. But great 
 care mud he taken not to fet the houfe on fire, for the 
 Jttry vapours of the oil of tmper.tine will take fire by 
 ^at only , but if it mould. happen foto'do, immediately 
 
 L 
 
{ no ) 
 
 put a flat board or wet blanket over the fiery pot, and 
 by keeping the air from it, you will put it out, or fuf- 
 focate it. Therefore it will be beil to melt the rofio, 
 in a glafs of cylindric figure, in a bed of hot fand, after 
 the glafs has been well annealed, or wavm'd by decrees 
 in the fand, under wbich you mufl keep a gentle fire. 
 When the varnifh has been thus made, pour it into a 
 coarfe linen bag, and prefs it between two hot boards 
 of oak or flat plates of iron ; after which it may be ufcd 
 with any colours in painting, and alio for varnifiiing 
 them over when painted. But for covering gold, you 
 mull ufe the following varnifh ; mean time, it is to be 
 obferved, that when you have varnifhed with white var- 
 niih, you may put the things varniflied into a declining 
 oven, which will harden the varnifh. 
 
 A hard Varnijh^ that nvzll hear the Muffle. ] Take of 
 colophony, an ounce ; fet it over the fire in a well gla- 
 zed earthen veifel, till it is melted ; then by little and 
 little, ftrew in two ounces of powder of amber, keeping 
 it flirring all the while with a flick ; and when you per- 
 ceive it begin to harden or refill the ilick, then put in 
 a little turpentine oil, which will thin and f often it im- 
 mediately : then put in two ounces, of gum copal, 
 finely pjwdered, fprinkling it in as you did the amber, 
 now and then pouring in a little oil of turpentine; and 
 when it is done, {train it as 'before directed.. Inis is 
 proper to varniih over gold ; and the things done with 
 it muli be fet into a declining oven, three or four days 
 fuccefKvely, and then it will refill even the lire itftlf. 
 
 To make a Varnifh for Gold, or Metals -made in imita- 
 tion of Gold,"] Take colophony, and, having melted 
 it, put in two ounces of amber finely powdered, and 
 fome fpirit of turpentine, and. as the amber thickens, 
 keep it well ftirnog ; then put in an ounce of gum elertu 
 well pulverifed, and more.fpint of turpentm 
 flan try turrlog t 
 
 : /eth 
 ft ■ 
 its" 
 
 ft 
 ft 
 
 10(11 
 
 rfio» 
 
 id 
 
 e ; con- 
 
 f.iouo'r till all w 
 
 d\ m*zz& and 
 
 bm 
 
 incorporated : 
 tie turpentine 
 
 take care, however, to ute 
 
 as 
 
 lit- 
 
 ufc, 
 sis as 
 In 
 ft] 
 (too 
 
 mil 
 lifyi 
 rfsli) 
 
 I 
 
 ilof 
 ayi 
 In 
 »tb 
 IN 
 Ui 
 
 icon 
 
 ioi 
 
 it 
 
 becaufe, the thicker tnc ty 
 
 vnrrma ii made. 
 
 Ft! 
 
 done ovt'r a 
 
 k «& I I'd 
 
 the harder it will be.' Let this be \ 
 in an.open glafs j then ilrai* {pj 
 
%\ 
 
 M 
 M 
 
 utiel 
 
 itial: 
 
 flit! 
 
 anil 
 
 ft] 
 in 
 
 Ti 
 
 i Jin 
 
 ;CI|j 
 
 toil 
 
 up 
 
 y 
 
 t«j 
 
 II 
 
 lotf 
 
 ffllf 
 
 :it« 
 igi 
 
 tlio 
 
 mi 
 (ie;i 
 
 it, as is <W£ted for the preceding varnifh. This var- 
 olii is to be xikd alone, nrft warming the vefTels made 
 of paper pafte; and lay it on with a painting brufh be- 
 fore the iire, but not near, left the fire raife it into blif- 
 ters. After this has been done, harden it three feveral 
 tiaaes in an oven ; fir ft with a flack heat, the next with a 
 warmer, and the third with a very hot one ; and the 
 reffels will look like polilhed gold. And as for fuch 
 veffds, he as mail be made with faw dud and gums, 
 the v&rm(h may be made of thefy.me ingredients as above- 
 mentioned, except the gum elemi ; and this will dry 
 ia the fun, or m a gentle warmth: 
 
 Laying on zf Farm/bes.~} I. If you varnifh wood, 
 let your wood be very fmooth, clofe grained, free from 
 greafe, and rubbed with rufhes* 2. Lay on your co- 
 lours as fmooth as poffible ; and, if the varnifh has any 
 blifters in it, take them off by a polifh of rufhes. 3. 
 While you are varniftitng, keep your work warm but 
 not too hot. 4. Id laying on your varnifh, begin, iis 
 the middle, and ftroke the brum to the outfi.de; then 
 to another extreme part, and fo on till all be covered ; 
 for if you begin at the edges, the brufh will leave the 
 blots there, and make the work unequal. 5. In fine 
 works ufe the rlaefl tripoli In polifhing : do not polifh 
 it at one time only ; but, after the firfl time, let it dry 
 for two or three days, and polifh it again for the laft 
 time. 6 In the firlt polifhing you mud ufe a good 
 deal of tripoli, but hi the next a very little will ferve j 
 when you have done, wafh ofFyour tripoli with a fponge 
 and water; dry the varnifh with a dry linen rag ; and 
 cltarthe work, if a white ground, with oil and whiting j 
 or if black, with oil and lamp black. 
 
 Painting in 0//;j The whole fecret of painting in 
 oil confifts i*Pi grinding the colours with nut-oil, or lin- 
 jeed-oil ; but the manner of working is very different 
 trom that in frefeo, or in water, by reafon the oil does 
 not dry uear fo faft, whLh gives the painter an oppor- 
 tunity of touching and're-touching all the parts of his 
 figures as often as he pleafes ; which in the other methods 
 of painting k a thing impracticable. The figures done 
 
( U2 ) 
 
 in oil, are alfo capable of more force and boldnefs ; info- ^ 
 much, that the black becomes blacker, when ground ^ 
 with oil, than with water ; befides, all the colour mix- 
 ing better together, makes the colouring the Iweeter, | ( ; r , 
 more delicate and agreeable, and gives an union and ^ 
 tendernefs to the whole, inimitable in any of the other „ 
 manners. Painting in oil is performed on canvas, on 
 walls, wood, ftone, and all other forts of medals, j ( 
 
 Painting on Cloth or Canvas is done as follow s."\ The ^ 
 canvas being ft retched on a frame, give it a layer of fize, \ t 
 or pafte- water, and then go over it with a pumice-fton?, %% 
 to fmooth off the knots. By means of the fize, the jfjjj 
 little threads and hairs are all laid clofe on the cloth, ^ 
 and the little holes filled up, fo that no colour can pafs ,u 
 through. When the cloth is dry, lay on okre in oil, |C | 
 which may be mixed with white-lead to make it dry ; s 
 the fooner. When dry, go over it again with the pu- m 
 mice- ftone, to make it fmooth. After this a fecond ^ 
 couch is fometimes applied, compofed of white lead g 
 and a little charcoal-black, to render the ground of 
 an afh colour. Others prime the canvas in the following 
 manner ; they firft fmooth the canvas with a pumice- 
 ftone, fize it over with good fize, and a little honey, 
 and let it ftand to dry ; after which they lay it over 
 with whiting and fize, mixed with a little honey : the 
 ufe of the honey is to prevent it from cracking, peeling, 
 and breaking out ; on this they firft draw the picture 
 with a coal, and then lay on the colours. 
 
 Painting on fValls.'] When the wall is dry, they 
 give" it two or three wafhes with boiling oil, till the 
 plaifter remains quite gteafy, and will imbibe no more; 
 upon this they lay drying colours, fuch as white chalk, 
 red okre, or other chalks beaten pretty ftiff. When 
 this couch or layer is well dried, the fubjc&, or defign, ^ 
 is fketched out, and afterwards painted over, mixing j^ 
 a little ya'rnifh with their colours, to fave the varniming j 
 afterwards. In order the better to fortify the walls ^ 
 againft moifture, fome cover it with a plaifter of lime, ^ 
 marble duft, or cement made of beaten tiles foaked in 
 Knfeed-oil ; and at laft prepare a composition of Greek ^ 
 
 !PtK 
 
 twl 
 irife 
 
 ifOi 
 
 lew 
 
 sicd 
 
 u 
 
«^.-.~r 
 
 k 
 
 ,,]■ 
 
 'ere! 1 
 
 : lift 
 theci 
 if a 
 wi 
 ike ii 
 till 
 
 ay a 
 
 ir 
 
 k 
 
 a' 
 llfi 
 
 pitch, maftic, and thick varnifh boiled together, which 
 they apply hot over the former plaifter ; and when dry, 
 lay on the colours as before. Others, in fine, make 
 their plaifter with lime-mortar, tile cement," and fand ; 
 and this being dry, they apply another of lime, cement 
 and iron-fcoria? ; which being well beaten, and incor- 
 porated with linked oil, and whites of eggs, make an 
 excellent plainer. When this is dry, the colours are 
 laid on a.s before. * 
 
 In Painting on Wood.] They ufually give their 
 ground a couch or layer of white tempered with ike, 
 and then proceed as in painting on walls. 
 
 In Painting on Srone or Metals."] It is not necefiary 
 to lay them over with fifce, but only to add a flight 
 couch of colours btfore the delign is drawn on it : nor 
 even is this done on liones, where you would have the 
 ground appear, as in certain marbles and agates of ex* 
 traodmary colours. 
 
 All the Co/curs ufe d in Frefco.] Are good in oil, ex- 
 cept white of lime and marlL dull. Thofe chiefly ufed 
 are white-ltad, or eerufe, yellow and white maiticot, 
 orpiment, vcfmillio.ii, ;acca, blue and green afhes, ver- 
 digrife, indigp, fmalt, black lea'd, ivory-black, lamp- 
 black, &c. 'ke to oils, the belt of thofe are linfttd, 
 walnuts, fpike, and turpentine, The drying oils are 
 nut oil, boiled with litharge and fandarach, or other- 
 wife with fpirit of wine, maliic and gum. laca; In the 
 preparation of oil-colours, care miih be taken that they 
 be ground fine : that in putting them on a pallet, thole 
 which will not d>-y of ihtn. lines be mixed with drying 
 oil, or other ingredients of a drying: quality : and that 
 tne tinged colours be mixed in as ftn.aH quantities as 
 pofliblc. As to the fituation of the colours, the purelt 
 and ftrongell mult be placed in the fiont of the piece, 
 2nd the colouring varied according to the fubjtd, time 
 and place. If the fubject be grave, melancholy or ter- 
 rible, the general teini of the colouring mud incline to 
 brown and black, or red and gloomy : but it muft be 
 gay and pjeafant in iur.jicis of joy and triumph. 
 
 Colour, in Dyings &a»] There are, in the art of 
 
( "«4 ) 
 
 dying, five colours, called Ample, primary, or mother 
 colours, from the mixture of which all other colours 
 are formed ; thefe are blue, yellow, brown, red and 
 black. Of thefe colours, vaiibufly mixed and combined, 
 they form the following colours, panfy, blue and fear, 
 let are formed : amaranth, violet, and panfy : from the 
 fame mixture of "blues, crimfon and red, are formed 
 the columbine or dove colour, purple crimfon, amaranth, 
 panfy, and crimfon violet, ^rlere it is to be obferved 
 that they giwc the -name crimfon to all colours made 
 with cochineal. 
 
 Of blue and red madder is died purple, pepper colour, 
 tan colour, and dry rofe colour. 
 
 The fame blue with red half in grain, makes ama- 
 ranth, tan colour, and dry rofe colour. 
 
 Blue and half red crimfon* compofe amaranth, tan 
 colour, dry rofe, a brown panfy, and fun brown. 
 
 Blue and yellow, mixed together ', compofe a yellow 
 green, fpring green, grais green, laurel green, brown 
 green, dark green, as well as fea green, parrot green, 
 cabbage green, &c. Thefe three lait colours are to be 
 lefs boiled than the reft. It is to be noted, that as to 
 green, there is no ingredient or drug in nature that will 
 dye it : but the fluffs are dyed twice, firft in blue, then 
 in yellow. 
 
 Blue and brown. ] Thefe two colours are never mixed 
 alone, but with the addition of red, either of madder 
 or cochineal, they form feveral colours. 
 
 Red and yellow.] All the fhades compofed of thefe 
 two colours, as gold, yellow, aurora, marygold, orange, 
 nacarat, granat- flower, flame colour, &c. are made 
 with yellow and red of madder, fcarlet being lefs proper 
 as well as too dear. 
 
 Red and brown.] Of thefe two colours are formed 
 cinnamon colour, chefnut, mufk, bear's hair, and even 
 purple, if the red be of madder. 
 
 Yellow and brown.] The colours formed from thefe 
 two, are all the fhades of feuillemort, and hair^ colours. 
 But this may be taken notice of, that though it be faid 
 that there are no colours or fhades made from fuch and 
 
~ 
 
 < "J > 
 
 1(4 fuch mixtures, it is not meant that none can be made, 
 
 4 but that they are more eafily formed from a mixture of 
 h other colours. 
 
 Dying in general.'] The art of dying confifts in 
 ifo giving a lafting colour to filks, cloths, and other fub- 
 m itances, whereby the beauty is much improved, and 
 fa value enhanced: and this art chiefly depends on three 
 te things, viz. i. Difpofing the furface of the fluffs to 
 fe receive and retain the colours, which is performed by 
 it wafhing them indifferent lyes, digefling, beating them* 
 
 &c. in which human urine putrified, a fharp fait of afhes, 
 col divers foaps, and galls of animals, are of principal ufe ; 
 
 by means whereof the vifcous gluten of the filk-worms 
 :is naturally adhering to their threads, is warned and clean- 
 id from them, and thus they become fitted gradually 
 tl, to imbibe the colours. By thefe alfo the greafy foul- 
 ii nefs adhering to wool and flax is fcoured off. ' 2. So 
 ]i to grind the colours, as that they may enter the body 
 k duly prepared, and preferve their bright nefs undimi- 
 $ milled. 3. The third confifts in having beautiful colours. 
 n Tke Materials u fed in the Art of Dying,] Are iron 
 all and iteel, or what is produced from them, in all true 
 bis blacks, called Spanifh blacks, though not in Flanders 
 !,i blacks, viz. they ufe copperas, Heel filings, and flippe ; 
 
 they alfo ufe pewter for bowe-dye fcarlet, Viz. they dif- 
 1! folve bars of pewter in aquafortis ; litharge is alfo ufed 
 g by fome, though acknowledged by few to add weight 
 
 to dyed iilk. Antimony is much ufed to the famepur- 
 Ij pole. Arienick is ufed in crimfon upon pretence of giv- 
 % niglultre, although thofe who pretend not to be want- 
 ■J ing in giving luitre, to their filks, difown its ufe. 
 I Verdigrife is alfo ufed by linen dyers in their yellow 
 
 and greenifh colours ; though, of itfelf, it ftrikes no 
 % deeper colour than that of a pale draw. Of mine- 
 I ral falts ufed in dying, the chief is alum ; the true ufe 
 
 thereof feems to be in regard to the fixation of colours. 
 i The next mineral fait is lalt-petre, not ufed by antient 
 1 dyers and but by few of the modern : nor is it yet ufed 
 | but to brighten colours, by back boiling of them, for 
 
 >u 
 
( n6 ) 
 
 which argol is more commonly ufed : lime is much ufed 
 in working blue vats. 
 
 Of the animal family are ufed cochineal, urine of 
 labouring men kept till it be Hale and {linking, honey, 
 yolks of eggs, and ox-gall ; the ufe of the urine is to 
 fcour, and help the fermenting and heating of wool ; 
 and is ufedalfo in blue vats inftead of lime : it difcharg- 
 eth the yellow, and therefore is ufed to fpend well 
 
 withall. 
 
 Dyers ufe two forts of water, viz. river and well 
 water; the laft, which is harfh, they ufe in reds and 
 other colours wanting reftringency, and in dying mate- 
 rials of the flacker contextures, as in callico, fuftian, 
 and the feveral fpecies of cotton works; but it is not 
 good for blues, and makes yellows and greens look rufty. 
 
 River water is more fat and oily, and is therefore uf- 
 ed in mod cafes, and muft be had in great quantities for 
 warning and rinfing their cloths after dying. ^ Water is 
 called by dyers white liquor ; but a mixture of one part 
 bran, and five of the river water boiled an hour and put 
 into leaden citterns to fettle, is what they call liquors 
 
 abfolutely. 
 
 Gums have been ufed by dyers about ? filk, viz. gum 
 acabic, tragacanth, maftic, dragon's blood. Thefe 
 tend little to the tindure, any more than gum in writ- 
 ing ink, which only gives it a confiftence : fo gum may 
 jrive thefilk a gloflinefs ; and daftly, to increafe the 
 
 weight. 
 
 The three peculiar ingredients for black are coppe- 
 ras, filings of Reel, andflippe; the reftringent binding 
 materials are alder-bark, pomegranate peels, walnut 
 rinds and roots, oaken fapling bark, and faw-duft of 
 the fame, crab tree bark, galls, and fumac. 
 
 The falts are alum, falt-petre, fal ammoniac, pot 
 afhes, and (tone lime; among which urine maybe enu- 
 merated as -a liquid fait. 
 
 The liquors are well and river water, urine, aquavi- 
 tx f vinegar, lemon juice, aquafortis, honey, and ma- 
 
 loiies 
 
 Ingredients of another clafs are bran, wheaten flour, 
 
( H7 ) 
 yolks of eggs, leaven, cummin feed, fenugreek feed,- 
 
 agaric and fenna. 
 
 The fme&ics, or abilerfivea, are fuller's earth, foap, 
 linfeed oil, and ox-gall. 
 
 The metals and minerals are pewter, verdigrife, an« 
 timony, litharge, and arfenic. 
 
 The colourings are of three forts, viz. blue, yellow, 
 and red; of which logwood, old fullic, indigo and mad* 
 der, are the chief. 
 
 General Obfervathns upon Dying.'] I. All materials 
 which of ihemfelves do give colour are either red, yel- 
 low, or blue ; fo that out of them, and the primitive 
 fundamental colour white, all that great variety which 
 we fee in dyed Huffs doth arife. 
 
 2. That few of the colouring materials, as cochineal, 
 foot, wood, wax, woad, &c. are in their outward and 
 firft appearance of the fame colour, which by the flight- 
 ed diftempers and folutions in the weakeft menilrna, 
 they dye upon cloth, lilk, &ci 
 
 3. That many of them will not yield their colours 
 without much grinding, fteeping, boiling and ferment- 
 ing, or corrofion by powerful menftrua, as red wood, 
 weld, woad, arnotta, &c. 
 
 4. That many of them will of themfelves give no 
 colouring at all, as copperas or galls, or with much dif- 
 advantage, unlefs the cloth or other fluff to be dyed be 
 as it were firft covered, or incrullated with fome other 
 matter, though colourlefs aforehand, as madder, weld, 
 brafil, with alum* 
 
 5. That fome of them, by the help of other colour- 
 fefa ingredients, do ftrike different colours from what 
 they would of themfelves, as cochineal, brazil, &c. 
 
 6. That fome colours, as madder, indigo and woad, 
 by reiterated tinctures, will at lair become black. 
 
 7. That although green be the moil frequent and 
 moft common of natural colours, yet there is no fimple 
 ingredient now ufed alone to dye green with upon any 
 material, fap-green being the neareft, which is ufed by 
 country people. 
 
 8. There is no black thing in ufe which dyes black, 
 
( ,i8 ) 
 
 though both the coal and foot of moil things burnt or 
 icorched be of that colour, and the blacker, by how 
 much the matter before being burnt was whiter, as in 
 ivory-black. 
 
 9. The tincture of fome dying {luffs will fade even 
 with lying, or with the air, or will Itain with water 
 only, but very much with urine, vinegar, &c. 
 
 10. Some of the dying materials are ufed to bind and 
 ftrengthen a colour ; fome to brighten it ; fome to give 
 luftre to the iluff; fome to difcharge and take off the 
 colour, either in whole or in part ; and fome out of 
 fraud, to make the material dyed, if coftly, heavier. 
 
 11. That fome dying ingredients, or drugs, by the 
 coarfenefs of their bodies, make the thread of the dyed 
 fluff feem coarfer ; and feme by fhrinking them, fmall- 
 cr ; and fome, by fmoothing them, finer. 
 
 12. Many of the fame colours are dyed upon feveral 
 fluffs with feveral materials, as red- wood is ufed in 
 cloth, not. in filks ; arnotta in filksj not in cloth, and 
 may be dyed at feveral prices. 
 
 13. That fcouring and warning of (luffs to be dyed, 
 is done with fpecial materials, as fometimes with ox- 
 galls, fometimes with fullerVearth, and fometimes 
 foap ; this latter being, in fome cafes, pernicious, 
 where pot-afhes will (lain or alter the colour. 
 
 14. Where great quantities of duffs are to be dyed 
 together, or where they are to be done with any fpeed, 
 and where the pieces are very long, broad, thick, or 
 otherwife, they are to be differently handled, both in 
 refpecl: to the veffels and ingredients. 
 
 15. In fome fluffs and colours the tingent liquor mull 
 fee boiling, in other cafes blood warm, and in fome it 
 may be cold* 
 
 16. Some tingent liquors are fitted for ufe by long 
 keeping, and in fome the virtues wear away by the 
 keeping. 
 
 17. Some colours or fluffs are befl dyed by reitera- 
 ted dippings in the fame liquor, fome by continuing 
 longer, and others a leffer time therein. 
 
 18. In fome cafes, the matter of the veffel wherein 
 
( ii 9 ) 
 
 N tlit liquors are heated, and the tin&ure prepared, raufk 
 V be regarded, as the kettles muft be pewter for bow-dye. 
 er iii 19, There is little reckoning made how much liquor 
 
 is uied in proportion to the dying drugs, it being ra- 
 m ther adjufted to the bulk of the fluffs, as the veffels arc 
 M to their breadth ; the quantity of dying drugs being 
 
 proportioned both to the colour, higher or lower, and 
 m to the (luffs : aslikewife the falts are to the dying 
 etoj drugs. Concerning the weight that colours give to 
 ti\ filk (in which it is moil taken notice of being fold by 
 ieo« weight, and a commodity of great price), it is ob- 
 ifflii ferved that one pound of raw filk lofeth four ounces by 
 ikji waffling out the gums, and the natural fordes. That 
 k\ the fame fcoured filk may be raifed to above thirty oun- 
 fi,l ess from the remaining twelve, if it be dyed black 
 
 with fome materials. 
 rafa Of a thing very ufeful in dying, efpecially of black,. 
 ill nothing increafes weight fo much as galls, by which 
 i\i black (ilks are reftored to as much weight as they loll 
 
 by warning out their gum : nor is it counted extraor- 
 y -dinar y that blacks fhould gain about four or fix ounces 
 will: in the dying, upon each pound. 
 
 itji Next to galis, old fuftic increafes the weight if in 
 Mi 12 ; madder, about one ounce ; weld, half an ounce. 
 
 The blue vats in deep blues of the 5th ftall, give no 
 kl coniiderable weight ; neither doth logwood, cochineal, 
 ijI nor even copperas, where galls are not : ilippe adds 
 iici, much to the weight, and giveth a deeper black than 
 toll copperas itfeif, which is a good excufe for the dyers 
 
 tint tife it. 
 
 ook f Qying '&f woo! and woollen ??ianufa£iures*~\ For black 
 
 ifoi in wooilen manufactures, it is begun with a (Iron^ de- 
 
 Oct ion of woad and indigo, that communicate a deep 
 
 blue ; after which the fluffs being boiled with alum and 
 
 iji tartar, or pot-afh, are to be m add e red with common 
 
 madder, then dyed black with Aleppo galls, copperas", 
 
 iKpad fumac, and finifhed by back boiling in weld* 
 
 I 'Vools tor tapeffry are only to be woaded, and then put. 
 
 1; i black*/ For 'fcarlet, wool and woollen manufactures 
 
 jprc d-jrtgd with kermes and cochineal^ with which may 
 
 
( 1 20 ) 
 
 alfo be ufed agaric and arfenic. Crimfon fcarlet is dy. 
 ed with cochineal, maftic, aquafortis, fal ammoniac, 
 fublimate, and fpirk of wine. Violet fcarlet, purple, 
 amaranth, and panfy fcarlets, are given with woad, 
 cochineal, indigo, braziletto, brazil andorchal. Com- 
 rnon reds are given with pure madder, without any 
 other ingredient. Crimfon reds, carnations, flame and 
 peach colours, are given, according to their feveral 
 hues, with cochineal, maftic, without madder, or the 
 like. Grimfon red is prepared with Roman alum with 
 cochineal. Orange aurora, brick colour, and onion 
 peel colour, are dyed with woad and madder, mixed 
 acceding to their feveral fhades. For blues, the dark 
 are dyed with a firong tincture of woad ; the brighter 
 with the fame liquor, as It weakens in working. Dark 
 frowns, minims, and tan colours, are given with woad, 
 weaker in deco^ion than for black, with alum and 
 pot-aftujB, after which they are maddered higher than 
 black : for tan colours, a little cochineal is added. 
 Pearl colours are given with galls and copperas ; fome 
 are'beVun with walnut tree roots, and finifhed with the 
 former ; though to make them more ufeful, they gene- 
 rally dip them in a weak tindure of cochineal. Greens 
 are begun with woad, and finifhed with weld. Pale 
 yellows, lemon colour, and fulphur colour, are given 
 with weld alone, Olive colours of all degrees are tirft 
 put in green, and taken down with foot, more or Ms, 
 according to the (hade that is required. Feulemort, 
 hair colour, muflc, and cinnamon colour, are dyed with 
 weld and madder. Nacarat, or bright orange, is given 
 with weld and goats hair boiled with pot-ames. 
 
 J)ying of Silks.l This is begun by boiling them in 
 foap, &c. then fcouring and warning them in water, 
 and deeping them in cold alum water. For crimfon, 
 they are fcoured a fecond time before they are put into 
 the cochineal vat. Red crimfon is given with pure co- 
 chineal, maftic, adding galls, turmeric, arfenic, and 
 tartar, all mixed in a copper of fair water almoR boil- 
 ing : with thefe the filk is to be boiled an hour and a 
 half, after which it is allowed to ftand m the liquer till 
 
 ft in 
 
 if tli 
 
 f 
 
 1 st ] 
 tkg 
 
 pi t 
 
 Sfo. 
 
 I it 
 
 ID of I 
 
 tliei 
 n v 
 
 ?F r 
 
 Sslii 
 lirtn 
 
 fig, 
 
 illd 
 
 84 
 
 i'ile i 
 
 intli 
 
 <fL 
 
 a!- 
 at in 1 
 
 |d t 
 if,a'i 
 
 '? ; 
 
<Ui 
 
 irfe 
 
 tld q; 
 
 k 
 
 itli 
 
 ilut 
 
 nest day. Violet crimfon is given with pure cochineal, 
 arfenlc, tartar and galls ; but the galls in lefs proportion 
 ^than in the former : when taken out, it is wafhed and 
 put in a vat of indigo. Cinnamon crimfon is begun 
 like the violet, but finifhed by back boiling, if too 
 bright with copperas, and if dark, with a dip ef indigo. 
 Light blues are given in a back of indigo. Sky blues 
 are begun with orchal, and finifhed with indigo. For 
 citron colours, the filk is firft alumed, then welded with 
 indigo. Pale yellows, after aluming, are dyed in weld 
 alone. Pale and brown auroras, after aluming, are 
 'welded ftrongly, then taken down with rocou and dif- 
 folvedvvith pot-afhes. Flame colour is begun with ro- 
 cou, then alumed, and afterwards dipped in a vat or 
 two of brazil. Carnation and rofe colours are firu. alum- 
 ed, then dipt in brazil. Cinnamon colour, after alum- 
 ing is dipt in brazil, and braziletto. Lead colour is 
 given with fuftic, or with weld, braziletto, galls and 
 copperas. Black filks of the coarfer fort, are begun 
 by fcouring ihem with foap, as for other colours ; af- 
 ter which they are warned out, .wrung, and boiled an 
 hour in old galls, where they are fuffered to ftand a day 
 or two I then they are warned again with fair waver, 
 wrung, and put into another vat of new galls ; after- 
 ward;; warned again, and wrung, and finifhed in a vat 
 of black. Fine black filks are only put once into galls 
 of the new and tine fort, that has only boiled an hours; 
 then the filks are wafhed, wrung out, and dipped thrice 
 in black, and afterwards taken down, by back boiling 
 with foap. , 
 
 The dying of thread. ] This is begun by fcouring it 
 in a lye of good afhes : afterwards it rs wrung, rinfed 
 out in liver water, and wrung again. A bright blue is 
 given with braziletto and indigo: brigibt green is firft 
 dyed blue,- then back-boiled with brazi letto and verdi- 
 ter, and laftly woaded. A dark green \% given like the 
 former, only darkening more before woa isng. Lemon 
 and pate yellow is given with weld mixe>3 with rocou. 
 Orange Ifabella, with fuflic, weld and rocou. Red, 
 
 both i 
 
 i / 
 
 n\i and dark, with flame co}our, &.C. are given 
 
 M 
 
( 122 ) 
 
 with brazil, either alone, or with a mixture of rocou. 
 Violet, dry rofe, and amaranth, are given with brazil, 
 taken down with indigo. Feulemort and olive-colour 
 are given with galls and copperas, taken down with 
 weld, rocou, or fuftic. Black is given with galls and 
 copperas, taken down and finimed with braziletto wood. 
 A preparation for curing Wens, by which a per/on has 
 acquired a confiderabk for tune > and much reputation. J 
 Take a quantity of fnow, that has been collected in the 
 coldeft feafon, ftifRcient to produce a quart of water, 
 when melted : add to this one ounce of Roman vitriol, 
 and one drachm of camphire; thefe are to be put in the 
 fnow water; after this is made warm over a moderate 
 fire, let it (land till fine 5 and then add thereto four 
 ounces of fpirit of wine, in which one drachm of the 
 golden or July butter-flies have been infufed. Thefe 
 infects are to be dried and powdered, before they are 
 .put into the fpirits of wine ; and care muft be taken to 
 produce the right fort, as it appears that very much 
 depends on them. They are to be had, in moft places 
 where flowers abound, about Midfummer'j and are 
 then in their prime. With this liquid the wens are to 
 be rubbed night and morning for a month fucceflivdy, 
 and fuccefs will attend it, with very little pain or trou- 
 ble to the patient. Snow, when ufed alone, is faid to 
 bave many valuable properties $ as may befeen at large 
 m Bartholin's Treatife de nivis ufu medico. It has 
 been obferved, in the cure of wens, that if the patient 
 anoint the part with oil of fweet almonds three or four 
 days before ufing the above remedy, it will greatly for- 
 ward the cure. 
 
 Method of colouring Brandy. J All brandies, when 
 firft made, are as dear as water, and do grow higher 
 coloured by long keeping ; however, they are artfully 
 made of any colour feveral ways. To -make a light 
 iiraw colour, afe turmeric or a little treacle ; but the 
 bed way is to give it a colour or tin&ure with a little 
 burned fug a r .made, to a confidence ; or fyrup of elder- 
 berries may he ufed, which gives an admirable colour, 
 and may be made deeper or lighter, according to the 
 quantity yo;i put in. 
 
 JIM 
 
 f. 
 
ftoi 
 
 Take very line 
 
 and a little' 
 
 etbi 
 
 A 
 
 a wo 
 
 m< 
 
 ( , * 2 3 ) 
 
 The way to "make Sealing* wafers .1 Tf 
 „uf; mix it with glair of eggs, ifinglafs, 
 yeafl : mingle the materials ; beat them well together, 
 fpread the batter, being made thin with gum -water, on 
 even tin plates, and dry them in a Hove ; then cut them 
 out for ufe. You may make- them of what colours you 
 pleafe, by tinging th'e'pa-fte with brazil or verm ill ion for 
 red ; indigo or verditer, -&c. for Wue. 
 Sympathetic powder.'] The compofition of the fa - 
 oils fympathetic powder, ufed at Goffilaer by the mm 
 ts in all their wounds, is this. Take of green. vitriol, 
 30& € ^' U onnces V 4 of gum' tragaeanth, reduced 'to an im- 
 ., palpable powder,- -one -ou-n.ee ; mix thefe together, and 
 , let a frriall quantity of -the powder be "fpriu-kled on the 
 » wound, and it immediately (tops bleeding. .The vitriol 
 , ' is to be cakined to whitenefs in the (un, before it is mix-, 
 .' ed with the gum. 
 
 i ne virtues of a cruft of bread, rat w a mormn? fail- 
 
 I wg; piiblijhed by art eminent phyjicianf\ In the above. 
 
 J 1 treeitife, (which fells for -s. 9d.) the author only af. 
 
 ferts, that a great many obftinate diforders, are cured 
 
 1 by this iimple remedy f and gives many inflances of its 
 
 * great efficacy in the following cafes, viz. king's evil, 
 
 ok cac hexies, fcurvies, leprofies, rheumatic complaints, 
 
 fee. The author orders ahotrt half ail ounce of hard 
 
 a!i craft, or fea bifcuit, to be eat every morning falling, 
 
 i! for five or fix weeks; and nothing to be taken after 
 
 r* it in lefs than three or four hours. 
 
 0!: To purify butter, and make it of a mofl fweet tafle^ 
 '¥■ Melt butter with a flow fire in a well glazed earthen veiV 
 fr!> which put to fair water, working them well toge- 
 > L tber, and when it is cold take away the curds and the 
 \ ^hey at the bottom. Do it again the fecond time, and 
 ir ; » you pleale, the third time in rofe -water, always 
 i\ working them very wdl together. The butter thus 
 mi; clarified will be as fweet in tafte, as the marrow of anv 
 l» beaft, and keep a long time, by reaf >n of the great irn- 
 f purity which is removed by this means, tbedrofs hging 
 &*ear a quarter of the whole. 
 ^ M 2 
 
 
55' 
 
 '» ^ 
 
 ( 124 ) 
 
 Conduction of Almanacks^ The firfl thing to be 
 done, is to compote the fun's and moon's pi are for each 
 day of the year, or it may be taken from fome ephe- 
 merides, and entered in the almanack ; next, find the 
 dominical letter,; and, by means thereof, duo-mute the 
 calendar into weeks : then having computed the time ot 
 Eafter, by it fix the other immoveable ft alls; adding 
 the immoveable ones, with the names of the martyrs, 
 the rifmcr and fetting of each luminary, the length of 
 day and^night, the afpe&s of the planets, the phafa 
 of the moon, and the fun's entrance into the cardinal 
 poinds of the ecliptic ; that is,, the two equinoxes arid _ 
 folftices. And thefe are the principal contents of alma- ;3 
 nacks ; befides which there are others of a political na- _ 
 lure, and confequently different in different countries, 
 as the birth-days and coronations of princes, tables of 
 intereft, &c. As to the : antiquity, of almanacks, Du- 
 canoe informs us, that the Egyptian aflrologers, long 
 before the Arabians, ufed the term almanack, and ah 
 menachica defcriptio, for their monthly prodigious. 
 Be that as it will, Regiomcntanus is allowed to have 
 been the firit who reduced almanacks to their prefer.* _ 
 fbr'm. On the whole, there appears to be no myftery, ■ 
 or even difficulty, in almanack making, provided tables _ 
 of the heavenly motions be not wanting , 
 
 A nece[fary Pocket Almanack, by which the day of _ 
 the wtoith is hw<wn, at firji view, from the prefent time, ^ 
 to the year ofourUrd 183 u] Under the word years, ^ 
 find the year j *bove which is the dominical letter tor 
 
 i\ mt year— Then, "again ft the month, in the other 
 
 ■Uh]e, find the fame letter, over tfhich arc placed the ^ 
 davs of the month for every Sunday of that month— ^ 
 Ewry blank fpace mows the year following to be leap - 
 year—- N. iL In. every leap-year for Janu.a:y and lc ffa 
 bruary, nfe the letter above the blank (pace before lor ^ 
 that. year.. 
 
 at 
 
 
 ill 
 
( I2 5 ) 
 
 YEARS. 
 
 A iGF E 
 
 SUNDAYS. 
 
 175859 
 
 69 
 
 75 
 
 80 
 
 86 
 
 6465 
 7i 
 
 70 
 
 60 
 66 
 
 DC 
 
 62 
 
 61 
 
 67 
 
 76 
 
 97 
 
 9 
 
 J 5 
 
 20 
 
 26 
 
 8182 
 87 
 
 9 2 93 
 9899 
 
 4 
 
 10 
 
 1 1 
 
 16 
 
 7; 
 
 77 
 
 83 
 
 78 
 
 88 
 
 73 
 
 79 
 84 
 
 B 
 
 ^ 
 
 68 
 74 
 
 94 
 
 899c 
 
 \95 
 
 i8co 
 
 6 
 
 21 22 
 
 2 7 
 
 '7 
 
 2 3 
 
 28 
 
 12 
 
 n 
 
 29 
 
 1 2 
 
 u 
 
 2/ 
 
 3- 
 
 Jan. 
 
 8 
 
 *5 
 
 22 
 
 29 
 
 oa. 
 
 91! May. 
 96 
 
 A 
 
 B 
 
 8 
 <4 
 
 Aug. c 
 
 Fb.Mar 
 
 ov. 
 
 June. 
 
 2 5 
 
 P 
 
 Sep.De 
 
 D 
 E 
 
 F 
 
 Ap.Jul. 
 
 9 
 
 I D 
 
 2 3 
 
 3° 
 B 
 
 3J 4 
 
 tc 
 
 17 
 24 
 
 3 1 
 
 1 1 
 18 
 
 ! 6 
 
 J 
 
 12]J 
 
 
 2 5 
 
 C 
 
 D 
 
 C 
 D 
 
 E 
 F 
 
 G 
 A 
 
 D E 
 
 E F 
 FjG 
 
 GJA 
 A B 
 
 28 
 
 19J20 2I 
 
 i f 
 
 26'27 
 
 s 
 
 ! 
 
 e| f 
 
 F G 
 
 B C 
 
 GjA 
 
 A 
 
 B 
 
 C 
 
 D 
 
 v ' 
 
 C 
 
 D 
 
 E 
 
 G 
 A 
 
 B 
 C 
 
 D 
 E 
 F 
 
 ! I 
 
 To make an artificial Malaga <whie.~] Take a wine 
 vefTel well hooped with iron hoops, and one end open, 
 to which a clofe cover mull be fitted to put6n and take 
 off at pleafure, fet it in a waim place, till it full of fair 
 water, to every gallon of which put two pounds of 
 Malaga raifins, firft . bruifcd in a done mortar ; and to 
 every twenty gallons of water a good handful of^estxr-- 
 vive : cover the veffel clofe,' and keep irjktffm with 
 cloths : let it (land four or live days to work : then fee 
 » the raifins be rifen up, and beat '.hem down, and 00. 
 
 M 3 
 
( 126 ) 
 
 tfer It again as before, beating them down every fourth 
 or fifth°day for three or four weeks : then put a tap In, 
 four inches above the bottom, and fee if it taftes like 
 wine ; if not, let it Hand a while longer; after which 
 draw it off into another wine veflel, and to every twenty 
 gallons put a pint or quart of the bell fpirit of wine 
 (as you would have it in ftrength) two new laid eggs, 
 and a quart or better of Alicant well beaten together. 
 Let it itand in a cellar as other Wine till it is fine, and 
 fie to be drank. 
 
 To make an artificial claret, .] Take water, fix gal- 
 Ions: choice cyder, two gallons: bell Malaga raifins 
 bruifed, tight pounds: mix and let them (land all in a 
 warm plactTfourteeii days, tlirring them Well once every 
 day. Then pvefs out the raiiliis, and put the liquor 
 into the veffel again, to which add juice or rafberries a 
 quart: juice of black cherries a pint : juice of black 
 berries a pint and a half: cover this liquor with 
 bread, fpread thick with ilrong milliard ; the muf- 
 tard Ode being downwards, and fo let it work by 
 the fire three or four days ; after which turn it up, 
 let it Hand a week, and bottle it up, fo will it be- 
 come a very brifk and pleafant drink, and far better 
 and wholefomer than our common claret. 
 
 To make an artificial mahvfey.'} Take eight gallons 
 of fopfur water i honey two 'gallons : .make them boil 
 'mm a gentle fire for an hour; take ft qfr, and wneu 
 it is : cold,' put it into a runlet, hanging in the vaTel a 
 ba^ of foiceb, and fet it in the cellar for half a year, 
 at the ^nd of which you may 'drink, it. 
 
 To make rafherry <wine~\ Take Canary a gallon : 
 ii%rries two' gallons: mix and elfgelt twenty-four 
 
 
 (Train them out, and add raiifos of the fun 
 ,fted three pounds : digeil again four or five days, 
 fometimes {lining them together: then pour toff the 
 eU-areH, and put' it up into bottler,, which put into a 
 cjI d place : if k be not fweet enough you may dulcify 
 '** .with itigar. -., , t 
 
 • Juolhrtway to do the fame.'] Take juice of ra.oer- 
 Ymn bottle it up cfofo, and fet it in a ccilar,and it wm 
 
{ 12 7 ) 
 
 become clear, and keep all the year long, and be vcr? 
 fragrant ; a kw fpconfuls of this put into a pint of 
 wine fweetened with fugar, will give it a full tafle of 
 the berry: two or three ounces of the fyrup of the 
 juice will do the fame. 
 
 To purify oil olive, that it in&y be eaten nvitb pleafure. ] 
 Take fair water two quarts, oil olive a pint : mix and 
 fnake them well together for a quartqr of an hour in a 
 glafs ; then feparate the water from the oil with a fepa- 
 rating funnel. Do this four or five times or more, at 
 you fee occafion, till the oil becomes very pure; and 
 the laft time wafh it with rofe- water, then hang in the 
 midft of the oil a coarfe bag full of bruifed nutmegs, 
 cloves, and cinnamon, fo will you give it an excellent 
 tafte. 
 
 To make /age, parley, or pennyroyal hitter.'] When 
 the butter is newly made, and well wrought from its 
 water, milk, and wheyifh part, mix therewith a little 
 oil of fage or parfley, fo much till the butter is ftrong 
 enough in taile to your liking, and then temper them 
 well together; this will excufe you from eating the 
 plants therewith ; and if you do this with the aforefaid 
 clarified butter, it will be far better, and a moft admi^ 
 rable raritv. 
 
 To parity and refine fugar. ~\ In a flrOng lixivium of 
 calx vive diifoive as much coarfe 1 fugar as it will bear, 
 adding to every quart of liquor, two whites of eggs* 
 Beaten into glair, itir them well together, and make 
 them boil a little, taking off the feum, as long as any 
 will arife; then pafs all through a great woollen cloth 
 bag, then boil the liquor again fo long till being dropt 
 upon a cold plate, being cold, it is as hard as fait ; this 
 done, put. it cut into pots or moulds for that purpofe, 
 having a hole in the narrower end thereof, which mutt 
 he flopped tor one night, afterwards being opened, the 
 moloiTes or treacle will drop forth ; then cover the end* 
 of the pots with potters' clay, and as that clay fink* 
 down, by feafori of the finking of the fugar, fill them 
 up with mote clay, doing thus, till the fugar will fink 
 no more. Laftly take it out, and being hard and dry, 
 •md it up in paper*. 
 
 , 
 
( 125 ) 
 
 ,o make a plant grow h fa » three ,W,.]. Jake 
 aihes of ttoft, wfcU mbillen vr.tn the juice or an old 
 dun.hiii (being p-c&d out and (taaed) then dry then, 
 a little, and mJitlen tjiem as before ;. do th| roar or five 
 times ; put this mixture, not be.ag very dry nor very 
 moid, into an earthen vtffel, and .,. >t fet feeds en let- 
 tuce, purflaue, or parfley, {for they w.l grow fooner 
 than other feed,) being fir ft impregnated wuh the ef- 
 fence of a vegetable of it, own fpecres Mq.o? fay the 
 jnke of the fame.pla.it, but elpeciady the^U will do 
 i rlteid of the effenee ;} tii! they begin W tprout forth ; 
 which then put into the laid earth, with that end up, 
 wards which fprmg n Put the veliei into a gemle hert, 
 
 i i -, \'u<rlii' tn rfrv fijoi'len it with the lam juice 
 of '.dung.: ihm ^Y y^hdveu faliaci wnile tapper is 
 
 a 
 
 i&ing ready. 
 
 
 
 m 
 
 n r<&» a.-mhokpegttak ^to a liquor vehico may be 
 
 .ailed the ejfence there^V] Take the whole plant w,tn 
 
 dowers and.rools, bruiie them in a mortar, put ah into 
 
 i ,..!., r„ .. r nvi ih-'i a'woode-J one is better) io mat 
 
 c i ,, ^ nvv h» e'lriiv; cover- it exceeding 
 
 two or three parts nu*y pe em^) , ^ .> 
 
 ctofe and i§t it ttaud in putrefaction in a moderate neat 
 for I y-ar,.and It tv.U "all be turned into a water. I . 
 X ro make the lively form and idea of any plant appear^ 
 
 * obis.-] Take the former water, or vegetable, d.jtd . 
 
 • ,s - J "' i . » .r, ; n drive's and there wdi come tortn 
 it in a good gi.ais *n <llllU! » dlK1 n*> r , *.., 
 
 abater and oU, and ir. the upper part of the vchel a 
 " volatile fait ; the oil icparate a ;d keep bj, itieff .» wuh 
 tne water diffc.We the volatile fait, *ti W l && ?? h " ' 
 tew* and coagulating. This puohed iak imume wuh 
 the fiud oil until it will imbibe no more ;.;di«ft then 
 wed together for a month in a veiiel hermetically fealed 
 io will you have a moil fubtle eilence, winch being held 
 over a gentle heat, or the flame of a candle by which 
 means It may be made hot, you wll fee the^hne bib- 
 ftance (which h like impalpable i antes or not lend 
 forth from the bottom of the glafe, the mamfeft form 
 and idea of the vegetable, vegetating and ?f^|gg 
 ' little and little, and putting.on fo fully the form of ft* k , 
 leave,, and flower,, in Inch perfect and natural wife, 
 
( 1*9 ) 
 
 that ore would believe the fame to he real ; when at 
 in truth it is the fpirit ual idea, arifing with the fpirit- 
 ual effence of the plant ; this^ were it joined with its pro- 
 per earth, would take to itfelf a more folic! body. Now 
 as foon as the veffel or glafs is removed from the fire, 
 this idea or reprefentation vanifTies, becoming a chaos 
 and confuted matter, returning to its fediroant, from 
 whence it arofc. 
 
 Another *way to, make the ejfence of a plant ] Put the 
 herhs, flowers, feeds, fpices, &c. into rectified fpirit 
 of wine : extract a very ftrong and deep tin£hirc, upon 
 which put ftron.g oil of fait, and digeft in Balneo, till 
 an oil fwim above, which feparate. Or elfe draw off 
 the fpirit of wine in Balneo, and the oil or cfTencc will 
 remain at bottom : but before the fpirit of wine is ab- 
 flra&ed, the oil or efience is blood red, and a. true 
 quintelTence* 
 
 Another way to make tht true cffence y or rath&r quint- 
 offence.'} Make the water, oil, and volatile fait, as be- 
 fore is taught 5 and from the faeces extract the fixed fait, 
 which purify according to art; which fait refolve in a 
 cellar upon a maible (lone to an oil, which is what we 
 call per deliquiiim, filter it and evaporate, till the fait 
 is white as frvow, with thefe falts imbibe as much of the 
 oil as you can make it receive; then digeft till the oil 
 will not feparate from the fait, but become a fixed pow- 
 der, melting with an eafy heat. 
 
 To make the fer?n of a firr tree appear in Colophonia."\ 
 Diitil turpentine in a retort gradatim : when all if di- 
 ll tiled off, keep the retort frill in a reafonable heat, that 
 what humidity is Hill remaining may be evaporated, 
 and it become dry. Take it then off from the fire, and 
 hold vour hand to the bottom of the retort, and the 
 nirpentine which is dried, (called alfo colophonia or 
 rofiii.) will crack afunder in feveral places, and in thofc 
 cracks, or chaps, ycu fliall fee the perfect figure of firr 
 trees, which will' there continue many months. 
 
 To make hartfliorn famingly grow in a glefs , j Ta ke 
 hartmom broken into final 1 bits, and put tjiem into a 
 glafs retort to be dilHlled, and you mail fee the glafs 
 
( i 3 o ) 
 to be feemingly full of horns ; which will continue there 
 fo long, till the volatile fait be come over. 
 
 To make a durable and la fling oiL~\ I. Take uri- 
 flacked lime, bay fait, oil olive, of each a like quan- 
 tity ; mix them well together, and'.diflil in fa rid.: co- 
 hobate the oil upon the fame quantity of frefli lime and 
 fait ; this do four times. 2. The oil'by this rrjeaas will 
 be clear, and impregnated with what fait was volatile 
 in the lime and fait/ 3. If it be f:ven times diltilled, 
 it will be as pure, odoriferous, and fobtle, as n&fy 
 dittilled oils of vegetables. 4. This oil whilft diftil!. 
 ing, has a mod fragrant fmell, and of a molt durable 
 quality, which durability comes from t%e/ faline inn- 
 pregnation ; --befides which, it is good agaioft any in- 
 veterate ache or pain in the limbs, cr other parts. 5. 
 A lamp made with this oil, will burn fix or feten .times 
 as .long, as that which is made with other oil ; alio it 
 burns very fwe.et 6. You ought to be very cautious 
 in making of it, orelfe your glaffes will quickly break. 
 7. You muft take very ftrong lime, fuch as your dyer* 
 ufe, and call Cauk. 
 
 To make a candle that fh all laft long.'] Mix with your 
 tallow titi flacked lime in powder ; or mike your candles 
 of caftile-foap : fuch candles as thefe wil* be admirable 
 for lamp furnaces. Now it is the fait in the lime and 
 foap, that preferves the tallow from burning out io fa ft, 
 as otherwife it would. 
 
 To make the dtftilled oil out of any ,hsrb\ fetd, pgfo 
 *r paper,, in a moment, without a fumwee.] You mm 
 have a long pipe made of tin, or' tobacco-pipe clay with 
 a hole in "ft' as big as a fmall walnut, three or four inches 
 from one end of it, into which you muft put the mat- 
 ter, you would hafe the oil offj'.fet it on fire villi 1 
 candle" or a coal ; then put one end of the pipe into a 
 hafoS of fair water, and blow at the other end,^ To will 
 the fmoak come into the water, and the oil will fwim 
 upon it, which you may feparate with a funnel. 
 
 To reduce rofln into turpentine again.] Take oil of 
 tiirpentinaS and thecolophonia, or rofw thereof, in pow- 
 ^er ; mis thefe together, and digeft them, and you 
 
 
 
 IP) 
 
 k 
 
 lute 
 *!e 
 
 %f 
 if 
 if, i 
 m 01 
 fo 
 i.Ti 
 jucibl 
 kail 
 ■eoi 
 «r i 
 auto 
 jjpu 
 bet 
 jf cal 
 sififiei 
 loft 
 iltt! 
 
 iillltK 
 
 to in 
 iloii 
 mt 
 «il t 
 it 
 :ake a 
 lie \ 
 in] 
 I 
 firit 
 utt t 
 ! <i a 
 
 Bnrti 
 
 klu 
 
( r 3* ) 
 ftall have turpentine of the fame confiflency it was be- 
 fore ; but of a more fiery and fubtile nature i pills made 
 thereof are more excellent for opening obftruclions of 
 the bread, lungs, kidnies, bowels, &c. than thofe 
 that are made of raw turpentine. 
 
 To write or engrave upon an egg, pebble, flint, Esfr.] 
 Write what you pleafe with wax orgreafe upon an egg^ 
 pebble, flint, &c. then put it into the ftrongefl fpirit of 
 vinegar, or oil of fait, letting it lie two or three days; 
 and you (hall fee every place about the letters or wri- 
 ting, eaten or confumed away ; but the place where the 
 wax or greafe was not at all couched. 
 
 To make a powder ;, which being wetted ft? all be kindled ^ 
 i. Take a load-ftone," powder it, and put it into a ftrong 
 crucible ; cover it all over with a powder made of calx 
 vive and colophonia, of each a like quantity; put alfo 
 fome of this powder under it : when the crucible is full, 
 cover it, and lute the clotures with potters' earth, put 
 it into a furnace, and there let it boil ; after take it out, 
 and put the matter iiuo another crucible, and fet k in a 
 furnace alio, this do till it becomes a very white and 
 dry calx. 2 Take of this calx one part ; fal nitre well 
 purified four parts ; and as mtich c^mphire, fulphur vive, 
 oil of turpentine and tartar ; grind what is to be ground 
 to a fubtile powder, and put all into a glafs -veflel, with 
 as much well rectified fpirit of wine, as will cover them 
 two inches over. 3. Stop the vefiel dole up, and fet it 
 in horfe dung three months, (o will all the matter be- 
 come an uniform paite "': evaporate all the humidity, 
 until the whole ma fs becomes a very dry (tone 5 which 
 lake out, powder it, and keep it very dry. 4. If you 
 take a little of this powder, and fpit upon it, or pour 
 fome water thereon, it will take fire prefently, fo that 
 you may light a match, or any fuch thing by it. 
 
 Tu make a room feerri to be on fire. ~\ Take rectified 
 fpirit of wine, and ' dilTolve camphire therein 5. evapo- 
 rate this in a very clofe chamber, where no air can get 
 i i ; aii.d he that fir ft; enters the chamber with a lighted 
 candie, will be amazed ; for the chamber will fee" m to 
 fee full of fire* and very fubtile, but of little contina 
 
 
 
 mX 
 
 m 
 
 'jr'.'-i 
 
 H 
 
 '■■:, 
 
 
 SR 
 
 S* 
 
■■ 
 
 ( #* ) 
 
 a«ce. This done in a clofe cupboard or prefs, will he 
 snnch more perfpicuous and yifible. 
 
 To make the four elements appear in a glafs.'] Take 
 jet in fine powder an ounce and half: oleum tartari per 
 deliquium (made without addition of any water) two 
 ounces, coloured with a light green with venligrife : 
 add thereto fpirit of wine tinged with a ii^ht blue with 
 indio-o, two ounces : -of the belt rectified fpirit of tur- 
 Dentine, tinged of a light red with madder, two oun- 
 ces : mix all thefe in a glafs, and {hake them together, 
 and youfhall fee the heavy black jet fall to the bottom, 
 fend reprefent the earth : next the oil of tartar made 
 oTeen falls, reprefenting the water : upon that fwims 
 the blue fpirit of wine, reprefenting the air or Iky ; 
 and uopermo-ft of all will fwi.m the fubtile red oil of tur- 
 pentine, reprefenting the element of fire; It is llrange 
 to fee how after (baking all thefe together, §\zy will be 
 diiiinctly feoarated one from another. If it be well 
 done, (as it 'is cafy to do it) it is an admirable and 
 
 glorious fight. 
 
 To reoref/;t ih ( e whole tvorU in a %.lafs.~] Take the 
 fine II fal-n;tre, what you plea'fe ; tin, half fo much ; 
 Biix them well together, and calcine them hermetically : 
 then put them into a retort, to which adjoin a glafs re- 
 ceiver, with leaves of gold' put into the bottom thereof ; 
 jute them well together ; put fire to the retort, until 
 \ay>oms arife thatwjtl cleave to the gold : augment the 
 fire, till no more- fumes afcend ; then take away the re- 
 ceiver ; clofe.it hermetically, and make a lamp fire uu- 
 der it : and you will fee reprefeuted in it, the fun, moon, 
 .itars, fountains, trees, herbs, pkmts, flowers, fruits, 
 and indeed, even all things, after a very wonderful man- 
 
 To make re?ulus of antimony, for antimoniai. cups.] 
 Take antimony n powder, nitre, of each a pound; 
 crude tartar in fine powder, two pounds; mix, put 
 them into a crucible, cover the crucible, and melt, fo 
 will the regulus fall to the bottom, which pour into a 
 brafs mortar fmeared with oil. Or thus : Take anti- 
 mony powdered, two pounds; crude- tartar in powder, 
 
( i33 ) 
 
 four pounds ; melt as before. This regulus you may 
 cait into cups, >piclures, medals, or what figures you 
 pleafe : tbefe infufed into two or three ounces of wine 
 in an earthen g'azed vcflel, or in a glafs, in a gentle 
 heat ail night, gives you a liquor in the morning which 
 will vomit : dofe, from two drachms to two ounces and 
 a half; you may fweeten it if you pleafe with a little 
 white lugar. Thefe cups or pictures will laft for ever, 
 and be as ,ffe&ual after a thoufand times infufion as at 
 firtt. 
 
 To make Barbers 9 ivajjj halls. ~\ Take purified Vene- 
 tian foap fix ounces, macak-b four ounces, ireos, amy- 
 lum, of each (even ounces, cloves two ounces, labdanum* 
 anniieeds of each one ounce, nutmegs, marjoram, Cy- 
 prefs powder, geranium mofchatum, camphire, of each 
 half an ounce, ftorax liquida half a drachm, mufk ten 
 grains, all being in fine powder, with a little line fugar, 
 beat all in a mortar, and ..make them up into walh bails. 
 
 To make common ivafh- balls, the bejl of that km J/} 
 Take Venice or Caftiic-foap llieed very thin, four 
 pounds, fpr.it of wine half a pint, beat all together ; 
 then, add chemical oil of iailairafs or lemons an ounce 
 or more ; and beat again very well : lailly, add white 
 flarch made into a paftewith water, by boilinga iufficieut 
 qu a n t i t y i o m a k e all i i it o an eve n and f m o o t h in a fa , 
 which fonn into balls of four ounces a piece, with pow- 
 der. of -white (larch, dry th&n and keep them for ufe. 
 
 To -make urwuentuni bomaiunu or ointment of apples.'}- 
 lake hog's lard ih.ee pounds, iheep's (mi rrj**£ ounces, 
 oruifed cloves on$ drachm, aqua rofarum two ounces, 
 pomwater-s pared and iliced one pound, boil all to the 
 confumption of the role-water ; then drain without 
 preffing, to every pound of which add oil of rhodium 
 and cinnamon, of each thirty drops. 
 
 To make a compound pomatum .] Take of the poma- 
 tum aforefakl (without the ufiUt) four pounds, fpicknerk, 
 cloves, o r cue;} two ounces, cinnamon, iiorax, benja- 
 min, or each one oa^cc, (t\ - fpices and gums bruiied 
 and tied up in a thifi ra# ) rufe-w,ater, ei^ht ounces: 
 •oil to the ttonfitmution of the role-water, then add 
 
 N 
 
 m 
 
 
Irtf 
 
 *l< 
 
 bus 
 
 ( J 34 ; 
 
 white wax eight ounces, which mix well by melting, 
 ftrain it again being hot ; and when it is almoft cold 
 mix therewith oil of mufk, then put it out, and keep 
 
 it for ufe~ 
 
 To cleanfe the Skin.'] /Wafh with warm water, and 
 fweet fcented wafh bails very well ; then rub the fkin i»« 
 with a cloth, and wafh well with water in which wheat- 1 1 
 bran has been boiled— Or thus, take fublimate one i? 
 ounce, glair of fix eggs, boil them in a glafs ve'ffel, k 
 till they grow thick, then prefs out the water, with Jsro 
 which warn the fkin. I, 
 
 To make the fkin foft and fmooth.] The fkin being ,|in 
 very clean, as before directed, wafh it very well with a /It 
 lixivium of fait of tartar, and after that anoint it with 
 pomatum ; or which is better, oil of fweet almonds, 
 doing this every night going to bed. 
 
 A water to cleanfe the face from fcurf 'and morphea] i) 
 
 Take diftiiled rain water iix ounces, juice of lemons m 
 
 twelve ounces, mix them, and wafh with it morning il 
 
 and evening, anointing after it at night going to bed n 
 
 with the oil cr pomatum aforefaid. ,ut 
 
 An unguent which brings the fkin to an exq lifite beauty.] ion; 
 
 Take of pomatum one ounce, fait of tartar one drachm, jt 
 
 mufk twenty grains, mix them well, and (the face or ft 
 
 fkin being very clean) anoint morning and evening. m 
 
 To make the hair lank and flag that curls too mud.] y 
 
 Anoint the hair thoroughly twice or thrice a week with fa 
 
 oil t>f lilies, rofes, or marfh mallows, combing it af- k. 
 
 iei*_it very well. m 
 
 To make the hair grow long and foft. .] Diftil hog ? s ;J0 
 
 greafe or oil of olive in an alembic ; with the oil that 4 
 
 comes therefrom anoint the hair, and it will make it ^ 
 
 grow long and foft : ufe it for ufe. p 
 
 To preferve the hair from fpliiting at the ends.] - A- 
 noint the ends thereof with oil omphacine, or oil of j> 
 myrtles ; they are eminent in this cafe to preferve the ^ 
 hair from fplitting, fo alfo an ointment made of honey, ^ 
 beeVwax, and oil omphacine, or bear's greafe. | 
 
 A fweet powder t& lay among cloaths.] Take damaJc- ^ 
 role leaves dried one pounds mafk hall" a drachm, violecj;,, 
 
it 
 
 ( ^35 ) 
 
 leaves three ounces, mix them and put them in a bag 
 Another for the fame, or to wear about one.] Take 
 rofe leaves dried one pound, cloves in powder half an 
 ounce, fpicknard two drachms, ilorax, cinnamon, of 
 each three drachms, mufk half a drachm, mix tnem 
 and put them into bags for ufe. 
 
 An excellent perfuming powder for the hair,] Take 
 iris roots in hne powder one ounce and a half, benja- 
 min, ilorax, cloves, mufk, of each two drachms : being 
 all in fine powder, mix them for a perfume for hair- 
 powder. Take of this perfume one drachm, rice-flower 
 impalpable one pound, mix them for a powder for the 
 hair, y tie, fome ufe white iiarch, flower of French 
 beans and the like. 
 
 A per feme to fmoak and burn. ] Ta ke labdan umtwo 
 
 mces, It o rax one ounce, benjamin, cloves, mace, of 
 
 • half an ounce, mufk., civet, of each ten grains, all 
 
 tine powder, make it up into cakes with mucilage of 
 
 a tragacanth in rofe- water, which dry ; and keep 
 
 long your cloaths, which when occaiion -requires, you 
 
 may burn in a chafing dLfh of coals. 
 
 To make red writing ink'] Take rafpings of Brazil 
 one ounce, white lead, alum, pf each two drachms, 
 grind and mingle them, infufe them in urine one pound, 
 with gum arabick two fcruples, or a drachm at mod. 
 
 Another way Jo make red ink,] Take wine vinegar 
 two pounds, rafpings of Brazil two ounces, alum half 
 an ounce, infufe all ten days ; then gently boil, to 
 which add gum arabick five drachms, dilTolve the gum, 
 ilrai-a and keep it for ufe. Note, two drachms of the 
 gum in fome cafes may be enough. 
 
 *jff I forbear here to give a receipt for preparing a 
 moft exquiike Black Writing Ink, having fold the pro* 
 perty or it to William Spotswood, Printer and Book- 
 feiler, Philadelphia, who intends fhortly to ofFer it to 
 the pubo'c ready prepared, at the fame rate of the or- 
 dinary i orr of black ink. It is free from the ill qualities 
 pf ihe common black writing ink. I had it from a late 
 eminent and much celebrated chcmifl. 
 
( if 6 ) 
 
 To make green ink to write at;///?.] Make.'nne verdi- 
 £rife into pafte with ftrong vinegar, an infuHon of 
 green galls, in which a little gum arabick hath been 
 difio.lVed, let it dry, and when you would 'vr'te with it, 
 temper it with infufion of green galls aforefml. 
 
 Another way to ?nake green ink to write with.] Dif- 
 folve verdigrife in vinegar, then drain it, and grind it 
 with a little honey and mucilage of gum tragaeanth, 
 upon a porphyry {tone. 
 
 i To make blue ink to write with.] Grind indigo with 
 Honey mixed with glair of eggs or glue- water, n,ade 
 of ifinglafs difTblved in water and {trained. 
 
 To make red writing ink of ver million. ~\ Grind vsr- 
 million well upon a porphyry ftone, with common wri- 
 ter ; dry it and put it into a glafs veffel, to which put 
 urine, (hake all together, let it fettle, then pour off the 
 urine, and putting on more urine, repeat this work 
 eight or ten times, (o will the vermillion be well clean- 
 fed ; to which put glair of eggs to fwim on it above a 
 finger's breadth, ilir them together, and fettling ah- 
 Uracil the glair; then put on more glair of eggs, re- 
 peating the fame work eight or ten times alfo, to take 
 away the fcent of the urine : laftly, mix it with frefh 
 glair, and keep it in % glafs veltel clofe {lopped for ufe. 
 When you ufe it, mix it with water or vinegar. 
 
 To mak.e printer's black.'] This is made by grinding 
 the bed lamp black with liquid vamifh, and boiling it 
 a little, which you may make thick at pleafure. You 
 rim ft make it moifter-in winter, than in furrimer ; and 
 note, that the thicker ink makes the fairer letter. If 
 It be too thick, you mull put in more linfeed oil, or oil 
 of walnuts, fo may you make it thicker or thinner at 
 pleafure. 
 
 To make red printing ink."] Grind vermillion very 
 well with the aforefaid liquid varnifh or linfeed oil. 
 
 To make green printing ink.] Grind Spanifh green 
 with the faid varnifh or linfeed oil as aforefaid ; and af- 
 ter the fame manner, may you make printer's blue, by 
 grinding azure with the faid linfeed oil. 
 
 To make red fift wax.] Take while bee's-wax one 
 
 H 
 
 ,!> 
 
 fo 
 
 ipt 
 
 ■0 
 111 
 
 I't! 
 krei 
 
 .1,0' 
 
 ijoiii 
 
 k 
 
 it k 
 
 it in 
 
 h 
 
 Kit 
 (if, 
 
 id wb 
 
 !}[J 
 
 H 
 
 
 i\ 
 
 
( '37 ) 
 
 pduncf, turpentine three ounces, vermillion in powder 
 well ground, oil olive, of each one ounce, melt the 
 wax and turpentine ; let it cool a little, then add the 
 reft, beating them well together. 
 
 To do the fame otherwife.~] This is done by taking 
 away the vermillion, and adding in (lead thereof red 
 lead three ounces, to the former things. 
 
 To make green i'wax. .] Take wax one pound, turpen- 
 tine three ounces, verdigrife. ground, oil olive, of each 
 one ounce ; complete the work as before, directed. 
 
 To make black wax."} Take bee's-wax one pound, 
 turpentine three ounces, black earth, oil olive, of each 
 one ounce ; mix and make wax as aforefaid. 
 
 To make ivax perfi:med.~] This is done by mixing 
 with the olive aforefaid, muik, ambergrife, or any- 
 other eminent perfume, as oil of cinnamon, adeps rofa- 
 rum, or the like, one drachm, more or lele, according 
 as you intend to have its fcent extended. 
 
 After the fame manner you may make foft wax of all 
 cohurs, having what icent you pleafe ; by mixing the 
 fceut intended, with the oil olive, and putting the co- 
 lour in, in place of the vermillion. 
 
 To make hard Jealing ivax.^ Take pure line gum- 
 lack, melt it in an- earthen vcffel, and put into it a fuf- 
 ficieiit quantity of the colour you defign your wax to 
 be of, iiir and mingle it well, then take it off the (ire, 
 and when it is a -fit heat, you may make it up into rolls 
 or (licks. To make red wax, you muit colour it with 
 vermillion. Blue wax, with blue bice, fmalt, or ultra- 
 marine. Green wax with green bice, verdigrife, or 
 fome other mixture of that colour. Black wax, with 
 ivory or cherry ftone black. . Purple wax, or of a dark 
 red, with prepared caput mortuum, Indian lake, &c. 
 
 A jircng glue for pipes and aquedu6ls.~\ Tobacco pj pe 
 clay, dried and reduced to powder, and mixed with 
 good (lore of fhort flocks, and beat up with linfeed oil 
 to a tiilF pafie, like kneaded dough, makes a ftrong and 
 a lading cement for pipes and aqueducts; and being 
 made into pipes (though long a drying) is very (launch 
 and Jailing* 
 
( I38 ? , * 
 
 To make a very Jirong glue. ~\ Soak the fined ichthyo- 
 colla (that is ifmglafs) twenty-four hours in fpiritofjjl 
 wine, or common brandy ; then boil all very gently to- 
 gether, continually ftirring of it, that it burn not, fo 
 long till it becomes one liquor or body (fave foroc 
 firings not very diffblvable) which drain whjlft hot, 
 through a coarfe linen cloth, into a veffel where it may v [ 
 be kept clofe flopped ; a gentle heat will melt this glue 
 into a tranfparent liquor, with which you may glew 
 things fo ftrongly together, that they will rather break 
 in any other part, than in the place glued ; it much 
 exceeds the common glue. J 2 
 
 To make artificial pearls J\ Take fublimate two ounces, 
 tin-glafs one ounce,- mix them, and fublime them to- 
 gether, and yOu will have a fublimate not inferior to 
 the bed orient pearls in the world, of which, with 
 glair, you may form what you pleafe. 5 
 
 ENDOFTHK SECOND PART. 
 
THE 
 
 GOLDEN CABINET: 
 
 (to; BEING THE 
 
 ^LABORATORT, 
 
 O R 
 
 HANDMAID to the A R T S. 
 
 C O NTAININC 
 
 Such Branches of Ujeful Knowledge, 
 
 As nearly concerns all Kinds of People, 
 
 From the S q^'u ire to the Peasant: 
 
 AND WILL AFFORD BOTH 
 
 Profit and Delight. 
 
 PART THE THIRD. 
 
 PHIL A D E I, F H I A : 
 
 PRINTED AND SOLD BY WILLIAM SPOTSWOOD, 
 AKD< K. AND ?. RICE, MARKET-STREET. 
 
 1793- 
 
■ 
 
 in 
 
 5? 
 
 Kit 
 
 fit 
 
 id 
 
 
 
 tmk 
 
' i • * fflV JBJU&J- V ~ .U-^Lg atBgaSfc'Vi. 
 
 THE 
 
 SCHOOL of ART S 
 
 Of thenature and compofition of Glass : 
 and the art of counterfeiting Gems of 
 every kind. 
 
 PART the'THIRD. 
 
 • > » »» 
 
 Of Glafs in general. 
 
 fIJY glafs, as here treated of, is to be underfiood, 
 •"•'the artificial vitrifications of bodies, made to an- 
 \ \m fo^e ufeful purpofe, either in domeftie neceffaries, 
 or other articles of commerce : and the observations 
 I Hrections given with regard to it, in this treat ife, 
 i fuch only as refpeft the improvement of the art of 
 ptepmlng and compounding the kinds applicable to 
 fhefe ends in the different manufactures of it. For 
 fhe more fpeculative and philofophic difquifitions on 
 its n ;>ture are avoided, where they lead to no principles 
 that atfe capable of being applied to pra&ice. The me- 
 thods of modelling and forming it into all the variety 
 of vetleK and other figures, into which it is wrought 
 are Itfotwrfe omitted : becaufe they are already, or may 
 be -r means, well known to thofe who haye any 
 
 atN ni with them as an employment; or like all 
 
 ot- cupations of artifans, may be much more eafily 
 
 ana I- r^er learned by fuch as are defiroua to be lnittt- 
 
f 142' ) # r ; 
 
 ted into an operative knowledge of them, from an in- j *\ 
 fpectlon of actual works, and trials to Imitate what is . 
 there to be fee n done, than they can by the moil expij. !8f . !5 
 cit verbal directions. ? tlie 
 
 The manufactured glafs at prefent in ufe maybe di- f ea ! 
 vided into three general kinds, white trar.fparent glafs, * 
 coloured glafs, and common green or bottle glafs." Of f| tC 
 the firil kind, there is a great variety of forts, accord- :,tl8t 
 ing to the feveral purpofes intended to be ferved by it, f°P ( 
 either for making domeftic utenfils^ or. lights for inclo- *- e 
 fed places: and of the.fecond, there is Hkewife a (till ^ 
 greater multiplicity of fpecies, differing in their colour, tf0 * 
 or other properties, according to the occafions for whleh\^ nc ' 
 they are wanted: but of the l&fl, there ig no diljin- ^' 
 guifhed difference of fort j except what the accidental * nat 
 manner of preparation and management, practifed at- K " a8 
 cording to the ikill'or art of particular directors of B ° f 
 manufactories, may occafioo, f$\ 
 
 In order, however, to fpeak more intelligibly of the lll ' tlltl 
 nature of the manufactured glafs, to be here treated of, ^ m < 
 it is proper to give fome diftinct notion of vitrification *jj|'j 
 in general. But I fhali not endeavour to pufh the mat- 
 ter to thofe almoft metaphyseal 'lengths to which Be- 
 efier, Stahl, and others, have endeavoured to cany it ; 
 even far beyond the conclufions which can be fuppoited iiagr 
 
 ;k pr< 
 Mb 
 
 [IS ol 
 
 ififtur 
 
 by inductions from fufficient experiments. Vitrification 
 then (according to the more general and obvious no- 
 tions of its nature) is a change which may be wroughtin 
 mofl kinds of fixed bodies, or rather in all under fome 
 circumftances, by the means of heat, applied in various 
 degrees, according to the various nature of the bodies: 
 from which change, they become fluid ; and continue 
 fo while kept in the fame, or any greater degree of 
 heat ; and, when become cold, acquire tranfparency, 
 fragility, a great but not abfolute degree of inflexibi- 
 lity, a total want of malleability, and infolubility in 
 water. All thefe qualities are infeparably attendant on 
 perfect vitrification : though there may be many prepa- 
 rations of artificial glafs, even among thofe that are in 
 common ufe, in which fome of them are wanting. 
 
 itkn 
 
 hk 
 m vi 
 leoii 
 if par! 
 lepr 
 icon 
 
 
 nils 
 
 talc 
 

 ( '43 ) 
 
 But tin's is, nevertlielefs, only where the vitrification i's 
 immature ; or where there is an admixture of other bo- 
 dies with the vitrified matter : as in the cafe of the 
 b| opake white glafs; in which the matter giving the milky 
 Mile colour is in an unverified itate, and confequently def- 
 troys the tranfparency ; or, in the compofitions where 
 lay bi too great a proportion of falls is ufed, when the glafs 
 cut; produced will be foluble in water, though perfect with 
 [lab refpect to all the other qualities. In both thefe cafes 
 , ace there is the prefence of an heterogenous body, befides 
 ti\ the proper glafs; and therefore, if the whole mafs be 
 foriij considered as if in a vitrific ftate, it muft be deemed to 
 rifei be an imperfect one, though the compedition, in the in- 
 iti ftance of the white glafs, be adapted by this very cir- 
 (01 cumftance to the ceconimical purpofe for which it is rn- 
 iio| tended. The fame principle will be verified on a due 
 wis examination in all the other forts of manufactured glafs, 
 Si! as well as in accidental commixtures, where the appear- 
 rei ances of the glafs difagree with the fyftem of qualities 
 required, in the above given definition, to the perfect 
 constitution of glafs. 
 
 From the nature of vitrification, it therefore appears, 
 that all fixed bodies are capable of being the materials 
 of perfect glafs under fome ei ream (lances. But as the 
 means of vitrification are limited with regard to the ma- 
 nufactured glafs, fuph bodies only are proper to become 
 the ingredients of the perfect kinds of it, as are eafily 
 to be procured in due quantity, and admit of being vi- 
 trified by the heat of a furnace either alone, or by their 
 commixture with others, which may promote this Change 
 in them : and in the cafe of the imperfect forts, fuch as 
 that above-mentioned, bodies that are not capable of 
 being vitriated, by the means there employed, are alio 
 taken in as materials : where they are required to give 
 the particular properties wanted in each peculiar fort. 
 The principal fubftancs, therefore, that are chofen for 
 the compofition of manufactured glafs, are farai, flints, 
 and other foffible bodies of a (tony and earthy texture ; 
 metals and femi-metals of nil kinds previoufly prepared 
 by calcination, or other operations ; atfenic and zafier, 
 
 31! 
 
( H4 ) 
 which are prepared parts pf a foflile ; and all fait 8 of a 
 £xed kind. 
 
 Among thefe fubftances there are fome which arc 
 ftrongly reluctant to the vitreous fufion, and could 
 ic&YCQlj alone be ever converted to glafs ; at leaft not 
 by the heat of any furnaces ; and yet are fuch, as are 
 molt capable of giving firmnefs and tenacity to that ia 
 which they are admitted ; as alfo of being more copi- 
 ously provided at a fmall expence. There are otheis, 
 on the contrary, that vitrify in a much lefs htat than 
 that commonly employed la the working of glafs ; and 
 have like wife this attendant property along with their 
 own pronenefs to vitreous fufion, that they accelerate 
 and produce it in many of thofe that are otherwife more 
 repugnant to it ; and caufe them, by their commixture, 
 to vitrify in a greatly lefs degree of heat than they other- 
 wife would. This property of promoting vitrificatioo 
 is called technically fluxing the bodies on which they 
 jfjo act ; and on the proper application of this principle 
 to practice lies the main ftrefs of (kill in the art of com- 
 pounding glafs ; as the favings in the original coft of 
 the ingredients, in time and in fewel, as well as the 
 qualities of the glafs produced, depend chiefly on the 
 thorough intelligence,' in this view, of the nature of the 
 bodies, proper to become ingredients of it. The next 
 important relation, in which bodies 'fiand with refpect 
 to the compofmon of glafs, is the effect they may have 
 on its colour by their admixture : in order to deihoy 
 all kinds of which in fome cafes, and to produce them 
 in others, ingredients are frequently added, that are 
 not otherwife neceiFary ; as being no way fubfervient to 
 the general vlaw. This cpnftitutes, therefore, the 
 other great object of ikili in the art of making glafs : 
 for the knowing properly how to take away all colour 
 from the tranfparent white glafs, and to impart any 
 kind dcCiY^dy to proper 'compoiitio'ns on other ccenfinus, 
 is of the next great moment to the being stt>fe, hy the 
 mod cheap and eafy means, to procure a due visxiScatioh. 
 
 ills [ 
 fliel 
 
 w 
 
 lie 
 
 According to the above fpecihed intentions, in w 
 
 t/-;> 
 
 the leveral fubftances fervintr for the materials ol li iats 
 
 it car 
 
 lira 
 
 Itr'ia 
 
 fiatl 
 ipn'c 
 | givi 
 i c< 
 lets v 
 jrf&ry 
 fhe fi 
 ilafs, 
 j arte 
 iers, 
 llixi'v 
 luce 
 fcy~w 
 ;tom 
 lb, 
 jteatl; 
 x kin 
 m\ i 
 od by 
 Ifimj 
 we, 
 ill 
 try t 
 fflian 
 lid 
 tri 
 iiarii 
 a ma 
 ifor 
 
 **- «■». «». —< J 
 
i 6 
 
 C H5 ') _ 
 
 are ufed, they may be properly diitinguifhed into three 
 kinds, as making the body, flux, and colorific matter. 
 The fub fiances which have been employed in forming 
 the body of glafs are fand (by which is only to be un- 
 derftood the white kinds) flints, talc, fpar, and feveral 
 other ilony foffiles. All thefe vitrify of themfelves too 
 flowly, to produce perfect glafs by the degree of heat 
 that c:m be applied to them when in larger mafTes : 
 which makes them therefore require the addition of thofe 
 other kinds, whofe fluxing power may remedy this de- 
 \ fe& in them : while they, on the other hand, being of 
 low price, and to be procured in unlimited quantities, 
 and giving that hardnefs, ftrength, and insolubility, 
 
 tali 
 toreci 
 
 k 
 
 wit i 
 
 w 
 
 hich cannot be had in any glafs, formed of other fub- 
 
 Mi 
 
 me; 
 
 {Mil 
 
 tot: 
 alts: 
 
 
 (knees without them, are yet effential and indifpenfibly 
 neceffary ingredients in all kinds of manufactured glafs. 
 The Jubilances which are ufed as fluxing ingredients 
 in glafs, are red-lead, pearl-afhes, nitre, fea-falt, bo- 
 rax, arfenic, the fcoria of forges, commonly called 
 clinkers, and wood-afhes, containing the calcined earth 
 and lixiviate falts, as produced by incineration. The 
 ^ l prefence of fome of thefe bodies is always equally ne- 
 'l* cefTary with that of thofe which form the body, in all 
 111 the compofitions of manufactured glafs. But the ufe 
 of them, both with refpect to choice and proportion, 
 is greatly varied in different works ; even where the 
 fame kind of glafs is intended to be produced : as the 
 general nature of them has never been hitherto under- 
 ilood by the directors of fuch works ; and they have 
 only implicitly followed the beft receipts they could 
 procure, carefully keeping them fecret, when they hap- 
 pened either by communication or their accidental dis- 
 covery to be poffeffed of fuch improvements, as gave 
 them any advantages over their fellow operators* 
 
 The fubltances which have been applied as colorific 
 matter in manufactured glafs, are extremely numerous 
 and various ; as all the fpecies of metals and femi-metals, 
 with many other mineral and foffile bodies, have been 
 ufed for the producing fome colour or other ; and make 
 ;i 3 large field of Speculative and practical knowledge* 
 
 
 
 )ft r 
 
iseis 
 
 asiini 
 
 ( 146 ) Iflr. 
 
 The art of ftaining glafs, with all the variety of colours P' 
 
 in the grcateft degree of force and brightness,, is not 5 a 
 
 however of fo much importance ^ commercially confi- W 1 ' 
 
 dered, as the knowing how to banifh and exclude, with i' £S ° 
 
 cafe and certainty, the colours which of themfelves arife ^ ai1 
 
 in molt of the compositions for glafs intended to be per- oDl 
 
 hB.\: tranfparent and colourlefs. For this laft purpofe, ^ re 
 
 nitre and magnefia are the principal fubftances employed, '^ 
 
 in the manufactures of G. Britain ; and extremely ^ of 
 
 well anfvver the end : though not without enhancing 'd^ 
 
 the expence of the glafs by the ufe of the fir.ft ; and in f^ 
 
 a fmall degree injuring its tranfparency by that of the 
 
 latter; as may be denionft rated by principles that are 
 
 unqueilionable in themfelves, though wholly unknown 
 
 to thole who are pra&ieally concerned in thefe matters, i * 
 
 From thefe three kind of fubftances, duly combined *(«' 
 
 together by commixture and adequate heat, or in fome iw 
 
 cafes from the two firft only, all the forts of manufac- # 
 
 tured glafs at prefent in ufe are formed* The general rf 
 
 manner of doing which, is to reduce thofe kinds of bo- «tr 
 
 dies, that are in groffer maffes, to powder ; and then, «« 
 
 ail the ingredients being thoroughly well mixed toge- W 
 
 ther by grinding, and put into proper pots, to place rf 
 
 them in a furnace where the heat is fufficient to brings:! 
 
 them to a due date of fufion; in which they are to befa 
 
 continued till the vitrification be completed. ^ w 
 
 This proper degee of vitrification mull be diftin- fats; 
 
 cruiihed by the 1 tranfparent aftd equal appearance of the n 
 
 matter, when a. fmall portion is taken out and fuffered nfoi 
 
 to cool: except in the cafe of thofe forts where the in 
 
 rfa'fs is not perfeci, with regard to which, a judgment Hi 
 
 inuit be made from their having attained or wanting s! 
 
 that -peculiar appearance, which the particular -fort, is ath 
 
 vai^'rcd to Viave. ..It may be proper to mbjoin, .that in arp, 
 
 mmim* the vitrification is fooner and more eafily roadcijj 
 
 peife6t in proportion as the ingredients are reducedke 
 
 1 > the {late ofa ftner powder, and more imimatciyril 
 
 commixt. 
 
 01 the materials fkrvlngforthcbodycfghfs^ I he* 
 
 S give a body to ptih are land, 
 
 matamis employe 
 
 -— 
 
Hi 
 
 M 
 mi 
 
 ipfe 
 
 Ira 
 
 ttfj. 
 
 tb: 
 
 IMIE 
 
 is il 
 
 it; 
 
 
 10 
 
 ( H7 ) 
 flints, talc, fpar, and forne other fbny and terenc 
 
 foffiles. 
 
 Sand is, at p efent, almoft the only kind of fubftance 
 which is ufed in this intention in the Britifh manufac- 
 tures of glafs ; and with great reafon, as it extremely 
 well anfwers the purpofe ; and does not demand the 
 previous preparation of calcination, that is neceffary 
 with refpe& to flints and other ftones ; and as it can be 
 with certainty procured in any quantity demanded. The 
 kind of fand'moft fit for making the white tranfparent 
 kinds of glafs, is that brought from Lynn in Norfolk, 
 by the name of which place it is diftinguimed : and 
 there is alfo another kind of this, but inferior, brought 
 from Maidftone in Kent. It is white and mining ; and 
 examined by means of a microfcope, appears to be 
 fmall fragments of rock cryftal ; from which it does 
 not feem, by any experiments, to differ in its qualities ; 
 and the glafs formed of it may, therefore, properly be 
 confidered as made of cryftal. The introduction of 
 the ufe of it into the manufactures of glafs in this 
 country has almoft wholly fuperfeded that of flints : 
 from which it no way differs in this application, but in 
 the being fomewhat flower in vitrifying ; which makes 
 it require in proportion a greater ftrength of flux and 
 fire : but to compenfate for this difadvantage, it is 
 clearer in its own colour, and much freer from hetero- 
 geneous tinging bodies, which injure the colour of the 
 glafs; and frequently give embarraffment where flints 
 are ufed. The land requires no previous preparati - 
 on for common and groffer purpofes; efpecially where 
 nitre is ufed ; which burns out the fulphureous mat- 
 ter from any filth of the nature of animal and vege- 
 table fubftances ; and confequently calcines them to an 
 earth no way injurious to the glafs : but for nicejr 
 purpofes, and where no nitre is ufed, it is proper to pu- 
 rify or cleanfe the fand by waffling : which may be thus 
 done. Pour water upon it ; and, having ftirred them 
 well about, incline the veilel immediately, in fuch man- 
 ner, that the water may run off, and carry with it the 
 filth that will float in it : by repeating which a few 
 
 02 
 
3F 
 
 , C 1+8 ) 
 
 tfmes, the fand will be freed from all the heterogeneous 
 matter that is lighter than itfelf. For coarfe glafs, 
 other kinds of fand of a fofter texture are ufed : as, 
 befides the advantage of being cheaper, they are more 
 eafily verifiable than, flints; and confequently make a 
 faving in the fluxing bodies which are to be added to 
 them. 
 
 Flints are the next important article in the fubftances- 
 which are ufed for forming the body of glafs ; and 
 where indeed, the only kind employed in larger works, 
 where any better forts of glafs were manufactured, be- 
 fore the ufe of the white fand excluded them in all places 
 where it is to be conveniently obtained. Since, for the 
 reafons above given, it is a more eligible material, en- 
 Ifcfs for experiments* or where very fmall quantities are 
 required ; in which cafe the calcined flints being more 
 eafily reduced to an impalpable powder, may poffibly 
 be more commodfoufy employed than the fand. Flints 
 yet, however, continue to be ufed wherever the proper 
 fand cannot be procured at a reasonable charge, as the 
 fole ingredient for forming the body of the better kind 
 of glafs : fince they are, in mo® places where they are 
 naturally found, to be had in extreme great quantities^ 
 and the expence of calcining them does not enhance 
 their whole coft to a degree beyond what the current 
 price of glafs may bear. The gooclnefs of flints with 
 refpe& to this ufe of them muft be diilinguiflied by 
 their clear tranfparent black colour ; and all fuch as are 
 marbled with brown or yellowilh colour fliould be reject- 
 ed, for fear of iron, which frequently lurks in them 
 under that appearance, and is verj injurious to the co- 
 lour of glafs if it get admiffion into k. Such fliould,. 
 therefore be carefully picked out when found in parcelsof 
 the clearer fort ; but if the greater part of any parcel 
 appear fo marked, it fhould not be ufed till trial be 
 made in a fmall quantity, whether the difcolouring be 
 owing to any fubftance detrimental to the colour of glafs 
 or not. It is always neceflary, that flints fhould un- 
 dergo a calcination before they be ufed in the compofi- 
 tion of -glafs: as well becaufe they are not other wife to 
 
IX 
 
 :» 
 
 
 ( H-9 ) 
 be reduced to a texture, which will admit of their be- 
 ing powdered, in order to their due commixture with 
 the other ingredients; as becaufe they are not fufcepti- 
 ble of vitrification till a proper change may be produ- 
 ced in them by calcination. This calcination muft be 
 performed by putting them into a furnace of a mode- 
 rate heat, being fir ft dipped in water ; and continuing 
 them there till they become entirely white, even to the 
 moil interior part : which will require a greater or leis 
 time, according to their magnitude, and the degree of 
 heat of the furnace. When they are thus rendered 
 white, they muft be taken out of the fire; and in- 
 ftantly immerfed in cold water ; where they muft remain, 
 till they be again cold : and then they will be found, if 
 duly calcined, to be cracked and (hivered into flaky 
 pieces ; and to become (o foftly brittle as to be eafily re- 
 ducible to powder. Some part will neverthelefs be al- 
 ways found infufficiently calcined.; which may be dif- 
 tinguifhed by their harder and more obdurate confid- 
 ence : and they muft be carefully feparated, in order 
 to be re- calcined ; as they will otherwife greatly retard 
 and impede the powdering of the duly calcined parts, 
 Thefe which are properly calcined muft then be leviga- 
 ted, by means of mills or other implements, accord- 
 ingly as the quantity or opportunity may make it expe- 
 dient ; and they will then be fit for ufing in the com- 
 pofition for giafs. 
 
 Talc of various fpecies has been like wife ufed in the 
 fame intention as fand and flints: but fejdom in large 
 works. It fometim.es requires a calcination, in order 
 toils due preparation for entering into the compofition 
 of glais : but neither fo great a heat., nor the quench- 
 ing in cold water, are neceiTavy for bringing it to a 
 proper texture to bear powdering,. Some forts of talc 
 are much more quickly vitrifiable than others ; and, 
 fufing eafily with either fait of tartar or lead, may 
 therefore be ufed in default of flint, or fand fufficiently 
 white. But, with refpect to larger manufactures, the 
 ufe of flints is more eligible ; as they are to be procured 
 w great quantities with more certainty ; and will? in 
 
 03 
 
( t$o } 
 
 general, require much lefs flux and fire to bring tliemf 1 
 to a due ftate of vitrification. » cl 
 
 Several other, both earthy and ftony, fofliles have ' 
 been likewife ufed for forming the body of glafs : and fiil 
 it has been obfervedV that molt kinds of ftony fubftances, k 
 which will fcintillate or flrike fire with fieel, are vitri- tl[ 
 iiable within the degree that fits them for this purpofe. ^ 
 But as they are neither ufed at prefent, nor promife to tl!1 
 be any way advantageous in practice, as far as ishi- sti 
 therto known of them, I feallomk enumerating them; P 
 as being foreign to the purpofe in hand i except with ,tC ! 
 refpect to two kinds. The one of thefe iscalkd moikn ] \ 
 by the French ; and is found in great quantities, as an ^ rl 
 upper cruhV in many freeftone quarries : and, as k may '■& 
 be ufed without any previous preparation, and is very |sc 
 quickly vitrifiable, may be ferviceable, on fome oeea- lil 
 fions, to thofe who may w r ant to form glafs, or vitreous ^ 
 compofitions, where this may be procured with more ' ei 
 cafe than any of the before-mentioned fubftances. The ^ 
 other is the white round femi-tranfparent river pebbles, ^ 
 which vitrify very foon ; and, if choien colourlefs, make '" 
 a very white glafs; but they mud be calcined, as the & 
 flint, by putting them into the fire till they be red hot; b 
 and then queuch them in cold water, in order to. bring c 
 them to a iiate fit to undergo powdering. t 
 
 Kunckel confounds the calcined flints, and all other- * 
 Hones ufed for making glafs, under the name of fand, * 
 in his receipts ; notwithilanding he admits of a great 
 difference in their readinefs to be vitrified : as in the 
 cafe of calcined flints, and the fofieil kind of natural 
 fand ; where one hundred and forty pouisds of fait are 
 iequired to a hundred and fifty pounds of the calcined 
 .flints, and only one hundred and thirty pounds of ialt 
 to two hundred pounds of the fand. 
 
 Of the materials ufed as fluxes in the compofition ofgfofs.~] 
 The materials ufed for the fluxes in the compofition of 
 Irian u fa cvtu red gtafs, are, lead, pearl-afhes, nitre, tea 
 idhf borax,, arienic, fmith's eliakeiS; and wuod-afhes, 
 
t 
 
 ( m > 
 
 containing the earth and lixiviate falts as produced by 
 incineration. 
 
 Lead is the prefent moft important flux in the Britifh 
 manufactures of what is called flint glafs: but it muft 
 be brought, by previous calcination, to the flate of 
 minium, or what is called red lead. This, ufed in a 
 due proportion, makes a tougher and firmer glafs than 
 can be produced from falls alone : and is yet procured 
 at a very fmall expence. But all the glafs formed of 
 lead is tinged originally with yellow ;*, and therefore 
 requires the addition of nitre to burn and deftroy the 
 iulphur or phlogrftic matter it contains, in order to 
 bring it to a more colourlefs flate ; w-hieh addition of 
 nitre enhances again the coft of glafs fo eompofed, that 
 would otherwife be extremely low. There is another 
 reafon, likewife, for the addition of nitre, or fome other 
 fait, to operate a'jj a flux* in the glafs compounded with 
 lead ; which is, that there may not be a necefiity of 
 ufing beyond a certain proportion of it. For, if glafs 
 have much lead in its eompofnion, it will fuffer a corro- 
 fion by the air ; which gives a greyi&i dulnefs to its 
 furface, that is very injurious both to its beauty and 
 utility. It is needlefs here, to teach the manner of cal- 
 cining lead 5 becaufe it is done in works appropriated 
 to that purpofe ; and is fold by the proprietors of thefe 
 works, at a cheaper rate than any particular perfons 
 could pretend to manufacture it for their private ufe. 
 The perft&ion of red lead lies in its being thoroughly 
 well calcined ; which is bell diftinguiflied by its rednefe, 
 inclining to crimion, and in iis being pure ; which 
 may be adjudged of by the brightneis of its colour. 
 There is indeed no materials of a red colour cheap 
 enough to adulterate it with, except powdered bricks, 
 or fome of the red okres ; and thty would immediately 
 Ihow themfelves, in the vitrification of the fmalleil quan- 
 tity, by the iirong yellow tinge they would give theglafs. 
 PearUafhes is the next leading article among the fub- 
 ilances ufed as fluxes in glais : and :hey at prefent 
 moilly fupply the place of the Levant- allies, the barillas 
 *£ Spain, and many other kinds, which were formerly 
 
\ 
 
 t ^S 2 . 
 
 brought here, as yv-ejl.for making glafs as foap. In the 
 kinds of glafs, where perfect tranfparency is wanted, as 
 in looking-glafs plates, and all kinds of window glafs, 
 falts are preferable as a. flux, to lead ; and, confequently, 
 the pearl-afhes become the principal matter of the flux. 
 For, as all the lixiviate or fixed alkaline falts of vege- 
 tables are the fame for this purpofe, when pure, and 
 thofe called pearl-afhes arc purer ;than any other which 
 can be provided at a moderate expence, the ufe of them 
 is more expedient than of any other. This kind of 
 fixed alkaline falts, called pearl afhes., is prepared in 
 Germany, Ruliia, and Poland, by melting the falts out 
 at the aihes of burnt wood ; and, having reduced them 
 again to drynefs, evaporating away the moifture, and 
 calcining them for a confulerable time in a furnace mo- 
 derately heated. But, as they caanot^e prepared with 
 advantage ia this country, (tho^ in America they un- 
 ^q u ell ion. ably might, and indeed are of late) an dare to 
 be' had at a reafonable price by thofe who may have o»- 
 fcafion to ufe them in ma-king glafs. I (hall wave en- 
 tering; more particularly here into the detail of the pro- 
 cefs, by which they may be belt and mod prof]" ably 
 .produced; as not properly falling within the inten- 
 tion of this work. The goodnefs of pearl-afhes mud 
 be diih'ngtiifhed by the equal arid white appearance of 
 l hem j as it co n. lifts in their purity, and their having 
 !;>eeu calcined for a long {pace of time, Gf which the 
 whitenefs, and equal appearance, are marks ; ' unlefs in 
 the cale of fo'me parcels that contain lumps of a bluiih 
 edit, produced by the calcination ; which difcolouring is 
 not, however, any proof of their being bad; but any 
 .brownifti cad in particular parts, or greyaefs in the 
 Whole, is a certain criterion of their not beino- good. 
 This mu{i, however, be confined to fuch as are perfectly 
 dry ; which can only Well be on the opening the cafka 
 they are brought over in : for, if the air have accefs to 
 them, they fooa deliquiate, and look brown or greyifh, 
 from a femi-l/unfparency they acquire in that deliqui- 
 ating (late. There is one, and the molt common adul- 
 f.er.atiou, which is made iu thefe f^'tsj that i? not eafiljr 
 
* w 
 
 P' k (llilinguidiabic by the appearance ; it Is, the addition o 
 ^ common or fea fait, to them 5 which is fometimes co- 
 ^i pioufly made. i This is not, however, very detrimental 
 Si in the application of them to the forming glafs. But 
 '^1 it is, neverthelefs, a difadvantage considerable enough 
 : ^k in large concerns, to buy one thing for another at fix? 
 P 0rt ii times its current price. As it is expedient, therefore, 
 * r « to know how to diilinguifh this fraud, the following 
 ;e{ M: method is propofed as eafy and certain, 
 ] H TaLe ainall quantity of the fait fufpecled ; and, 
 e H after it has lain in the air fo as to be a little foftened 
 "fe but not marked, put it in a fire fhovel and hold it over 
 !c ^i the fire where the heat is pretty ftrong. If it contain 
 ™«ii any common fait, a crackling, and, as it were flight 
 M«r explofion will follow, as the fait grows hot : which de- 
 crepitation is a certain mark of common fait wherever 
 it is founcl. 
 
 The pearl -a flies require no preparation ; except where 
 extreme great tranfparency is required,, as in the 
 cafe of looking glafs, and the beft window-glafs 5 in 
 which cafes a purification is necefiariy, in the manner 
 which will be mown in fpeaking of thefe particular kinds. 
 Nitre in its refined ftate, in which it is commonly 
 called fait petre, has been formerly much ufed as a flux 
 in the finer kinds of glafs y and is now likewife em- 
 ployed in mofl compofitions of the fame nature. But 
 this is a noted one by thofe who are at all acquainted 
 with the principles of the art, fo much in the intention 
 of a. flux, as in that of a colorific ingredient ; from its 
 power of rendering glafs colourlefs, by deftroying the 
 phlogiilon in lead, or in any vegetable or animal mat- 
 ter, which may tinge the glafs ; as we fha\l have ocea- 
 fion to obferve more particularly in its proper place. A% 
 a flux, it is lefs powerful than fixed alkaline falls of ve- 
 getables : and being dearer by much, its ufe would, 
 therefore, be in proportion lefs expedient than that of 
 pearl- afhes, if it were to be employed in this view only. 
 The falt-petre that is ufed here, is brought from^ the 
 Eaft- Indies, in the form of what is called crude nitre ; 
 and in commercial language rough-petre : in which ftate 
 
I 
 ( 154 ) 
 
 at is commixt with fome proportion of common fait. 
 It is refined by perfons who make it their proper bufi- jf 
 nefs ; and bonght for the purpofes of glafs-makin^ in M 
 the flate of falt-petre : on which account, it is unne- ;° 
 cefTary to give the procefs for refining it here. If it be it 
 obtained in cryflals of a fuch a fize, that the figure of W 
 them may be diftingoifhable, there is no hazard of any H 
 adulteration, but what would be very apparent ; as no ft 
 "heterogeneous matter can be made a proper part of J 
 fuch cryflals ; and, therefore, if they appear brio-fit ;«P 
 and colourlefs, the- goodnefs cannot be doubted. jio 
 
 Sea-falt is alfo frequently ufed as a flux in the making A 
 glafs of various kinds ; and it has a very ft'rong power i ! 
 in promoting vitrification even income obdurate bodies • id 
 but, ufed in a large proportion, it does not produce fo to 
 ftrong and tenacious a glafs as lead, or even the alka- k 
 line falts of vegetables ; and is therefore only taken in -A 
 aid of the others, when admitted as an ingredient. It I 
 jQjould be brought to a dry (late by decrepitation : that f 
 Is, keeping it in a moderate heat, till it ceafes crack- fji 
 ling, before it be put with the other ingredients into on 
 Ahe fufing heat : otherwife, by the little explofive burfts it, 
 of its parts, it will drive fome of the powdered matter i 
 out of the pot. It miift not, after fuch decrepitation, n 
 be again expofed to the air ; for, if it be^ it will re- iaf 
 gain its former quality of crackling in a fhort time. ? 
 
 Borax is the moil powerful flux of all the falts, or, in- 1 
 deed, of any known fubflance whatever: but, on ac- ti 
 count of its great*, price, can only be admitted into the j$ 
 compofition of glafs defigned for looking-glafs plates, or k 
 other purpofes, where a confiderable value can be fet on il 
 the produce ; or where the quantity wanted is very fmall. 1 
 It is brought from the Ead-Indies, under the name % 
 of tinea! ; and the refinement of it in a perfect manner ik 
 is hitherto known but to few perfons in Europe, who | 
 carefully keep it fecret. The knowledge of it, how- | 
 ever, is not important to the art of making glafs; ai in 
 st is always procuredtfor that purpofe in a refined (rate; |j 
 and not ufed in very large quantities. The purity ?] 
 j®£ \tnvay be afcertained by the large nefs and clearnefsof | 
 
( .-'55 ) . 
 
 the cryftals : for when it is had in that ftate, it imf 
 
 be always concluded good. The previous preparati- 
 on of borax for the competition of glafs, is to calcine it 
 with a gentle heat, which converts it to a flaky feathery- 
 kind of fubftance like calcined alum : after which it 
 fliould be ground to powder, and is then fit to be com- 
 mixt with other ingredients. This calcination of borax 
 ftiould be with a gentle heat, and in a very large veflel 
 proportionally to the quantity ; for it fwells and rifes 
 in inflated bladders, fo as to occupy a very great fpace. 
 Arfenic is alfo a powerful flux.; but muft not be add- 
 ed, nevertheless, in too great quantity. For though 
 when once .'vitrified perfectly, it greatly promotes the 
 fame change in other fubflances, ytt, when added in a 
 redundant proportion, it turns the glafs milky or opake ; 
 and keeps it in that Hate a confiderable time before it 
 will duly afilmilate ; from whence the due vitrification 
 is greatly retarded, fo as to occafion an intolerable loi* 
 of time and fewe). Though the glafs in all fuch cafes 
 would become clear, if continued long enough in the 
 lire, yet, on this principle of its flownefs in vitrifying 1 
 when added to compofnions of glafs in a large propor- 
 tion, it is u fed for giving an opake white colour to 
 
 glafs as we ftall ice below 
 
 Wood afhes, by which is to be understood, like- 
 wile, thofe of broom, furze, or any other burned ve- 
 getable, are uitd as a flux for the common bottle or 
 green glaf*. The allies muft betaken in their original 
 ftate; confining of the calcined earth of the vegetable, 
 and their lixiviate or fixed alkaline fait ; as their vntue 
 lies iii their original manner of commixture : for this 
 very extraordinary circurrutance attends them, that 
 though in their primitive '.ftate they vitrify eafily, and 
 acl as ftrongflux to any of the verifiable earths or (tones; 
 yet, if the falts be feparated from the earth, by folution 
 in water, the earth from that time becomes extremely 
 repugnant to vitrification ; and though the lame falts 
 which were taken away from it, of even a much larger 
 quantity be again added to it, it refills their fluxing 
 power, arid difplavs a nature eaihely " -different from that 
 
{ ,j6 ) 
 
 which it appeared to have before its Separation from t!ie 
 falts. There is no preparation neeefTary for thefe anVs 
 in order to their entering into the composition of glafs 
 except the fifting them to free thera from all the frag! 
 meats of charcoal, or unburaed parts of the vegetable 
 employed f a their production : but they fhouid'be care- 
 fully kept from damp and moifture,; which would mafee 
 the falts ddiquiate, and rua off from the earth The 
 goodnefs q£ thefe afhes mud be diilinguiftied by their 
 appearing free from impurities, and by their whitenefs ; 
 and their abounding in fait is, iikewife, a proof of their 
 excellence; which may be examined, by making a lix- 
 ivium of any known fmall quantity, and judging of its 
 ftrength by ks weight. 
 
 Of the materials ufed to make glafs colourlefs f\ A 8 the 
 fubrtances ufed for producing the various colours in plafs. 
 will more properly come in queiiion, when I treat par- 
 iicularly of that art, I will omit fpeaking of thern here, 
 ^and only at prefent enquire into the nature of nitre and 
 jpiagnefia, which are two ingredients ufed for rendering 
 the glafs colourlefs, that is intended to be !"!>"; and 
 ^vhich, indeed, is the kind much the moil general y 
 ufeful, and what makes the efily fubjecl of great ma, 
 imfctclures, 
 
 The general nature of nitre, or falt-petre, hasbecg 
 jbefbre obferved in fpeaking of it as a flux ; and it only 
 remains to explain that quality of it, by which h ope- 
 rates in deftroying the colour ;.o thofe compofitions of 
 glafs, where it is ufed for that purpofe. This quality 
 |s, the power of afcending and' Supporting in a com- 
 butlible (late all bodies, which contain phlogiftic and 
 iulphureous matter, if they be brought in contact with 
 if, in a. certain degree of heat j by which means fuch 
 Sulphureous pr phlogiftic matter is deilroyed. Or, ia 
 other words, it has the fame eombuftible power with 
 the air in making bodies turn till they be reduced to the 
 flate of a calx. In this intention, therefore, falt-petre 
 is made an ingredient in thofe compofitions for trans- 
 parent colourlefs glafs, where lead is ufed as a flux : for 
 fuch glafs, having, otherw.Te, a ftrpng tinge of yellovf 
 
r 
 
 -.•■•-..■ 
 
 ■ 
 
 ( 157 ) 
 
 * from the phlogiflon of the lead, requires, coiifequently, 
 ] & the deftni&ion of the phlogiston, at lealt to a certain 
 !■ decree, in order to its being freed from this tinge. This 
 l n operation of the nitre on the lead, is moil obvioufly ap- 
 eti '| parent, if a piece of falt-petie be thrown into melted 
 et glui's formed of lead : for a detonation or explofive ef- 
 j: feci immediately mows itfelf : and continues till the acid 
 
 contained in the fait-petrebe confumed. 
 ,H Thediiiinct knowledge of this principle cleaily points 
 K out in what competitions of glafs, nitre is neceflary ; 
 : and, in foroe degree, what the proportions may be m 
 >* which it (hou)d be added to each kind : as fuc'h propor- 
 ]n tion malt be regulated by the quantity of phlogifton to 
 be destroyed. For, as has been before obferved, con- 
 M fidered merely as a iJux, it is dearer than the pearl allies, 
 i|| without any advantage, but the bring fomewhat more 
 void of colour. This is obvious, as it is not only of 
 double the price, but weaker in its action, unlefs where 
 meeting with phlogiilic matter in any of the other in- 
 gredients, it be deprived,- as was above intimated, of 
 
 • ] its acid ipirit ; and converted, as it then will be, to ex- 
 4 a&ly the fame kind of fixe d alkaline fait, with the 
 iti pearl-afhes thernfelves : but In the proportion of only 
 
 o'ne-third.of its original weight, in glafs formed of lead, 
 m therefore, the ute oi nine is absolutely neceffary ; and, 
 m in glafs of falts only, where the colour is to be entirely 
 M deitroyed, and great tranfparency is wanted, as in the 
 I cafe of looking- gh '3, and feveral other kinds of plater., 
 & it is alfo requiiite in a lefs proportion. For, tho' the 
 1 appearance of any flight yellow tinge may be taken 
 1 away by the ufe of the magnefia ; yet that (for the rea- 
 
 fon we (hall fee below) is always attended with a pro- 
 1 portionab'e lofs of the tranfparency. 
 
 Magnefia is the other fubiiance employed for ren- 
 I dering glafs colon: U-fs. It is a fo-iBIe, that partakes of 
 
 the nature of iron ores ; but does not contain any con- 
 I fiierable quantity of that metal, and fome times only a 
 
 very little. It is founo\in almoil every country amongit 
 J other iron ores : and frequently, alio, above the beds. 
 I of lead ore ; where, indeed', the beii feems £0 have 
 
 P 
 
 i\ 
 
■ 
 
 ( ^ 8 > 
 
 been always found 5 probably from its being lefs replete 
 with iron, than fiich as is found in the beds of that 
 metal. The hills near Mendip, in Dorfetmire, have 
 particularly afforded extremely good. It is not of any 
 peculiar fhape or figure, but fomewhat ftriated like an- 
 timony in its texture ; and of a brownifh black colour 
 like foot. The marks of, its being good, is the xleep- 
 nefs bf the colour, and the being free from fpeck3 ofa 
 metalline appearance, or a lighter caft : and that fhould 
 be particularly rejected, which has fpots of a reddifh 
 brown, or yellowifh colour, as being figns of the pre- 
 sence of iron. 
 
 When fufed with glafs of any kind, it readily vitri- 
 fies, and tinges the glafs ofa ftrong reddifli purple co. 
 lour, but not clear and bright. In confequence of this 
 quality,, it is ufed for deftroying any flight yellowifh or 
 greenifh tinge in glafs, that is required to be colourlefs, 
 on the following principle. The three primitive colours 
 of yellow, red, and blue, when mixed in due propor- 
 tion, deftroy each other; and produce the effeft of 
 grey, in the caje of opake bodies ; arid of black, in 
 fuch as are tranfparent. Now the tinge of magneiia in 
 glafs being purple, w ? hieh is a compound of blue and 
 red, and being added to the greenifh or yellowifh tinge 
 of the glafs, confequently deftroys the appearance of 
 it ; efpecially the greenifh, as the proportion of red in 
 it is greater than that of the blue : but a proportion of 
 black being produced, the glafs is obfcured in the fame 
 degree, though notfo as to be perceptable to the eye, 
 without comparing it with fome other more pellucid. 
 This is a reafon for ufmg the magnefia fparin'gly, or 
 rather avoiding it entirely, in thofe compofitions of 
 glafs, where great tranfparency is demanded ; and for 
 forming them of fuch ingredients as are moft colourlefs, 
 or may be rendered fo by the ufe of nitre. Magnefia 
 requires to be well calcined in a hot furnace ; and then 
 to undergo a thorough levigation : for it ought to be 
 in the ftate of an impalpable powder, in order to its 
 perfect commixture with the other matter. It was 
 formerly praclifed to quench the magneiia feveral time* 
 

 in 
 
 ecu 
 
 f 159 ) 
 
 in vinegar, after reiterated calcinations ; with a view of 
 of I freeing it from any iron thai: might be mixed with it : 
 r f) V but this was needlefs ; and is now entirely difufed. Its 
 
 application to the colouring glafs, in which it is very 
 I efficacious for many purposes, we (hall fpeak of in its 
 l-qI proper place, 
 
 kk Of the inflrumenti and utenfils employed in the cpmpo- 
 4 fitlonand preparation of glafs. .] The inftruments and 
 itfe: uteoiils employed in the compounding and preparing 
 glafs are of two kinds: as they are fubfervient to two 
 1 different purpofes : the Jevigation and commixture of 
 J the ingredient ; and the fulion or vitrification of them/ 
 The inftruments fubfervient to levigation, and the 
 j mixture of the ingredients, are horfe or hand-mills, 
 
 mortars and jellies, and flat ftones and mtillars. 
 
 A The horfe, or hand-mills, may be fuch as are ufed 
 
 | for other purpofes : but the ftones mould be of a very 
 
 jjJiar J 'texture, "in order that as little as poflible x of the 
 
 pj matter of thera may be abraded and commixt with the 
 
 efiti S^ a ^« 
 
 Where large mortars are ufed for fuch ingredients as 
 p are not emplojed in a fufdcient quantity, to make it 
 b j r commodious. to grind them in mills, they mould be of 
 llj call iron, with peiiles of the fame ; and mould be care- 
 tr3PB * u % ^ e P fc ^ rcm *tfft* But for very nice purpofes 
 3 f, ; where the quantity of the matter is fmall, mortars 
 jrtl: mail « d ke had of bottle or green glafs, or of flint or 
 t ; !?; agate, as alfo a ft one and mullar of porphyry or agate, 
 tkf ^ or l~ v %^sng the calces of metals, or other ingredients 
 A u ^ : ' n co ^>uring glafs. 
 
 i ; ^ Searces or fieves of .fine lawn mould like wife be pro- 
 
 £wg . vtded, for lifting fome of the levigated fubllanccs. 
 
 flii *~}^Y #WM be like thofe of the apothecaries and drug- 
 
 , o gilts, with a cover fitted to the upper part ; and a box 
 
 to the under, for preventing that wafte of the matter 
 
 which attends the fining in the open air. 
 
 The utenfils employed in the filling or vitrifying the 
 
 f((1 matter or glafs are, furnaces, vviih the proper iron 
 
 j^ .works; pots for containing the* compofkions when put 
 
 ato the iire: with the iron inftruments for fhifting the 
 
 i! 
 
 
 ■ 
 
 n 
 
 r 
 
t 
 
 ( 160 ) 
 
 latter from one to the other* in cafe of accident ; and 
 for taking out fmall portions, to judge of the progrefe 
 of the vitrification, and the qualities of the glafe; 
 
 The ftruelure of the furnaces for preparing and work- p 
 
 ing glafs in large, is fo well and commonly knoivn, !ii 
 
 that it is needlefs, to enter into the detail of it here. yi 
 
 Where fmaller quantities/are predated, as in the cafe of 'I 
 
 coloured glafs, or pafles in imitations of Hones, the :: 
 
 common wind furnace, or the athanor of the chcmiftg ^ 
 
 may be ufed ; or a .furnace may he made for this parti* V 
 
 cular purpofe, which may be contlru&ed in the foh 3 ' 3 
 
 lowing manner : !il 
 
 Mark out a circular area of one yard diameter; and 1!l 
 
 let a cylindrical building be raifed upon it of gocd flock JB( 
 
 bricks, and coal-afh mortar, of the height of (welVi " 
 
 inches. This cylinder muft have an hodow area In is ! 
 
 middle* of a round form, twelve inches in diatfi«tei ; ; 
 
 the reft of the fpace being filled with folid brLl .o;k. f 
 
 But an opening mufl be left in the front at the bctic,:,, 3 
 
 which mult be fix inches broad and four high, for \i&* 1J ! 
 
 ing away the aflies ; and it fliould likewife have an iron lf 
 
 frame and door, like thofe commonly ufed for fe.bg f 
 
 the fire in furnaces, that it may be occafionally cloftd, f ) 
 
 in order to check or extinguifh the fire. This cyliiiclfi* 8 
 
 cal fabric being raifed to the height of twelve inches, ; ! 
 
 a grate for bearing the fuel, compofed of a-fcrong iron ! '| 
 
 ring with bars let into it, muft be laid over tire round f 
 
 ■hollow : and another cylinder, of the fame diameter 1 ''; 
 
 and thicknefs of wall, muft be raifed in like manner to 3!! 
 
 , the height of eight inches above the bars. But this er 
 
 fhould.be done with Windfor bricks, and the mortar &' 
 
 formed of Windfor loom, where they can be obtained ;f) 
 
 and care fliould be taken, likewife, that the brick work id 
 
 may have good hold of the rim of the grate. At t-b'el< 
 
 height of about five inches above the bars, a frame and j» 
 
 door mould be fixed for feeding the fire. The door '01 
 
 fliould be about five inches high, and eight long; and* 
 
 mould have a ftrong latch .going acrofs the whole * 
 
 breadth of it, by which it may be opened and fhu^l 
 
 When the cylindrical hollow over the bars is thus car- a 
 
 - -•.,-.. 
 
{ l6% ) 
 
 Tied eight inches high, a larger area mull be taken of 
 twenty-four inches diameter ; and the brick work mud 
 be carried up round it, in the fame cylindrical manner 
 as at firft, for ten inches more ; except, that four iron 
 doors and frames of the fame form with thofe for feed- 
 ing the fire mult be fixed in the brick work. The di- 
 mensions of tH'efe doors mould be twelve inches high, 
 and eight in breadth ; and the lo.weft part of them mould 
 be level with the flooring made bv the brick work on 
 enlarging the area of the cavity of the furnace ; or, in 
 other words, where the brick-work of this wider cylin- 
 der begins. Thefe doors mould be placed at equal dif- 
 tances from each other, and in inch manner, thattlie other 
 for feeding the fire may be. exactly in the middle betwixt 
 the two neareil to the front ; and the chimney betwixt 
 the others'. A hole Humid be likewife left for vent- 
 ing the fmpk'e into the eittrnney, which may be fix inches 
 .broarl and three high : and after this the brick-work, 
 may he bin, together, in the manner of an arch, till 
 
 the whole cavity be covered. For the whole of this upper 
 part, Windfor oriels and Windfor loom mould be uied, 
 or, where they cannot be procured, ftich other as are 
 mod like th . in their quality of beating in-tenfe heat, 
 r beinor ealctttcd or vitrified. The manner of 
 ifing this furnace i ob,vi< lis to requii planatiori ; 
 
 it being enough a t that the flodrihg in the en- 
 
 larged cavity is intended for the pots or drubibies con- 
 taining the matter ; and the four door: for the more con- 
 veniently putting thenl in and takinp* them out. When, 
 however, they are to be placed in the furnace, it mould 
 not be on the parts before the doors ; for fear the ftream 
 of cold air, on opening the doors occasionally, may crack 
 them. But they mould be conveyed through one of 
 the doors t fide, by means of an iron pe\ I, 
 
 firmed like tl ; and put betwixt t 
 
 doors on 1 mis, they will not only 
 
 much i:\hr, but will out of the way of impeding 
 Oper .tor from teeing what pafles in part of tiie 
 
 furnace: and, by this means, likewife, room may be 
 found for n . >rjcpota and^crtid a could 
 
 ?3 
 
( 1 63 ) 
 
 introduced, if the firft four Hood before the doots; and 
 blocked up the entrance againft any other. When this 
 furnace is wanted for calcinations, or other operations 
 that require lefs heat, the area of the cylinder fhould be 
 made lefs by bricks formed of Wind for loom and fand, 
 and adapted to the cylindrical figure of the cavity: 
 which bricks may be eafily put in, or taken out, by 
 means of the four doors in the upper part, and that in 
 the lower for feeding the fire. The dimenfions of this 
 furnace are calculated to anfwer the purpofe of thofe, 
 who may engage in thefe matters for profit ; and may 
 be enlarged, if there be yet occafion : but for fuch as 
 meddle with them fpeculatively, and in the view of ex- 
 periments only, they may be proportionably contracted j 
 as being much larger than needful. 
 
 The pots for containing the melted matter of the glafs 
 fhould be formed of the clay ufed for making tobacco- 
 pipes, or of the beft potter's clay that can he. procured. 
 But as there are feldom any fuch clay found, as will 
 ftand the drying and burning well, without the admix, 
 ture of fome earthy body, broken crucibles ground to 
 powder, or, in default of them, white fand, or calcined 
 flints duly levigated, may be added. Near London the 
 tobacco-pipe day, or the Sturbridge clay, with a fourth 
 or fifth of ground crucibles or fand, are the beft mate- 
 rials that can be ufed : but care fhould- be taken to free 
 the clay perfectly from Hones or gravel, and to incor- 
 porate the ground crucibles or fand well with the clay. 
 When the tobacco-pipe clay is ufed, it is previouily 
 calcined, and then ground to powder ; and afterwards 
 moiftened with water, then well beat in the manner of 
 mortar. 
 
 Small pots for making paries or coloured glaffes may 
 be formed on a wooden mould; and fhould be (lowly 
 dried, and afterwards baked or burned, in a fire very 
 gradually increafed to a (bong degree, and then fufFered 
 to extinguifh before the pots be taken out of the furnace. 
 This may be done commodioufly iVa potter's kiln, along 
 with earthen or ftone ware. But the pots fhould be 
 placed in the hotted part of the furnace. They other- 
 
 tf 
 
 t\ 
 
 '! 
 
 n 
 
»*•* 
 
 :t!f 
 
 Wfl: 
 
 II 
 
 ff«S 
 
 if 
 
 
 li 
 
 ( 163 ) 
 
 wife may be burned, where other conveniences are want- 
 ing, commodioufly enough in the furnace above-men- 
 tioned ; and if intended to be ufed in fuch furnace, the 
 largeit may be fix inches diameter, and ten or twelve 
 inches in height. However, they mull be formed a 
 little conical or narrower at the bottom than the top, 
 that they may be the more eafily drawn from the mould; 
 which need only to be a piece of wood turned into tfce 
 form and dimeniions of the cavity of the pot. 
 
 Of the feveral kinds ofmohite glafs ; and their compo- 
 sition in general f\ The feveral kind of white tranf- 
 parent glafs now ufed in mod parts of Europe are, 
 the flint-glafs (as it is here called) and the German 
 cryllal glafs, which are applied to the fame ufes and 
 purpofes ; — the glafs for plates for mirrors or looking- 
 glaffes ; — the glafs for windows and other lights ; — and 
 the oflafs for phials, and fuch kind of fmall veffels. 
 
 Of each of thcfe kinds there are feveral forts ; fome 
 only differing in the particular compofition and manage- 
 ment of vthe directors of the works where they are ma- 
 nufactured, but alike in their price, and the ufes to 
 which they are applied ; and others, which are allow- 
 edly inferior forts, fold at cheaper rates, and employed 
 accordingly for coarfer purposes. 
 
 The feveral kinds of piafs differ in the fub'lances cm* 
 
 the 
 
 ployed as fluxes in forming them, as well as in 
 coarfeneis or iineuefs of fuch as are ufed for their body. 
 The flint and cryfial, mirror, and bed window glafs, not 
 only require fuch purity in the fluxes, as may render it 
 practicable to free the glafs perfectly from <'}H colour ; 
 but, far r. h e i'n m e r e a ! o 1 1 alio, either 1 1 i e w h i t e L y n n ~ 
 fand, calcined Hints, or white pebbles, ihould be ufed. 
 The others do not demand the fame nicety in the choice 
 of the materials; tho' the fecond kind of window glafs, 
 and the bell kind of phial, will not be fo clear as they 
 Ought, if either too brown fand, or impure falts, be fut- 
 fered to enter into their compofition. 
 
 Qfi the nature and compofition of flint glafs ; and the 
 German cryfial glafs. .] Flint gliffs, is of the fame ge- 
 neral kind with what is in other places called cryltar 
 
( i6 4 ) 
 glafs. It had this name from being originally made 
 with calcined flints, before the ufe of the white land 
 wasunderftood ; and, though no flints are now ufed in 
 its compofition, it retains {till the name. This kind 
 differs, however, from the German and other cryftal 
 glafs, in being partly formed of lead ; whereas the flux- 
 ing bodies employed for the others, are only falts or ar- 
 fe^ic ; and in having a white fand (which as is faicl be- 
 fore, appears to be fragments of cryftal) for its body. 
 Inftead of which, calcined flints, or the white river peb- 
 bles, or other fuch (tones, are u led for the cryftal glafs 
 in other places : there being no fand of this kind of equal 
 goodnefs found out of England, as far as is hitherto 
 known. 
 
 The compoGtion of flint glafs is, therefore principally 
 the white fand and lead ; to which a due proportion of 
 nitre is added, to burn away the phlogifion of die lead ; 
 which otherwife imparts a ftrong yejlow tinge to the 
 glafs; and to this is added, for hiding the remainder of 
 the colour, a fmail quantity of magneiia : ae alfo in forae 
 works a proportion of arfenic, to aid the fluxing ingre- 
 dients. Flint glafs. is not, however, a Ample glafs of 
 lead : for where no other falls are added, yet the quan- 
 tity of -nitre ufed being coriikierable, and fluxing a pro- 
 portionable' quantity of the la,nd, it muft be coniidered 
 as a compound glafs of laics and lead. But indeed it 
 has been generally pra£iifed, to add fome quantity of 
 other falts to it ; and diminifli proportionably the quan- 
 tity of lead otherwife neceffary. This quantity, thouph. 
 great in the g'afs made fome time ago, feems to be much 
 diminifhed in that manufactured lately j at leait in fome ' 
 works: as appears from the- frtiall weight and tranfpa- 
 reucy of what is now to be met with ; as well as from 
 the veffels' beine* blown much thinner, and of lefs fub- 
 ltance, than the pdafs in which leads abound could well 
 bear to be. The admifiion of lead into glafs renders fuch 
 glafs lefs hard and tranfparent, than that made of falts 
 only. But there is in glafs of lead a power of reflecting 
 the ravs of light, of the fame nature with that of di- 
 amonds and topazes, that, gives a luilre ana brilliant' aj> 
 
•_ •-» 
 
 ( i«5 ) 
 
 pea.ance to veffels of a round figure, not found in the 
 Lrc P !afs of falts : where the too great tranfparency, 
 and want of play, occafions a poornefa ?r deadnefs m 
 the look, when feen by the other : and this likewife «- 
 tends itfelf in fame degree to the appearance of liquors 
 contained in them. For polygonal veifels however, or 
 ,l,ofe cut with flat fides, or fuel, as are decorated with 
 (lowers, or other ornaments cut in them, or with gilct- 
 W, the glafs of falts is preferable ; as may be obferved 
 hi tbe ihftance of thofe brought from Germany. 1 his 
 in ,ft not, nevertheiefs, be extended tofuch pieces as are 
 cut with a great number of angles for the parts of chan- 
 deliers, or other piirpofcs where the play of the bght is 
 wanted : for in all Rich cafes, the glafs formed with lead 
 again takes place of the other ; as producing a greatly 
 ftro.vger and more beautiful effe% for the reafons before 
 
 - V l7 appears from what has been faid, that flint glafs 
 may be,' as in fad it is, formed of various compofitions, 
 by tdtering the quantities of lead and nitre, and adding 
 equivalent ptopoftirtns of other falts or arfemc : in con- 
 ference of which, favings may be made in the expence, 
 and a difference will arife in the hardnefs or foftnefs of 
 the glafs. For the more the quantities ofnitre or other 
 falls are increased, and that of the lead d.mmiflied, the 
 more hard and firm the texture of the glafs will be ; and 
 fo vice verfa. I will, therefore, give a recipe for the 
 compofition of a glafs, according to each of the feyeral 
 manners, in which the proportion of the ingredients 
 may be properly varied; and dift.ngu.fh, likewife, in 
 each cafe, what the abfohite and comparative qualities 
 of the elafs produced will be ; and with refped to the 
 comparative expence, the quantities of the fcyera in- 
 gredients bein 5 thus ftated, it will be very eafy for thole 
 who are acquainted with the market-price of them, to 
 
 make a computation. /„,■, r *;.,* 
 
 No. I. CSptMtM of thevwft perfia kind offitnt 
 chfsA "Take of the white fand one hundred and 
 twenty pounds, of red lead fifty pounds, of the heft 
 pearl-aflies forty pounds, of nitre twenty pounds, and 
 
 I 
 
( 1 66 ) 
 
 o/ magnefia five .ounces."— If this compofition be fufed 
 
 with a very ftrong fire, and time be given to it, a glafs 
 
 will be produced, that will have the play of the belt 
 
 flint glafs, and yet be hard and, ftrong. 'it is not f Q 
 
 cheap as the compofitions below given, where arfenic 
 
 or common fait is introduced, or where more of the 
 
 pear.l-afhes are ufed : in either of which eafes, fevirms 
 
 may be made, by dinainifhing proportionahly the quan- 
 
 titles of. nitre. But the qualities of this glafs will be 
 
 found to come nearer to the Ilandard of. perfeaiun : 
 
 Which is to unite the fu&re and hardnefs together in 
 
 the greateil degree, they are compatible with each 
 
 other. 
 
 If this compofition be, however, defired to flux with 
 lefs heat and quicker, a powder or two of arfenic may 
 be added : which will be found efFedually to anfwer the 
 purpofe. 
 
 No. 2. Compofition of flint gLfs, with a greater pro- 
 portion of/alts,-] " Take of fand one hundred and 
 twenty pounds, of red lead thirty -fix pounds, of nitre 
 
 twelve pounds, and of magnefia fix ounces."- This 
 
 will require much the fame fire as the other : but will 
 be harder in its texture ; and have lefs of the Tefra£ive 
 play of the light : it is, Jhtoweyer, a very good cempo- 
 iition of glafs j and comes nearer to the kind now 
 made : though I. imagine the proportion of lead is ftill 
 more diminished in force. I have feeu than here. If it 
 be defired, to be made more yielding to the fire, arfenic 
 maybe added as is di reded for the preceding ; or the 
 quantity of fand may be leflened ; but in that, cafe the 
 glafs will be fofter and weaker. 
 
 No. 3, Cheaper compofition of 'flint glafs with arfenic.'] 
 " fake of white. fand one hundred and twenty pounds, 
 pf the beft pearl-afhes thirty-five pounds, of red lead 
 forty pounds, of nitre thirteen pounds, of arfenic fix 
 pounds, and of magnefia four ounces."— This glafs will 
 require a confiderable time in the fire to become clear, 
 and mud not, if it can be avoided, be ftrongly urged 
 at firfl : for the arfenic is apt to fublime away', if the 
 heat be violent before the other ingredients run \\ 
 

 It. 3: 
 
 "tit 
 IS | 
 
 re !f| 
 >re of 
 
 Jj 81 
 
 'fitlt 
 
 itlE 
 
 lit; 
 
 am 
 red: 
 of [J 
 
 imti 
 
 ra 
 
 I is I 
 
 lit* 
 
 ( i*7 ) 
 
 fufion fo as to detain it. It is well, therefore, to mix 
 a confiderable proportion of glafs, which has been 
 wrought before, and is to be manufactured over again 
 with this compofition when it is ufed ; which, running 
 fooner than the new mixed ingredients, will take hold 
 of the arfenic, and fix it. This compofition mould, 
 however, be afterwards fufed, with a confiderable heat ; 
 and continued in that ftate till the milky appearance of 
 the arfenic, which it will fometimes retain for a long 
 time, be entirely gone. For notwithstanding this ap- 
 parent reluctance to perfedl vitrification, the arfenic 
 never fails at length to become very tranfparent glafs ; 
 and even to contribute greatly to render the other in- 
 gredients fo likewife. This glafs will not be fo hard a* 
 thofe of the above compofitions : but it will be very 
 clear, and may be employed for the formation of large 
 veifeis, where a fu flick nt thick nefs can be allowed to 
 give them ftrength. 
 
 No, 4. Cheaper compoftions of glpfs by means of com- 
 mon fali.~\ " Take the proportions of the other ingre^ 
 (hems given in the lair. ; and, omitting the arfenic, add 
 in its (lead fifteen pounds of common fait," — This will 
 be more brittle than the lad ; and' therefore cannot be 
 recommended, unlefs for the fabrication of fuch kind of 
 veilels, or other pieces, where the ilrength is of little 
 moment. 
 
 ^ No. 5. Cheapeft compofition of flint glafs, by the addi- 
 tion of arfenic and common fait. ] " Take of the white 
 land one hundred and twenty pounds, of , red lead thirty 
 pounds, oftHe bell pearl-allies twenty pounds, of nitre 
 ten pounds* of common fait fifteen pounds, and of ar- 
 letiic fix pounds. "—'['his glafs will fufe with a moderate 
 heat ; but requires time, like the lad, to take off the 
 milky appearance of the arfenic; it is yet fofter than 
 the lad ; and may, therefore, be deemed the woril kind 
 of flint glafs that can be made, preferving the appear- 
 ance of good glafs u> the eye ; which it will have equally 
 with any other when properly managed.. 
 
 No. 6. Compofition of the heft German cryftal glafs.~] 
 " Take or tfre calcined flints, or white (and, one hun- 
 
( i63 ) 
 
 drtd and twenty pounds, of the heft pearl-afh.es feventy 
 pounds, of fait petre ten pounds, of arfenic half a 
 pound, and of magnefia five ounces."— 1? the pearl- 
 aftics be pure and good, this glafs will equal the bell of 
 this kind that ever was made. Borax has been fre- 
 quently ufed alfo'in the competitions for this fort of 
 glffs ;* but its great price, without any equivalent ad- 
 vantage, will deter from the employing it in large ma- 
 nufaaures ; as there is no fort of tranfparent glafs in 
 common pradice, that of which looking-glafs plates is 
 made excepted, can bear the expence of it 
 
 No. 7. Cheaper compofithn of German cryflal glafs.] 
 " Take of calcined flints, or white fand, one hundred 
 and twenty pounds, of pearl allies forty- fix pounds, of 
 nitre feven pounds, of arfenic fix pounds, and of mag- 
 nefia live ounces."- This compofuion requires a long 
 
 continuance of heat, on account of the arfenic, for the 
 reafon before given. It produces a glafs equally, or 
 more tranfparent and colonrlefs than the preceding, but 
 ferae what more brittle. The arfenic is, however, fo 
 difagreeable an ingredient, from the deleterious quali- 
 ties of the fumes, which will neceffarily rife copioufly 
 .fill the fuiion of the other ingredients check it, that, 
 where the advantage is not more con fide rable than the 
 jtaving ariling from the difference of thefe two recipes, 
 it is fcarcely worth while to fubmit to t.he inconveniencies 
 
 of it. 
 
 Of the nature ami compofitm of the glafs proper for 
 plates for mirrors or looking glafes.'] The glafs for 
 forming the looking-glafs plates in perfeaiou, is the 
 rnoft nice and difficult kind to manage, of any what: 
 ever ; there being no latitude* with refped to feveral cf 
 the qualities, as there is in the cafe of flint glafs, with- 
 out its goodnefs being really impaired. Thefe qualities 
 are, to be entirely tranfparent and colonrlefs ; to have 
 as little power of refrading the rays of light aspoffible ; 
 to fie entirely free from bubbles, fpecks and flaws, and 
 to be fufible with a moderate heat. Hardnefs of con- 
 fidence is of lefs confequence in this kind of glala than 
 in the flint ; though it is an additional excellence ; as, 
 
 s 
 lit! 
 
 lie 
 
 \ 
 
 lie 
 lid 
 Jb 
 
 i 
 
 ill 
 
 11} 
 
( i6 9 ) 
 
 far as it may be had along with the other qualities : 
 fince the plates may, in that cafe, be wrought thinner 
 with the fame degree of drength, which is a confider- 
 able advantage to mirrors made of them. 
 
 The white fand is the proper ingredient for forming 
 the body of this kind of glafs, as well as of the flint : 
 and the principal part of the flux mould be the fixed 
 alkaline fait of vegetables; which the pearl- afhes will 
 belt furnifli, when duly purified. This fait mud, how- 
 ever, be aided by borax, or common fait ; in order to 
 facilitate the fufion, and prevent the glafs from diflening 
 in that decree, of heat, in which it is to be wrought into 
 plates. Lead is by no means a proper ingredient in the 
 compofition of this kind of glafs; on account of its 
 augmenting the refracting power ; and for the fame rea- 
 fon arfenic, which has the like effect, though in a much 
 [els degree (hould be either omitted, or but fparingly 
 ufed. The fand (hould be carefully cleanfed for this 
 ufe, bv the means before directed for that purpofe, and 
 the borax mould be firft calcined, and then rubbed to 
 powder. The pearl- allies mull likewife be purified 
 for this ufe, which may be done in the following 
 
 way : 
 
 Manner of purifying the pearl aJJoes^ " Take any 
 quantity of the bed pearl afhes, and diflblve them in 
 four times their weight of water boiling : which opera- 
 tion may be bed performed in a pot of cad iron. When. 
 they are diffolved, let the folution be put into a clean 
 tub ; and fufFered to remain there twenty-four hours or 
 longer. Let the clear part of the fluid be then de- 
 canted off from the dregs or fediment, and put back into 
 the iron pot ; in which the water mud be evaporated 
 away till the falts be left perfectly dry again. ^ They 
 (hould then, if not ufed immediately, be kept in done 
 jars well fecured from moidure and air, till fuch time as 
 they are wanted." — Great care (hould be always taken, 
 in this treatment of the falts, to keep the iron pot tho- 
 roughly clean from rud, which would give the yellow 
 tinge to the glafs, not to be removed without greatly 
 injuring it. 
 
( 170 ) 
 
 No. i . Beft ccmpofition of glafs^for look'mg* glafs plates.! 
 «' Take of white fand cleanied fixty pounds, of purified 
 pearl- allies twenty five pounds, of falt-petre fifteen 
 pounds, and of borax feven pounds."— This compofi- 
 tion mould be continued long in the fire; which mould 
 beforfome time ftrong, and afterwards more moderate, 
 that the 'glafs may be entirely free from bubbles before 
 it be worked. It will be entirely clear of all colour 
 unle'fs in cafe of Tome accident : but if any yellow tino-e 
 fhould, neverthelefs, unfortunately affedt it, there is no 
 remedy, except by adding a fmall proportion of mag- 
 rselia, which fhould be mixed with an equal quantity of 
 ajfehic ; and after their being put into the glafp, giving 
 it a confiderable heat again, and then -fufferhig it to free 
 itfelf from bubbles in a more moderate one, as before. 
 If the tinge be flight, an ounce of magnefia may be 
 fir ft tried ; and if that prove inefficient, the quantity 
 mud be inc. re a fed ; but the glais will always be obfeure, 
 in proportion co the quantity that is admitted $ though 
 perhaps, not in a decree that may pi event it from Da'JBmr 
 
 great 
 
 current with thole who do not examine with 
 itri&nefs. This composition is not to be made without 
 txpence, at the timeB when borax is dear ; but the {Treat 
 price which looking- glafs platej, particulaily fuch a* 
 are large, bear, will very well allow it : or even the add- ' 
 ihg a greater, quantity of borax, when there is oeca- 
 fi.>n to have the glafs run ©ore ealily, and roll in a lets 
 degree of heat. 
 
 No. 2. Cheaper compojitioti for looking-glafs plates. ~\ 
 <c Take of the white (and iixiy pounds, of pearl-afhes 
 twenty pounds, of common fait ten popndg, of nitre 
 feven pounds, of arfenic two pounds, and of borax one 
 pound/'— -This glafs will run with as little heat as 
 the former ; but. it will be more brittle, and refracl the 
 rays of light in a greater degree. It is, therefore, worie 
 tian the other in a greater degree, than is balanced by 
 the faving in an article, where the eoft of the materials 
 is not confiderable in proportion to the return ; it being 
 the work and JkltJ, and not the prime expen.ee of the 
 ingredient's, that make the high price of icoking-glafs 
 
( i7i ) 
 
 plates. It would be, confequently, unpardonable, 
 while they continue to be fold at the prefect dear rates 
 they bear in this country, to impair ihe quality of the 
 glafs, for the fake of a trifling faving out of the origi- 
 nal price of the materials. 
 
 Of the nature and cotnhpfiiion of wtndow~glaff\ In 
 orde>r to have window-glafs in the uiraoft perfection, 
 the fame qualities and treatment are required, as for the 
 looking-glafs plates ; and the fame kind of glafs is, 
 
 t therefore, ufed for lights, where the expence can be 
 
 I allowed. But as that is only done in extraordinary 
 cafes, inferior kinds of various rates of price are wanted 
 for more common purpofes ; where not only the coft 
 
 :[] of grinding may be iaved, but even the glafs itfelf 
 
 i| afforded cheaper, on account of its compofition. The 
 hell of thefe kinds is called crown-glafs: the compofi* 
 
 J tion for which may be as follows ; the ingredients being 
 previously prepared in the fame manner as for the look- 
 
 I ing-glafs. 
 
 No. I. Compofition of crown (or the heft 'window) 
 glafs,'] " Take of white fand fixty pounds, of purified 
 pearl afhes thirty pounds, of falt-petre fifteen pounds, 
 of borax one pound, and of arfenic half a pound."-— - 
 This will be very clear and colourlefs, if the ingredients 
 be good : and will not be very dear. It will run With 
 
 j; a moderate heat ; but if it be defired to be yet more fu- 
 ll ble and foft, half a pound or a pound more of arfenic 
 may be added. If the glafs mould prove yellow, the 
 magnefia mult be ufed, as above, dire&ed for the looking- 
 glafs* 
 
 No. 2. Com pon tion for a cheaper kind cf window - 
 glafs. j " Take of white fand fixty pounds, of unpu- 
 fified pearl-afhes t wenty-five pounds, of common fait 
 ten pounds, of nitre five pounds, of arfenic two pounds, 
 ai I of ma<rnefia one ounce and a half." — This will be 
 iiuerior to the above kind ; but may be improved, where 
 defired, by purifying the pearl -afhes. This operation 
 will not only free them from the remaining part of the 
 Ciirth of the afhes they were extracted from : (which it 
 
 Q, 2 
 
*m 
 
 ( *7* ) \ 
 apt to give a (mall degree of opacity to the |la&, as it 
 wil] not vitrify in this Hate) but renders them alfo lefs 
 liable to impart a yellow tinge to the glafs ; and, there- 
 fore, where the goodnefs of fuch afives is known by 
 trial, an ounce of the magnefia, or perhaps more, may 
 be fpared. 
 
 No. 3. Compofition of 'common or green window- glafs.] 
 il Take of white fand fixty pounds, of Unpurified pear). 
 afhes thirty pounds, of common fait ten pounds, of ar- 
 
 fenic two pounds, and of tnagnefia two ounces."- 
 
 This is a cheap compofition ; and will not appear much 
 green, nor be very deficient in tranfparency. 
 
 No. 4. Cheapeft compofition of common or green 
 window- glafs.'] " Take of the cheapelt kind of white 
 fand or: hundred and twenty pounds, of unpurified 
 pearl afhes thirty pounds, of wood-allies well burned 
 and fifted fixty pounds, of common fait twenty pounds, 
 and of arfenic five pounds."-— This compofition is very 
 cheap, and will .produce a glafs with a greeniih caft ; 
 but greatly fuperior to what I have frequently met with: 
 though nothing that will at all anfwer the end, can be 
 well prepared at lefs expence. 
 
 Of ike nature and compofition of the glafs for phials.'] 
 The glafs of which phials for the life of apothecaries, 
 ink-bottles, and many other fuch fmali veffels, are made, 
 is a kind betwixt the flsnt-glafs and the common bottle 
 or green wl&fs. A very good fort of which may be thus 
 prepared : 
 
 No. 1. Compofition &f the left phial- glafs,] " Take 
 of white fand one hundred and twenty pounds, of un- 
 purified pearl-afhes fifty pounds, of common fait ten 
 pounds, of arfenic five pounds, and of magnefia five 
 ounces," — This will be a very good glafs for the pur- 
 pofe ; and will work with a moderate heat: but re- 
 quires time to become clear, on account of the propor- 
 tion of arfenic : when, however, it u once in good c< a- 
 dition, it will become very near to the cryflal-glais. 
 
 No . 1 . Che ape ft compofition of green or common phial- 
 glaf.] "Take, of the cheapeft kind of white fand 
 one hundred and twenty pounds, of wood-afhes well 
 
 '0 
 
 in 
 
 
 it 
 
( 173 ) 
 
 burned and fifted eighteen pounds, of pearl-ames twenty 
 
 pounds, of common fait fifteen pounds, of arfenic one 
 pound. yy — -—This will be green, but tolerably tranfpa- 
 Fcnt ; and will work with a moderate fire, and vitrify 
 quickly with a llrong one. 
 
 Qif the commixture vf the ingredients for the feveral 
 
 i compojitions &f <w kite tranfp are nt glafs, ~\, The commix- 
 
 fi ture of the ingredients for making glafs mud be per- 
 
 „ formed by different methods, according to the nature 
 
 of the ingredients ;hat enter into the different -compo* 
 
 litioa?. 
 
 When fa nd, and fixed alkaline falts, whether in form 
 of pearl-afhes, or of fucli as are extracted from them, 
 or any other afhes of vegetables, are ufed together, they 
 ought to be thoroughly mixed, by grinding them in a 
 place free from damp. When they are fo mixed, they 
 Should be put into a proper calcining furnace, and there 
 continued in a moderate heat for five or fix hours ; being 
 in the mean time frequently turned over and ftirred a- 
 bout, by means of a proper rake ; and at the end of 
 that time t ken ourof the furnace, and either immedi- 
 ately ufed, or kept, where no moifturc can have accefs 
 to them, till wanted. The matter in this (late is called 
 frit, and may be converted into glafs without further 
 preparation, than being broken into grofs powder before 
 it be put into the pots ; unlefs where other ingredients 
 are to be added to it : in which cafe the following me- 
 thods may be purfued. 
 
 When nitre is to be added to the frit, it mould be 
 after the calcination : and if it be well powdered, it may 
 be mixed with the frit, without their being ground to- 
 gether. 
 
 If arfenic be alfo ufed, h mould, being previoufiy 
 well levigated, be mixed with the nitre, at the time that 
 it is to be powdered ; and they may be then added to- 
 gether to the frit. But if no nitre be ufed, it mould be 
 ground with fome pounds of the frit; or rather with 
 fome of the falts of which the frit is made ; and ;hea 
 put to it. 
 
( 174 ) 
 
 In the cafe of the flint -glafs, whenlarge proportions 
 of lead and nitre are admitted into the composition ; or 
 in other cafes of foft glafs, where very powerful fluxes 
 are ufed ; the calcining the frit is difpenfed with, and 
 the fand, alkaline falts, lead, nitre, and alfo arfcnic, if 
 any be ufed, are thoroughly mixed together by grinding. 
 But if a calcined frit be ufed, the matter, after it has 
 undergone that operation, and been grofsly powdered, 
 niuft be put into the pot with the other ingredients in 
 that (late ; they being previoufly well commixt together 
 by grinding. 
 
 If borax be ufed with the frit, alone, it mould be 
 ground with a fmali part of it ; and then mixed with the 
 reft. But, if other ingredients are to be added, it may- 
 be ground with them. It mould, however, be always 
 fir ft calcined, that is, placed in a moderate heat, till the 
 ebullition it makes at fir ft be over, and it be left in.adiy 
 ftate. 
 
 When common fait is ufed in the compofition of jdafs 
 where the frit is prepared, it may be added to the al- 
 kaline fait and fand when they are to be ground toge- 
 ther :j and calcined along with them, which will fpare 
 the trouble of the decrepitation, mentioned p. *j 46 to 
 be neceffary. The fait mult otherwile be put into a 
 proper veffei, and continued in a gentle heat till it ceafes 
 the crackling: it will for fome lime make : and, if it 
 be not ufed immediately, it mull be carefully kept from 
 all -moifture, even that of the air. When no frit is pre- 
 vioufiy made, Jo as to afford an opportunity of calcining 
 the fait with it, being lirll decrepitated, it may be mixed 
 \vkh a'nv of the" other ingredients ; but mull not be luf- 
 feud to -attract anv 'moifture ; otherwife it. will crackle 
 atl'ri decrepitate ap-ain in the pots, and waite the matter, 
 by diiTipaung it with the numberlefs little exploiious it 
 
 will make. 
 
 Miignefia, when admitted into the compofition of glafs 
 made of frit without any other addition, being well le- 
 \!gat:d preparatorily, mould be intimately mixed by 
 grinding with fome pounds of the frit ; and then pun 
 
 nvio ti:t pots along with the ( ieil. 
 
 "Rut where lead, 
 
( m ) 
 
 fait petre, or other ingredients are to be added, it may 
 be mixed with them when they are ground ; and then 
 put to the frit. If »e frit be prepared, it may, never- 
 |: Ihelefs, be mingled with any of the fluxmg ingredients, 
 i and fo commixt with the whole mafs. 
 il, Of the manner of melting and fuftng the fever al mnpo- 
 i ftlor.s, in order to their converfwn into g'cf : with >the 
 I 'maris of judging when the vitrification is perfrft.] 1 he 
 X materials being all prepared and duly mixed, the matter 
 mult be put into the pots: and urged to fnfion, by a 
 beat proportioned to the tlrength of the flux in the com- 
 J pofnion : and this muft be continued till the whole maU 
 ' : become one uniform fluid ; and have acquired the qua- 
 lities neceffary in that particular kind of glais which is 
 intended to be produced. There is an attention to ano- 
 ;: ther object, however, required in the mean time ; which 
 is, the taking off the icum and feidnefs that will anfe 
 on the glais ]n the ad-ion of the ingredients on each 
 other, and the coction of the matter. This is to be 
 done bv means of proper ladles ; and ihould be tffcc- 
 tually performed before the gla'^ be wrought : otnei- 
 Wife it will be fo fouled by this fubftance, as to be ren- 
 dered of very little value. This matter is called lando- 
 ver: and is fold to the coiotiYmert, who difpofc of it 
 ] to the potters ; and they Life it in the compoihions of 
 
 their glazings. r . 
 
 The exact time for keepYng the feveral compoiition* 
 of gfa-fo infuiion, in order to their peried vitrification, 
 tan by no means be fettled by rule. For there is io 
 much variation h the difpufition of different parcels ot 
 materials of the fame kind to vitrify ; and likewifc io 
 great an uncertainty, with r$*& to the degrees of heat 
 maintainable even m the fame furnace, that it mutt be 
 left to the judgment of the operator. But where the 
 power of the flux is.weaker, as maybe gathered Irom 
 the nature and proportions of the ingredients in the 
 competition, or where the heat is lefs mteufe, a greater 
 time will necefiariiy be required, than in the cafe of 
 iiremger fluxes, and brifker fires. No damage can, 
 bowser, accrue from, allowing a longer fuiion than may 
 
be necefL.ry to givt^ the glafs the appearance of beino- 
 perfect, .except the fols of time and confumption of 
 fuel; for with refpeCt to the white tranfparent gbls, it 
 is always improved in its hardwefs and . clearness, by a 
 longer coction. 
 
 • In order to examine, whether the glafs have attained 
 to its due (late of vitrification, an iron rod, of which 
 the end mould he bright, or at. lead entirely free from 
 rail, muit be dipped m the melted matter; and wf 
 
 a at 
 
 adheres to it .mould be iirfl tried, with refpedt to its due- 
 tility or readinefsto fuiFer itfelf to be drawn out in Ion? 
 threads; and, if this quality be found in it to a fuffi. 
 'cicnt degree, being differed to cool, it lliould be- care- 
 fully infpected, to iorm a judgment of fts colour and 
 cieameis. it h be tranfparent, colourlefs, and frt-i 
 from all fpeeks and bubbles, it. may be concluded per- 
 feci:, and tit to be wrought. But if it want . thefe 
 marks, ..more time mull be given, according to the de- 
 gree of the defe&ivenefs ; and, after,- a reafonable al- 
 lowance of fuch time, it mud be examined again by the 
 fame means J and, if not yet perfect, a further time 
 muit be given, and then the fame trial made again. If, 
 neve; iheleis, after all reasonable allowance of time, and 
 the application of a ftrong heat, which mould be raifed 
 as high as can be admitted conveniently, without detri- 
 ment to the other operations that may be carrying' on in 
 the fame furnace, the glafs yet appear faulty, the 
 means, below advifed, muit be called in aid ; in order 
 to remedy the defe&s, either in the materials thanfelves, 
 or the means of their ctimpblition. 
 
 Of the means of promoting and accelerating the perfeel 
 vitrification of the ingredients , nxihen the cornpojltion proves 
 defective in that point ; nvifh the means of removing any 
 yclloiDijh or greenifh tinge that may arife.~] If, after 
 the treatment above advifed, fufficient time and heat 
 having been given, according to the nature of the com- 
 position, the glafs will not be brought to run into one 
 equal fluid ma is, but appear yet turbid and milky, or 
 to abound in bubbles after fome abatement of the fire, 
 it mud be concluded, that the flux is too weak. An 
 
( *77 ) 
 additional quantity of the fluxing ingredients, mixed 
 together in the fame : relative proportion as at fit ft, mult 
 be therefore put into the pot to the melted mafs ; bu^ 
 gradually., led any fudden ebullition may fwell the mat* 
 te'r, and force part of it out of the pot. The propor- 
 tion of the whole of this additional quantity, mull be 
 regulated by the appearance of what may be wanted 
 from the backwardnefs of the vitrification In the glafs. 
 But it is better to try a (mailer quantity firft ; becaufe 
 more may eafily be added, if found necelTary ; and an 
 excefs, on the other hand, injures the qualities of the 
 glafs ; and in the cafe of falts cannot be rectified, unlcls 
 by a long continuance of the fufion. There is, more- 
 over, this further reafori for trying only a fmaller quan- 
 tity at firft ; that frequently much lefs will anfwer the 
 end, than the appearance may feem to make necelTary. 
 
 It is the practice of fome, when the vitrification will 
 not gc forwards, to have recourfe to the following ex- 
 pedient. They take four, or perhaps fix ounces of 
 arfenic, and mix with it an ounce of magnefia : and, 
 wrapping them tightly in a piece of paper of feyeral 
 doubles, they fatten the rnafs to the end of their iron, 
 and plunge it down to the bottom of the pot ; where, 
 the fubftance of the paper being deftroyed, the matter 
 is left. This will frequently fucceed ; and the glafs will 
 grow clear firft, towards the bottom, and foon after 
 quite to the top \ and gain the perfect ftate of vitrifi- 
 cation. The magnefia , never? belt fs, however it may 
 promote the fufing power of the arfenic, does not feem 
 a very proper ingredient in all cafes. For where there 
 is no yellow tinge in the glafs, it will neceffarily im 
 part a purplifli call ; which, though perhaps in too 
 flight a degree to be cafrly di.ftinguifhed on a common 
 inipe&ion, is rieyerthelefs an imperfection ; and would 
 Chow itfelf if the glafs were to be compared with fuch 
 as were abfolutely colourlefs. 1 (hou.ld think it, there- 
 fore, better to Join two or three ounces of calcined borax 
 with the arfenic, which would anfwer the end without 
 any kind of injury to the glafs, and would not greatly 
 enhance the expence ; when it is premifed, how con- 
 
i™ 
 
 ( r.78 ) 
 
 fiderable a return a pot of glafs makes when worked 
 err. 
 
 "When the glafs appears perfect in other refpe&s, but 
 is found to have a green! or yellow tinge* fuch tinge may 
 frequently be diminifhed by the addition of one or two 
 pounds of nitre; ,if none, or but a fmall proportion 
 have before been admitted into the compofition. The 
 nitre, in this cafe, jhou'ld be fluxed with fome .frit, cr 
 with fome other glafs of .the fame kind with that in the 
 pot, before it be put to the other ingredients. This is 
 requifite, in order that it may the readier mix with the 
 matter; and not be partly blown out of the pot, by the 
 ■ebullition" it would make, in confequence of the water 
 contained in Its cryftals, or partly fwim on the furfaee ; 
 as would happen, if it were put in crude, without being 
 preparatorily heated or mixed with any other body. 
 But if this fail, or remedy, only in part the fault, re- 
 courfei mufl be had to the magnefia ; to which may be 
 adrantageoufly added two- or three ounces of arfenic , 
 and they may be conveyed into the pot by the means 
 above directed ; which prevents the powders from float- 
 ing on the furfaee of tie melted matter, where the ar- 
 ienic would foon fublirne away, and take no efFec?c. 
 
 Of the compofition and treatment of the common bottle^ 
 cr green glafs ^ This kind, excepting the beauty of 
 colour and tr'arifparency, is the moil perfect glafs at pre- 
 fect manufactured; and, with refpecl to its utility, is 
 alfo equal'in importance to any other. It is formed of 
 land of any kind, fluxed- by the aihes of burned wood, 
 or of any partsof vegetables. The allies muft not have 
 the falts extfa&ed from them, but muft confiR of them, 
 and the calcined earth of the vegetable fubftances, 
 whence they -re produced. This earth, thoup-h when 
 once feparated from the falts formed along- with it in 
 the incineration, it becomes abfolutely refractory tovt- 
 trification; and remits- not only the _ fame falts which 
 were taken front it, but even the ftrongdt fluxes ; yet 
 conjoined with tjhefe fairs* in the manner in 'which it is 
 originally produced in the incineration, it not only vi- 
 laacs perfectly itffeift but even a£is as a flux on fand, 
 
net! 
 
 btf 
 
 '"I t 
 
 at 
 
 aiif 
 ei 
 
 9tb 
 
 ( i?9' ) 
 For- on the mixing fand with the entire afhes, a .much 
 greater proportion will be converted into glafs, than 
 wdtild be by the proportion of falts contained in the 
 afhes, if ufed alone without the earth. In general, the 
 bottie-giafs is only compounded of thefe two ingredi- 
 ents, fand and wood -afhes : but where the fcoria or 
 clinkers of furnaces or forges can be obtained in fuffi- 
 clent quantity, they may be added with great advan- 
 tage : as a much lefs proportion of wood-afhes will be- 
 come necefiary, and the good qualities of the glafs be 
 rather improved than impaired The fcoria to be ob~,. 
 tained at large foundaries, are very proper for the pur- 
 pofe : or thofe from any other fuch works, where large 
 and ftrong tires are ufed. The particular compofition 
 of this glafs may be as follows; but the proportions 
 here given fuppofe the foftefl fand : to procure which 
 care fhould be taken, as a great faying is thence made in 
 the quantity of wood- allies necefiary. 
 
 Compofition of green, or bottle -glafs.] " Take of wood - 
 afhes two hunched pounds, and of fand one hundred 
 pounds. Mix them thoroughly well by grinding toge- 
 ther." — This is the due proportion where the land is. 
 good, and the wood -afhes are ufed without any other 
 addition : but there are inftances of fand of fo kindly 
 a nature for vitrification, that a greater proportion of it 
 may be added. 
 
 Gompojliion of green or bottle -glafs, with the addi- 
 tion of fcoria or elinkers^ ts Take of wood-alhes one 
 hundred and feventy pounds, of fand one hundred 
 pounds, and of icona *or cliuktrs fifty pounds. Mix 
 (he whole well by grinding them together.'' — The 
 clinkers ihould be well ground before they be ufed, if 
 they admit of it. But frequently they are too hard ; 
 and in that cafe they Ihould be broken into as fmall bits 
 as can be done conveniently ; and mixed with the other 
 matter without any grinding. The harder they are, the 
 lefs material will be the powdering them, as they will the 
 fooner melt of themfelves in the furnace ; and, confe- 
 quehtly, mix with the other ingredients. 
 
 The oeneral manner of fuling, and converting tin* 
 
( 
 
 i8o 
 
 
 conipofiti'on to glafs, is the fame as in the other kinds** 
 as are alFo the means of judging when the vitrification 
 is perfed ; and the remedy of the defed when the firft 
 compofitioawiii not produce it ; except with refpecVto 
 colour, which is, in the cafe of this kind of glaft, cn . 
 tirely out^of qiieftion. When clinkers are not to he 
 had in fuSeieiit quantity, to allow of their being u ^d 
 Hi the general compofkion, it is well however to have 
 fome qua.ntity,_ tt> employ^occaiionally, when the vim. 
 fkation rails. For the adding fneh a proportion of them 
 as may appear nectflary, with an equal part of wood, 
 allien, will anfwer the purpofe much better, than the 
 addition of more wood-afhes alone, where the^jhii lil 
 found too weak j as will happen i'ometimes from trie 
 great variation in the different parcels, as well of the 
 aihes as fand. 
 
 Of the general nature of coloured glafs : and of the 
 feveral compofitUns proper for receiving "the colours, hi 
 order to the firming glafs, or Pafles, in imitation of p re . 
 cious Jlones ; with the qualities attendant on each. ] The 
 gials, which is intentionally tinged with colours, may 
 be divided into three kinds; the white opake and femi- 
 transparent. glafs: the tranfparent coloured glass: and 
 the k'm'utranfparent or opake coloured glafs/ 
 
 The white opake glafs, as Mo fome tranfoarent 
 kinds are principally nied for making knalj vafesj toys, 
 and fome forts of uieful vefkis, as cream-pots, &cY in 
 .imitation of China-ware of any kind, of which m 
 Thai! [peak below. It is alfo frequently employed, as a 
 white enamel for grounds, by painters' of enamel dial- 
 plates, inuff-boxes, and other fneh pieces, as have not 
 occafion to pafs feveral times through the fire, in order 
 to their being finifhed. 
 
 The compofition of white opake and femi tranfparent 
 glafs is very various ; as any kind of coloured glafs may 
 be made the body of fuch ; and the tinge may be given 
 by calcined tin or antimony; alio by arfenic, calcined 
 hanrnprn or bones, and feveral other fubftances. 
 ■Ti^ tranfparent glafs, tinged with colours, is like- 
 
 e of different kinds, as the body or ground may' be 
 
I; 
 
 i 
 
 i 
 
 ( 1S1 ) 
 
 tranfparent colourlefs glafs, or any of the compolitions 
 above exhibited. But it is commonly diftinguifhed into- 
 two torts only ; the one called coloured glafs, and the 
 other pattes. The realon of which di (Unction lies in 
 th is. The chief defign of all coloured tranfparent glafs 
 being the imitation of precious ilones, the qualities of 
 fuch glafs, when perfect, are to be very clear and tranf- 
 parent ; to he free from all colour but the proper tinge \ 
 and to be very hard and tenacious in their texture. But 
 thefe qualities being not to be had, except in glafs that 
 is very difficult to be melted, and requires a long as well 
 as an ihtenfe heat, b^th to its own mature vitrification* 
 and that of the bodies added to give the colour to it ; 
 it became inconvenient to thofe who prepared thefe kind 
 of compofztions in fmall quantities, to maintain fuch 
 ftrong fires ; and therefore fofter compoiitions were 
 fought for, that would run with the heat of common 
 fmall furnaces ; and would likewile be brought to per- 
 fection in a much fhorter time. Thefe compoiitions 
 were therefore called palies, to diftinguifh them from 
 the harder glafs, which retained its proper appella- 
 tion. 
 
 The glafs moil proper for the imitation of precious 
 {lories, where the hardnefs, which is a raoit valuable 
 quality in fuch aw is intended for mock jewels, that are 
 expofed to much wear, is wanted, is a perfect glafs of 
 falts ; in which no more flux is admitted, than merely 
 what may be necefTary for the complete vitrification of 
 the glafs, and tinging fubftanees ; but it fliould be ab- 
 folutely free from e^ery kind of tinge, except that 
 which is intended to be given it. 
 
 The kind mod proper for forming palies, is a mixed 
 glafs of lead and fall', which will run eaiily ; and vitrify 
 in a fhort time the metalline or other bodies that are 
 employed for tinging it. But in order to make it yet 
 more fufible, without having fo large a proportion of 
 lead as may make the texture of the glafs too tender and 
 brittle, arfenic and borax may be admitted into the com- 
 petition. Jkndes the forming imitations of coloured 
 
 R 
 
( 182 ), 
 
 {tones, there- is yet another purpofe to which this kind 
 of glafs is peculiarly adapted, which is the making 
 mock diamonds and topazes, that cannot be fo well 
 counterfeited by any other compofition ; as the lead, 
 according to what was before obferved, gives a very ex- 
 traordinary refracting power to the glafs, of which it 
 is an ingredient. This fort might feem to belong to 
 the clafs of the white tranfparent kinds. of glafs before 
 treated of: but as the application of thatekind of com- 
 pofition, which renders it properly a parte according to 
 the above diftinction, is confined -.to -.the intentions of 
 imitating gems, it is more properly introduced amongft 
 the others, with which it has a common denomina- 
 tion. 
 
 The femi tranfparent coloured glafs may have for its 
 body, either the compofitions of the harder kinds ; or 
 tnofe of paftes : and it is principally applied to the imi- 
 tation of the femi-tranfparent Hones, as lapis lazuli, 
 chalcedony, jafper, agate, opal, or fuch others. The 
 manner of compofing them is much the fame, as that of 
 the tranfparent kinds ; except the adding feme opake 
 white body, which will endure the fuilon of the glafs, 
 without being vitrifiedj at leait long enough to fuller it 
 to be worked into the proper form. But the manage- 
 ment of thofe of this kind, which are compounded of 
 a variety of colours, is much more difficult than that of 
 the tranfparent forts : which is molt probably the reafon 
 why they are fo little in ufe ; though fom'e of them have 
 a very beautiful effect for purpofes they might be equally 
 well applied to with the genuine (tones. 
 
 Of the nature and preparation of the fuhftancessufeA 
 for tinging glafs. ~\ The fubftances ernployed for tinging 
 glafs, are, for the moil part, metallic and other foiiible 
 bodies ; or indeed all are fo, except tartar, which has 
 been added to fome compoiitions. The 1 metals them- 
 felves make the principal part ; and, properly treated, 
 will produce all the colours, except a. perfect blue. But 
 for cheapnefs and expedience, the femi -metals, and 
 preparations from other foffible bodies, are fometimes ad- 
 mitted into the pla-te of theai j particularly with re- 
 
wmmmmmm 
 
 ( 1B3 ) 
 
 fpeft to yellow, where antimony fupplies the place of 
 
 iVtver. 
 
 The fubftan< es that have been ufed for producing any 
 opake whitenefs in glafs, are calcined tin, (commonly 
 called putty) calcined antimony, arfenic, calcined horns 
 or bones, and fometimes common fait. The fubilances 
 employed for red, are gold, iron, copper, magnefia 
 and antimony. The Jubilances employed for blue, 
 are zaffer and copper. The fubftances that have 
 been employed for yellow, are iilver, iron, ^ anti- 
 mony and "magnefia," with tartar. The fubftances 
 employed for greens, are copper, Bohemian gra- 
 nate, and thofe which will produce yellow or blue. 
 The fubftances employed for purple, are all fuch as will 
 produ:e red and blue. The fubftances employed for 
 orange colour, are antimony, and all thofe which will 
 produce red and yellow. '< The fubftances employed for 
 black, are zaffer, magnefia, copper and rton,in v3 
 combinations. The' Bohemian granate -requires in 
 ther preoaration than to be well pulverized. 
 
 Composition of hard glajs and f offer, pr, : 
 Mvitig colours.] Though aim off every fciad t rf- 
 
 parenVcolourlefs glafs will admit of being tinged ; yet 
 there are, as was obf rved before, fome competitions, 
 that are more peculiarly adapted to the purpoles for 
 which the coloured glafs is intended, either by their 
 hardnefs and tenacious texture ; or their being more 
 eafy to be wrought by thofe who manufaftiire them, 
 from their requiring lets heat to fufe them, and fluxing 
 the colorific matter expeditioufly. The elearnefs and 
 tranfparency of the glafs, and the being devoid of any 
 colour but 'that intended to be given, are likewife ne- 
 celfary in both the hard glafs and partes which are to be 
 coloured : and therefore to have them in perft&ion, a 
 glafs of each kind mould be purpofely prepared ; : in 
 which more exa& methods may be ufed for producing 
 thcie qualities, than are expediently compatible with the 
 difpatch and profit of groffer manufaaures. 1 he belt 
 compoGtlons for the hard glafs are as follows : but as 
 the extreme purity of the fixed alkaline falls is of very 
 
 R.2 
 
f 184 .) 
 
 great confequence in this cafe, it may not be improper 
 to give previously the method of producing' it. 
 
 Method of bringing pearl- a/J?es> or any other fixed al- 
 kaline fa Its of vegetables, to the higheft degree of purity 
 proper for the mqft tranfparent glafs.] *< Take of the 
 beft pearl~afb.es three pounds, and of falt-petre fix 
 ounces. Pound them together in a glafs or marble mor- 
 tar, till they are thoroughly well mixed ; and then put 
 part of them into a large crucible, and fet it in a fur- 
 nace, where it may undergo a ftrong heat. When the 
 part of the matter, that was firft put into the crucible 
 is heated red hot, throw in the reft gradually : and if 
 the crucible will not contain the whole, pour part of 
 the melted matter out on a moiftened done, or marble • 
 and, having made room in the crucible, pin in the reft • 
 and let it continue there, likewife, till it be red hot* 
 Pour it out then as the other ; and afterwards put the 
 whole Into an earthen, or very clean iron pot, with ten 
 pints of water; and heat it over the fire, till the falls 
 be entirely melted. Let it then, being taken off the 
 fire, ftand till It be cold ; and afterwards filter it through 
 paper, in a pewter cullender. When it is filtered, re- 
 turn the fluid again into the pot, and evaporate the fait 
 to drynefs, which will then be as white as fnow ; the 
 nitre haying burnt all the phlogiftic matter that re- 
 mained in the pearl afhes after their former calcina- 
 tion. 
 
 No. 1. Compofitionof 'the heft and hardejl glafsfor receiving 
 colours,'] ss Take of the beft fand, cleanfed by wafhing 
 as directed in p> 147, twelve pounds, of pearl aHies, or 
 fixed alkaline fait purified with nitre as above, feven 
 pounds, of falt-petre one pound, and of borax half a 
 pound. ,, --The fand being firft reduced to powder in a 
 glafs or flint mortar, the other ingredients mould be put 
 to it,, and the whole well mixed, by pounding them to- 
 gether. 
 
 No. 2, Compofition of the beft glafs for receiving co- 
 lours ;^ but fomenvhat lefs hard than the above.] " Take 
 of white fand cleanfed twelve pounds, of pearl-a/hes pu- 
 rified with falt-petre feven pounds, of nitre one pound, 
 of borax half a pound, and of arfenic four ounces." — 
 

 ( i*S ) 
 
 Proceed as.in'tlie laft j but if the glafs be-defired to 
 melt with yet jefs heat, a pound of borax may be ufed 
 inftead of the half pound, and a pound of common (alt 
 may be added ; but this latt is apt to make toe gWfs 
 more brittle ; which is an injury done to inch as is to 
 be cut into very fmall pieces, and ground with fo many 
 anodes in the figure, as in the imitations of jewels. 
 
 No. 3. Composition of Jo ft glafs or pafte, proper for 
 
 receiving colours**] " Take of white land cleanfed fix 
 
 pounds, of red- lead three pounds, of purified pearl- 
 
 afhes two pounds, and of nitre one pound." — Proceed 
 
 in the mixture as with the foregoing. 
 
 No. 4. Competition of glafs, or pajle, much fftcr 
 than the above.] * 4 Take of white land cleanfed fix 
 pounds, of red lead and purified pearl-afhes, each three 
 pounds, of nitre one pound, of borax half a pound, and 
 of arfenic three ounces." — To be mixed as all the pre- 
 ceding. This is very foft, and will fufe with a very 
 gentle heat, but requires fome time to become clear, 
 on account of the aiienic. It may even be prepared 
 and tinged in a common fire without a furnace ; if the 
 pots containing it can be furrounded by burning coals, 
 without danger of their falling into it. . The borax, 
 being a more expeufive ingredient than the others, may 
 be omitted, where a fomewhat greater heat can be ap- 
 plied ; and the glaf§ is not intended for very nice pur- 
 poses. Or a pound of common fait may be fubftituted 
 in its place. But the glafs will be more clear and per- 
 fect ; and free it (elf much fooncr from bubbles, where 
 the borax is ufed. This glafs will be very foft, and 
 will not bear much wear, if employed for rings, buckles, 
 or fuch imitations of (tones, as are expofed to much 
 rubbing. But for ear-rings, ornaments worn on the 
 bieait, or fu< h others as are but feldom put on, it may 
 laft a considerable time. In ali thefe foft competitions, 
 care mould be taken, that part of the fand be not left un- 
 verified in the bottom of the pot ; as will fornetinv.s 
 happen. >r, in that cafe, the glafs, abounding too 
 
 much with {alts and lead, will not bear the air; br.t 
 being corroded by it, will foon contract a miihneis, and 
 
■p 
 
 ( 186 ) 
 
 fpecks on the furface ; which will entirely efface all the 
 luftre of the pafte. An unlucky inftance of this par- 
 ticularly happened a few years ago, to the great lofs, 
 and almoft ruin of many of the poorer lapidaries. For 
 there being at that time a great demand for all kinds of 
 ornaments decorated with falfe flones for the Spanifh 
 Weft -Indian trade, a perfon undertook to make them 
 and furnifh the lapidaries ; who, glad of an opportunity 
 of obtaining, on moderate terms, what they had found 
 it difficult to procure before, (as the coloured glafs had 
 for the moil part been imported from Venice) purchafed 
 as large quantities as they poilibly could find money to 
 pay for. But in a fhort time, both the unwrought pafte, 
 and that which they had been at the labour and expence 
 of cutting, all turned foul, with a dull fcum on the 
 furface and little fpecks, which eat down into the Jub- 
 ilance ; and took away the fmoothnefs, as well- as the 
 luftre. It is proper, therefore, forthofe, who prepare 
 fuch compofitions, to be careful of adding more falu 
 and lead than the proportions here given ; and to watch 
 that the fand, or other matter employed for the body of 
 the competition, be really fluxed. Aaid.it is equally pro- 
 per, that they who purchafe fuch pafte ? mould have fome 
 good ground of aflurance of its being duly prepared; 
 otherwife, they may throw away their money in the 
 purchafe, their time in cutting, and their credit in dif- 
 pofing, of fuch a faulty commodity. There is a very 
 certain and good method of preventing the inconvenience 
 arifmg from the feparation of the faSts in the preparation, 
 as well of the hard kind of coloured glafs, as the paftes; 
 which is, by previoufly calcining the fand, and fixed 
 alkaline falts, as in the manner of making the frit. 
 This may be done, by putting the fand and fait, re- 
 duced to powder and mixed together, on a tile placed 
 in a furnace of moderate heat ; and turning over and 
 ilirring the matter with a tobacco-pipe, or fmall iron 
 rod ; for which purpofe, the tile mould be either placed 
 near fome proper opening into the furnace, or drawn 
 to the door at due intervals. When the matter appears 
 to coalefce ftrongly, and form a hard body on cooling, 
 it may be taken out ; and being kept entirely free from 
 
 moi 
 
 & 
 
 thai 
 
 1 
 
 d\ 
 
 tati 
 grii 
 
 Inl 
 «— 
 
 cole 
 
 piic 
 
 the 
 lie 
 k 
 
 m 
 or 
 
( is 7 ) 
 
 moidurc, mould be powdered- It mould be then add* 
 ed to the other materials according to the proportion 
 that would have been obferved, with regard to the in- 
 gredients of the frit, if they had been ufed without 
 being combined previoufly, by means of this operation. 
 Compofttions of glajs, or pafte % of a red colour. 
 No. I. Compofnion of a fine red glafs refembling the 
 ruby.'] " Take of the hard glafs, No. I. or No. 2. one 
 pound, of the calx cafiii, or gold prepared by precipi- 
 tation, with tin 3 drachms. Powder the glafs ; and 
 grind the calx of gold afterwards with it in a glais, 
 flint, or agate mortar ; and then fufe them together." 
 This may be made of a ftronger or mere diluted 
 colour, by varying the proportion of the gold : in ad- 
 jutting which properly, regard mould be had to the ap- 
 plication of the glafs, when made. For where this 
 glafs is fet in rings, bracelets, or other clofe work, 
 where foils can be ufed, a great faving may be made, 
 with regard to the colour of it, without much injury to 
 the effect. But for ear-rings, or other purpofes, where 
 the work is fet tranfparent, a full flrong colour mould 
 be given : which may be efftded by the proportions 
 directed in this compofnion. 
 
 No. 2. Compofition of a pafte refembling the ruby.'y 
 " Take of the parte, No. 3. or No 4. one pound, of 
 calx caffii, or precipitation of gold by tin, two drachms. 
 
 Procetd in the mixture as with the above. "■■ This 
 
 wili be equally beautiful with the above ; and defe&ive 
 only in foftnefs. But as that greatly takes away the 
 value for fome purpofes, fuch as is appiopriated to them 
 may be tinged in a cheaper manner by the following 
 
 menus. 
 
 No. 3. Compofition of a cheaper pafte refembling the 
 ruby.'] "Take of the compoiition for patle, No. 3. 
 or No. 4-half a pound, of glafs of antimony half a pound, 
 and of the precipitation of gold by tin one drachm and 
 half. Proceed as with the others.'' — This will be con- 
 iiderably cheaper ; and will have much the fame effect, 
 except that it recedes more from the crimfon to the 
 orange. 
 
( >88 ) 
 
 No. 4. Compofition for hard glafs refembling the gar* 
 net.] " Take of the compofitions for hard glafs, No. 
 1. or No. 2. two pounds, of glafs of antimony one 
 pound, of magnefia, and of the precipitate of gold by 
 tin, each one drachm ."— Phis compofition is ?ery 
 beautiful, but too expen five, on account of the gold, 
 for the imitation of garnets for common purpofes, on 
 which account the following may be fubilituted. 
 
 No. 5. Cheaper compofition of hard glafs refembling 
 the garnet,'] "Take of the compofitions, No,. 1. or 
 No. 2. two pounds, of the glafs of antimony two 
 
 pounds, and of magnelia, two drachms. " -If the 
 
 colour b~ found too dark and purple in either this and 
 the preceding compofition, the proportion of magne- 
 fia muft be diminifhed. 
 
 No. 6. Compofition of pafte of the colour of garnet.'] 
 " Take of the compofitions for paftes, No. 1. or No. 
 2. and proceed as with the above." 
 
 No. 7. Compofition of hard glafs refembling the vine- 
 gar garnet.] " Take of the compofitions No. 1. or 
 No. 2. two pounds, of glafs of antimony one pound, 
 of iron highly calcined half an ounce. Mix the iron 
 with the uncolourtfd glafs, and fufe them together, till 
 the mafs be perfectly tranfparent ; then add the glafs 
 of antimony powdered, ftirring the mixture with the 
 end of a tobacco-pipe ; and continue them in the heat, 
 till the whole be perfectly incorporated. " 
 
 No, 8. Compofition of pafke refembling the vinegar 
 garnet.] " Take of the compofition for pafte/ No. 3, 
 or No. 4, and proceed as with the foregoing. " — In 
 this, as well as in all the fucceeding compofitions, it 
 mould be obferved, that fome allowance may be made 
 in the proportion of .the colorific, or tinging matter, 
 for* the greater variety of the paftes than the hard glafs, 
 on the fcore of the lead which enters into the comoo- 
 fition. For, as the volume, in a pound weight of the 
 pafte, is, confequently, lefs ; a lefs quantity of ting- 
 ing matter is proportionably neceffary to give the fame 
 force of colour to it. 
 
 ive 
 
 ^MMttltii 
 
:tii 
 
 ( m ) 
 
 Compofitions of glafs and pa ft e, ef a blue colour. 
 
 No. I. Compofition of hard glafs of a very full blue 
 colour.^ il Take of the compofition for hard glafs, 
 No. I. or No. 2. ten pounds, of zafFer fix. drachms, 
 and of magnefia two drachms. Proceed as with the 
 above"— If this glafs be of too deep a colour, the 
 proportions of the zaffer and magnefia to the glafs may 
 be diminished : and if it verge too much on the purple, 
 to which call it will incline, the magnefia fhould he 
 omitted. If a very cool or pure blue be wanted, in- 
 ftead of the magnefia, half an ounce of calcined cop* 
 per may be ufed ; and the proportion of zafFer dim i- 
 niflied by one half. 
 
 Mb. 2. Compofition of pafte of a full blue colour. ~\ 
 11 Til e of the compofition for parte, No. I. or No. 2. 
 ten pounds, and proceed as with the foregoing." 
 
 No. 3. Compofition of hard glafs refembling the fap- 
 phire.~\ " Take of the compofitions for hard glafs, 
 N<>. 1 pr No. 2< ten pounds, of zaffer three drachms 
 and one fernple, of the calx caflii, or precipitation of 
 gold by tin, one diachm. Proceed as with the 
 above." 
 
 No 4. Cheaper compofition of hard glafs refembling 
 the fpphire.] " As the foregoing ; only, inflead of 
 the precipitate of gold, ufe two drachms and two fcru* 
 
 pies of magnefia." If this be well managed, tlie 
 
 colour will be very good ; and the glafs, when fet and 
 cut, will not be ■eafily diftingnifhable from the true fap- 
 phire : but thf preceding will be a fine colour, as there 
 is a fovilnr.fs in the tinge of the magnefia, which will 
 always diminish, in fome degree, the tffe&of brighter 
 colours^ whrn mixed with them. 
 
 No. 5. Compofition of pafte resembling the fapphire.~] 
 "Take of the compofition for pafte, No. 3. or No. 4. 
 and proceed as with the foregoing." — It is not worth 
 while to beftow the expence of colouring paftes with 
 the gold : and it is, therefore, more expedient, in the 
 cafe of fuch, to ufe the other method. 
 
 No. 6. Compofition of hard glafs and paftes, refem- 
 lling fapphires, by means offmalt,'] " Take of the com- 
 pofitions for hard glafs and paftes, any quantity j and 
 
 
( *9° ) . # # i 
 
 mix with them one-eighth of their weight of Imalt, a 
 the brighteft and moil inclining' to purple, that can be , 
 
 procured." —If it be defired to give a more purple 
 
 tinge, magnefia may be added in the proportion re- ir 
 quired. 
 
 ' No. 7. Compofition of hard glafs resembling the' eagle \ 
 marine (vulgarly called egg-marine.] " Take of the Y 
 compofition for hard glafs, No. 1. or No. 2, ten pounds, i 
 of copper highly calcined with fulphur three ounces, \ 
 and of zaffer one fcruple. Proceed as with the forego- i-y 
 lug." i„ 
 
 No. 8» Compofition of pa ft e refembling the eagle ma- \ 
 rine."] " Take of the compofition for pafte, No. 1. , 
 or No. 2. ten pounds ; and proceed as with the above," , 
 Compofitions of hard glafs > and paftes, of a yellow colour* /, 
 
 No. I. Compofition of hard glafs of gold) or full'yd-\ ]: 
 low colour."] " Take of the compofitions for hard glafs, J 
 No. 1. or No. 2. ten pounds, but omit the faltpetre; r 
 and for every pound add an ounce of calcined borax ; 
 or, if that do not render the glafs fufficiently fufible, 'I 
 two ounces, of red tartar, the deepeft coloured that can | 
 be procured, ten ounces ; of magnefia two ounces ; j, 
 of charcoal of fallow, or any other foft kind, two 
 
 drachms. Proceed as with the reft. "- 
 
 •This colour ) 
 
 may be prepared with filver : but as there is no advan- f 
 tage in. that to counterbalance the expence, I wave giv- .„ 
 ing the procefs. 
 
 No. 2. Compofition of pafte of a gold or full yellow I 
 colour.'] " Take of the compofition for pafte, No. 3. | 
 or No. 4. prepared without the fait petre, ten pounds ; 
 of iron ftrongly calcined? one ounce and a half. Proceed ■., 
 as with the others." — The crude tartar and the char- ,' 
 coal muft not be ufed, where lead enters into the com- 
 pofition of the glafs ; and the nitre may be fpared ; 
 becaufe the yellow tinge given to the glafs by the lead, I 
 on account of which the nitre is ufed, is no detriment 
 in this cafe ; but only adds to the proper colour. This 
 colour may alfo be prepared by crude antimony, as well , 
 as the calcined iron : but it is more difficult to be raa- j 
 naged, and not fuperiorin its effect. 
 
( ipl ) 
 
 No. fa Compofition of hard glafs refembling the topaz."] 
 M Take of the compofition for hard glafs, No. i. or 
 No. 2. ten pounds, and an equal quantity of the gold 
 coloured hard glafs. Powder, and fufe them toge- 
 ther." — As there is a great variety in the colour of the 
 topaz, fome beingi a deeper yellow, and others ilightly 
 tinged, the proportions of the yellow glafs to the white, 
 maybe accordingly varied at pieafure ; that here given 
 being for the deeped. 
 ;, No. 4. Compojition of pafe refembling the topaz*] 
 " This may be done in the lame manner as the pre- 
 .Jccdirig : but the falt-petre ma^ be omitted in the ori- 
 llginal compofition of the glafs ; and for the refemblance 
 Jot the -very ilightly colouied topazes, neither the gold 
 [coloured palte, nor-any other tinging matter need be 
 ft added,, that of the lead being fufficicnt, when not de- 
 ilftroyed by the nitre." 
 
 No. 5. Compojition of hard glafs refembling the cry- 
 Ifiiite.] il Take of the compofition for hard glafs, 
 /I Ko. 1. or No. 2. ten pounds, of calcined iron fix 
 
 .' drachms. Proceed as with the above." 
 
 'nil 
 
 No. 6. Cowprfi.ion of pafe rtfembling the cryfoliteJ] 
 
 , " Take of the compofition Tor palte, No. 3. or No. 4. 
 
 prepared without ialt-petre, ten pounds, and oPcalci- 
 
 ned iron five drachms. Proceed as with the reft." 
 
 
 Covipojition of hard glajs^ and pafe <> of a green colour. 
 
 Mo. I. Composition of hard glafs refembling the eme- 
 rald.'] " Take of the compofition for hard glafs, 
 No. 1. or No. 2. nine pounds, of copper, precipitated 
 frem aquafortis, three ounces, and of precipitated iron 
 two drachms*" 
 
 No. 2^ Co7npofil.ion cfpafe refembling the e?nerald.] 
 " Take of the compofition for paile, No. 1. or No. 2. 
 and proceed as with the above : but if the fah-petre be 
 omitted in the preparation of the paile, a lefs propor- 
 tion of the iron will ferve." 
 
 Compofitions of glafs and pafes 9 of a purple colour. 
 
 No. i. Compojition of hard glafi, of a deep and very 
 bright purple colour."] " Take of the compofition for 
 hard glafs, No. 1. or No. 2. ten pound., of zaffer fix 
 
( i9 2 ) 
 
 drachms, of gold precipitated by tin one drachm. Pro- 
 ceed as with the reft." 
 
 No. 2. Cheaper compojition of hard glafs of a desp 
 
 ' purple colour. "\ " Take of the compofitions for hard 
 
 glafs, No. i. or No. 2. t;en pounds, of magnefia one 
 
 ounce, and of zaffer half an ounce. Proceed as with the 
 
 others." 
 
 No. 3. Compojition of pafle of a deep purple colour.'] 
 " Take of the compofitions for paftes, No. 3. or No. 4. 
 ten pounds; and treat them as the fo^tgomg^^ 
 
 No, 4. Compojition of hard glafs of the colour of the 
 amethyJiA " Take of the competition for hard glais, 
 No. 1. or No. 2. ten pounds, of magnefia one ounce 
 and a half; and of zaffer one drachm. Proceed as with 
 
 the reft." 
 
 No. 5. Compojition of pajle of the colour of the amt* 
 thyfl.~}, " Take of the compofition for^pafte, No. .1. or 
 No. 2. ten pounds; and treat it as the preceding." 
 
 Of pafle refembling the diamond.^ " Take of the 
 white fand fix pounds, of red-lead four pounds, of 
 pearl-afhes, purified as above directed, three pounds, 
 of nitre two pounds, of arfenic five ounces, and of mag- 
 nefia one fcruple. Proceed as with the others: but 
 continue the fofion for a confiderable time, on account 
 of the large proportion of arfenic." — If this compofi- 
 tion be thoroughly vitrified, and kept free from bub- 
 bles, it will be very white, and have a very great luftre ; 
 but, if on examination it yet appear to incline to yel- 
 low, another fcruple or more of the magnefia may be 
 added. It may be rendered harder, by diminifhing the 
 proportion of lead, and increafing that of the falts; or 
 fuiing'tt with a very ftrong fire : but the diminution of 
 the proportion of lead will make it have lefs of the luf- 
 tre of the diamonds. 
 
 Compofition of hard glafs perfeclly black. ]— < * Take of 
 the compofition for hard glafs, No. 1. or No. 2. ten 
 pounds, of zaffer one ounce, of magnefia, and of iron 
 Urongly calcined, each fix drachms. Proceed as with 
 
 the reft." , 
 
 Compofttion of pafte perpcllj hlad^ . " Take of the 
 
 0\ 
 
 the T; 
 
 nefia 
 draci 
 
 [of th 
 
 poun 
 
 lhit( 
 
 N.< 
 
 Will 
 
 N< 
 ih 
 if, ye 
 them 
 (ufe 1 
 pora 
 a p.ei 
 Mer; 
 las 11 
 kind 
 
 3 IDC 
 
 [ore 
 whic 
 'lot 
 burr 
 
 r • 
 
 Olt! 
 k 
 
 coal 
 end 
 cnai 
 fera 
 ten; 
 I 
 4 
 fitj 
 tin 
 «al 
 tin 
 
■5 
 
 ( 193 ) 
 
 compofition for pafle, No.'i. or No. 2. prepared with 
 the fait petre, ten pounds, of zaffer one ounce, of mag- 
 nefia fix drachms, and of iron highly calcine^ five 
 drachms. Proceed as with the others." 
 Of the white opake, and fepni-tranfparent glafs, and pafies. 
 
 No. i. Compofition of white opake glafs*~\ *' Take 
 of the compofition for hard glafs,, No. i. or No. 2. ten 
 pounds, of horn, ivory or bone, calcined perfectly 
 white, one pound. Proceed as with the others.'' 
 
 No. 2. Compofition of pafte of an opake whitenefs.~\ 
 61 Take of the compofition, No. 3. or No. 4.. ten pounds, 
 and make the fame addition as to the above." 
 
 No. 3 . Compofition ofglafsofan opake whitenefs form* 
 ed by arjenic.~\ 6t Take of flint-glafs ten pounds, and 
 of very white arfenic one pound. Powder and mix 
 them thoroughly, by grinding them together ; and then 
 fufe them with a moderate heat, till they be well incor* 
 poratcd : but avoid liquifying them more, than to make 
 a perfect union." — This giafs has been made at a con- 
 ■fiderable work near London in great quantities ; and 
 has not only been manufactured into a yarrety of different 
 kinds of veffels, but, being very white and fufible with 
 a moderate heat, has been much ufed as a white ground 
 for enamel in dial-plates, fnuff-boxes, and other pieces, 
 which have not occaiion to go feveral times into the fire 
 to be finifhed. It will not, however, bear repeated 
 burnings, nor a ftrong heat continued for any length 
 of time, when applied to this purpofe, without becom* 
 ing tranfparent; to which likewife, the fmoke of a 
 coal fire will alfo greatly contribute : but it ar/fwers the 
 end very well in many cafes; though everi in thofe, 
 enamel of the fame degree of whitenefs would be pre- 
 ferable ; as this is always brittle, and of lefs Ikrn. and 
 tenacious texture. 
 
 No. 4. Compofition of hard glafsy or pafle, formed by 
 calk of tin or antimony.~] *' Take of any of the compo- 
 fitions for hard glafs or paftes, ten pounds, of calcined 
 tin, (commonly called putty) or of antimony, or tin 
 calcined by means of nitre, one pound and a half. Mix 
 them well, by grinding them together ; and then fufe 
 
 S 
 
( 194 ) 
 
 them with a moderate heat. ''—The glafs of this kind, 
 made with the compofilion for paries, differs in nothing 
 from white enamel, but in the proportion of the calx 
 of tin and antimony : and, if thofe calxes be prepared 
 with nitre, (without which they cannot be made to 
 produce a pure whitenefs in glafs) this compofition will 
 be more expence and trouble than thofe above given, 
 without any other advantage, than that it will bear the 
 a&ion of a much ftronger and lo"hger continued fire, 
 without 'lofing its opacky in any degree, than the 
 others. -* 
 
 No. 5. Compofition"" of femi-tranfparent white glaf 5 
 and pa/le 9 refemhling the opal.'} " Take of any of the 
 compositions for hard glafs, or pafte, ten pounds, of 
 horn, bone, or ivory, calcined to a perfect whitenefs, 
 half a pound. Proceed as with the reft." — This white 
 hard glafs is much the fame with the German glafs for- 
 merl/brooght here in porringers, cream pots, vinegar- 
 cructSj and other fuch pieces, of which we frequently 
 ' meet with the remains. 
 
 Cowpofitions of fictitious or counterfeit lapis lazuli.'] 
 £{ Take of any of the above compofitions for hard glafs, 
 or oaffe, ten pounds?, of calcined bones, horn or ivory, 
 three quarters of a pound, of zaffer one ounce and a 
 half, of magJiefia half an ounce. Fufe the uncoloured 
 compofition with the zaffer and magntfia, till a very 
 deep tranfparent blue glafs be^ produced. The mafs 
 being cold, powder it : andmix.it with the calcined 
 matter, by grinding them together. After which, fufe 
 them with a moderate heat, till they appear to be tho- 
 roughly incorporated; and then form the melted mafs 
 intrf cakes, by pouring it on a clean bright plate of 
 copper or' iron."—™ H it he deiired to have it veined 
 with p-old, it may be done, by mixing the gold powder 
 with an equal weight of calcined borax, and tempering 
 them with oil of fpike ; by which mixture, the cakes, 
 Iv-W painted with fuch veins as are deiired, they rmift 
 S'e'put'iuto a furnace of a moderate heat ; and the gold 
 wiU.be cemented to the glffi, as firmly as if the vuns 
 had bc-n nataral. if the ojuvi^iklt lapis lazuli be 
 
 lire<3 
 
 more 
 
 ivory, 
 cannot 
 
 be Tub 
 
 lore 
 
 jfedie 
 
 thena 
 
 IfCOtK 
 
 m 
 
 i 
 
 ft; 
 
 «Ta 
 
 of tV 
 
 iad< 
 
 and 
 (earl 
 wan 
 inco 
 thai 
 raaf 
 trar 
 lie 1 
 
 { 
 
 « r 
 
 twi 
 
 «' 
 
 N< 
 
 dr 
 til 
 w 
 k 
 

 ( '95 ) 
 
 defired of a lighter hue, the quantity of zaffer and mag. 
 nelia mutt be diminished ; or, if it be required to be 
 m ore tranfparent, that of the calcined horn, bone, or 
 ivory, mould be leffened. Inftead of zaffer, where that 
 cannot be obtained, a proper proportion of fmalt may 
 be fubftituted. And in all cafes, indeed, it may be a 
 more certain way, to form the zaffer and vitrifying in- 
 gredients into glafs alone, and then, having powdered 
 fhem with the calcined bones or horns, inhife them a 
 fecondtime, and make them into cakes in the manner 
 direfted. For the fluxing power of the ingredients ol 
 the glafs is fo retarded by the calcined bone or horn, that 
 it may, in fome cafes, fail to aft fufficiently on the 
 
 zaffer to vitrify it perfectly. ' 
 
 Competition of hard glafs refembling the red cornelian.^ 
 " Take of the compofitions for hard glafs, No. i. or 
 No. 2. two pounds, of glafs of antimony one pound, 
 of the calcined vitriol, called fcarlet oker, two ounces, 
 and of raagnefia one drachm. Fufe the glafs of anti- 
 mony and magnefia with the other glafs firft together ; 
 and then powder them well, and mix them with the 
 fcarlet oker, by grinding them together ; and after- 
 wards fufe the mixture with a gentle heat, till they be 
 incorporated : but the heat mull not be continued longer 
 than is abfoluteiy required to form them into a vitreous 
 mafs."— If it be delired to have the compoution more 
 tranfparent, a proportionable part of the red oker mutt 
 
 be omitted. ,. -, 
 
 Companion of pafte refembling the red cornelian.^ 
 " Take of the compofitions for paftes, No. I . or JNo. 2. 
 two pounds ; and proceed as whh the above." 
 
 Compofition of hard glafs refembling the white cornelian. \ 
 « Take of the compofitions for hard glafs, No. I. or 
 No. 2. two pounds, of yellow oker well waftied, two 
 drachms, and of calcined bones, each one ounce. Mix 
 them well by grinding them together; and fufe them 
 with a gentle heat, till the feveral ingredients be well 
 incorporated in a vitreous mals." 
 
 Compofition of pafte refembling the white cornelian.^ 
 
 S 2 
 
 ■ 
 
(. l$s ) 
 
 "Take of the compofition for paftes, No. i. or No. 2 
 two pounds ; and proceed as with the foregoing. " 
 
 Co?nposition of hard glafs, or pafte, refemhling the tur* 
 quoife fione,~] " Take of the compofition for blue glafs, 
 or pafte, No. 7. or 8. (being thofe refemhling the eagle' 
 marine) ten pounds, of calcined bone, horn, or ivory, 
 half a pound. Powder and mix them well ; and then 
 fufe them in a moderate heat, till they be thoroughly 
 
 incorporated. " If the colour be not fo deep as 
 
 may be defired, a fmall proportion of fmalt may be 
 added. 
 
 Composition of the hronvn Venetian glafs with gold 
 fp angles ; commonly cai/ed the PhiUfopher'sftone. J "Take 
 of the compofition for hard glafs, No. 2. and the com- 
 pofition for pafte, No. 1. each five pounds, and of highly 
 calcined iron one ounce. Mix them well, and fufe them 
 till the iron be perfe&ly vitrified ; and have tinged the 
 glafs of a deep trapfparent yellow brown colour. Pow- 
 der this glafs ; and add to it two pounds of glafs of 
 antimony, being powdered ; and mix them well, by 
 grinding them together. Take part of this mixture, 
 and rub into it fourfcore Or one hundred leaves of the 
 counterfeit leaf-gold, commonly called Dutch gold ; 
 and, when the parts of the gold feem fufficiently di- 
 vided, mix the powder containing it with the other 
 part of the glafs. Fufe the whole then with a mode- 
 rate heat, till the powder run into a vitreous mafs fit to 
 be wrought into any ef the figures, or vefTek, into 
 which it is ufually formed : but avoid a perfect Hque- 
 fa&ion ; becaufe' that deftroys, in a fhort time, the 
 equal diffufion of the fpangles ; and vitrifies, at leaft 
 part, the matter .of which they are compofed ; con- 
 verting the whole to a kind of tranfparent olive coloured 
 
 glafs." This kind of glafs is ufed for a great variety 
 
 of toys and ornaments, and procured from the Veneti- 
 ans. A few years ago a very great demand arofe for 
 it to China, and raifed the price very high, till fuch 
 quantities had been brought from Venice, and fent 
 thither, as glutted the market. But there is no reafon 
 why it mould not be equally well prepared here ; and 
 

 t; 
 
 ( 197 ) 
 
 at a fmall expence ; as will be found, or a few trials, 
 by thofe who will carefully execute what is here di- 
 rected. 
 
 Of the fusion and vitrification of the fevera* compositions 
 cf coloured giafs ; with the particular rules and cautions 
 to h ohferved in the management of each kind.~] The fe- 
 veral compositions above-mentioned being prepared ac- 
 cording to the directions refpe£tively given ; the matter 
 fhould be put into proper pots, of which it mould not 
 fill above two-thirds -, and then placed in the furnace, 
 or in any other kind, where they may receive a fufficient 
 heat, and be fecured from any coals, foot, or any other 
 filth, falling into them. In order to prevent which, it 
 is expedient, with regard to the pots in which this kind 
 of giafs is prepared, to have covers over the tops of 
 them, tvith a little return over the fide. And it is alfo 
 proper to have a hole in the fide, a little below the re- 
 turn ; through which an iron may be paffed to take out 
 a fmall quantity of the melted matter, for the judging 
 of the progrefs of the vitrification. Thefe pots, when 
 put into the furnace above-mentioned, mould be placed 
 on the flooring or flage intended to fupport them in the 
 part betwixt the doors, oppofite to that through which 
 they are paiTed into the furnace, according to the man- 
 ner before directed ; which fhould be done by means of 
 a iirong iron peel, like thofe ufed by the bakers. It 
 is neceflary to obferve, likewife., that however well the 
 pots may have been before baked, it is always proper, 
 in the cafe of giafs of greater value, where the clear- 
 nefs and beauty is of confequence, to give them ano- 
 ther burning before they be ufed ; and, at the fame 
 time, to incruft them over with any common coiourlefs 
 ^lafs ; which may be done in, this manner : Having 
 reduced the giafs to powder, moiften all the infide of 
 the pot with water ; and, while it is yet moift, put in 
 fome of the powdered giafs, and make it about till the 
 whale inner furface of the pot be covered by what will 
 adhere to it, in confequence of the moifture. Throw 
 out then the redundant part of the powdered giafs ; 
 and, the pot being dry, fet it in a furnace fufficiently 
 
 S3 
 
( i 9 8 ) / 
 
 hot to vitrify the glafs adhering to it ; and let it con- 
 tinue there fome time : after which, care mull be taken 
 to let it cool gradually. 
 
 The pots, '-containing the composition, being thus 
 placed in the furnace, a gentle heat, fuch as will juffc 
 keep the pots red hot, mould be given for the firfl hour 
 Or longer. There is, however, an exception to this, 
 Which is, where there is much arfenic in the compofi. 
 tion, which requires that fome degree of vitrification 
 fhouli be brought on as quickly as poilible, in order to 
 fix it, and prevent its fubliming away from the other 
 ingredients ; which it will not ceafe to do, fo long as 
 continued in the Mate of a powder. But where a gentle 
 heat is proper at 'fir ft, after the expiration of an hour 
 and' a half, or two hours at furtheit, the heat maybe 
 raifed fufiiciently to produce a vitrification ; but not fo 
 as to render the melted matter very fluid at firft ; which 
 in this part of the procefs would occafion a feparation 
 of the iugredients/; and greatly retard, if not intirely 
 prevent, the perfect vitrific incorporation of the whole. 
 The due dceree or continuance 4>f heat, for the per- 
 feeling thefe kinds of glafs, cannot be fettled by any 
 Handard, as they are varied both by the nature of the 
 compofition, and the quantity of the matter. But in 
 the cafe of pots which hold tea or eleven pounds, twenty 
 or twenty- four hours may be allowed for hard glafs, 
 and fourteen or iixfeen for prdles. And where much 
 arfenic enters into the compofition, though it is neceffary 
 to bring on a quicker vitrification, yet more time mult 
 fometimes be given to the matter, than in other cafes, 
 before all the elbudineis be difiipated. 
 
 In the full on of the tranfparent coloured glafs, it is 
 above all things neceffary to avoid ftirring the matter, 
 or even (baking the pots ; as it would otherwise hazard 
 the caufing bubbles in the glafs, to prevent which 
 is the greateli difficulty attending the preparation of 
 counterfeit gems. But if the ingredients, by their 
 action on each other, do yet, notwithstanding all ex- 
 terior concuilion be avoided, produce bubbles, the glafs 
 iiiiiffi be continued hi fuiiua till they wholly vamfa. And 
 
( *99 ) . 
 
 If, when bubbles do arife in the glafs, and time be given 
 for it, there appear no tendency to iheir going away, 
 the heat mult be gradually raifed to a greater pitch, that 
 the glafs may be rendered more fluid, and that vi- 
 cidity, which was the occafion of their detenfion, re- 
 moved. • 
 
 When a proper time has been given the gials to attain 
 to a perfect ftate of vitrification, itfhouldbe examined, 
 by putting the fmall end of a tobacco-pipe to the fur- 
 face of the glafs, thro' the hole in the fide of the 
 pot ; which will bring away with it a little quantity of 
 the glafs, from whence the qualities may be judged of. 
 And if there appear any defeds, that feem owing to 
 the want of a due converiion of the ingredients to a 
 vitrious ftate, more time and heat muft be givers to it. 
 But if no fuch defeds are found, and the g?af s appear 
 perfeft, the fire mould be decreafed, and, by degrees, 
 fuffered to go out ; and the pots continued in the fur- 
 nace, till they become cold ; after which, the pot 
 (hould be torn off from the mafs of glafs contained in 
 it. As, however, it is not always convenient to dif- 
 , continue the heat of the furnace, when one or move 
 pots of the glafs may have attained to the due (late of 
 vitrification ; 'they may, on fuch occafions, be taken 
 out. And if the glafs be not of great value, nor in- 
 tended for very nice purpoks, it may be formed into 
 cakes, by pouring it on a clean plate of iron or copper, 
 or into rolls. Thefe cukes, or rolls, mould be put into 
 a moderate heat, before they grow cold ; and continued 
 there for fome time, that they may gain a good temper, 
 fo as to bear culling or working in any way, according 
 to the ufe they are intended for. # 
 
 The tranfpaient coloured glafs is in mod cafes im- 
 proved, by continuing it in the heat, even for a conii- 
 derable time after the vitrification feems perfeded ; as 
 it is, by that means, rendered harder, and freer from 
 fpecks and bubbles. But the femi-tranfparent kinds, 
 and opake white, formed of arfenic, muft be taken jutt 
 
 a 
 
 id opake white, tormed ot anenic, ihuiluc ^^ » Jf 
 : the point, when the ingredients are duly united ; tor 
 m; re mature vitrification converts to tranfparent glal* 
 
( 200 ) 
 
 the whole, or part of thofe fubftances, whieh fhould 
 not be brought to that date. But as 1 have before in. 
 timated in what particular cafts this requires to be moft, 
 attended to, it is .needful to enlarge further on the mat- 
 ter here. 
 
 Of colouring rock cry fiats for the imitation of gems, ] 
 The far greater hardnefs of cryftal than of any kind of 
 glafs, and the fuperior luftre of it to any but paftes, 
 which are deplorably foft, have rendered the art of im- 
 parting to it the colour of gems, an object of frequent 
 and eager purfuit : as great advantages might probably 
 have arifen from.it to the firft inventors. There are two 
 methods, by which it has been conceived there was a 
 pofiibility of doing it : the one ? by cementing ; that 
 is, impregnating the cryftals by means of heat, with 
 the proper tinging particles, under the form of (learn; 
 the other, by bringing the cryftal to a (late of fufion, 
 thro* the means of heat aided by a flrong flux ; and 
 combining it in that ftate with the proper colouring 
 fubllances. Both of thefe have beeo\ pretended to be 
 effected in a perfe£i manner ; and very oftentatious ac- 
 counts of them have been given to the public : though 
 it is much to be feared, that fo far from having carried 
 this art to any degree of perfection, there is not hitherto 
 known one (ingle fail, or principle, that in the lead 
 feerns to lead to the attainment of it.; As the world 
 has been made to believe, however, as well more lately 
 as formerly, by ' perfens of fome authority, that both 
 thefe methods have been pra&ifed with all the defired ' 
 fuccefs. I will exhibit the particular manner in whieh 
 each has been pra6tifed, by thofe who have been be- 
 lieved to be moil the mailers of thefe arts. 
 
 ** ; Take of very yellow orpiment, and white arfenic, 
 each two ounces, and of antimony and fal ammooiacum 
 each one ounce ; and having reduced them to powder, 
 mix them well together, and put them into a large cru- 
 cible. Over this mixture, lay the pieces of rock cryftal ; 
 firft fuch as are of the leaftfize, then larger, and at the 
 top the biggeft ; taking care, that thofe chofen for 
 this purpofe have no .flaws nor foulnefs, This crucible - 
 
( 201 } 
 
 mufl then be covered by a leffer turned tipfide dowft 
 upon it, in the bottom of which, there fhould be pre- 
 vioufly made a little opening of the bignefs of a pea ; 
 in order that this bottom, becoming'now the top of the 
 vefTel, formed by joining the two together, the fumes 
 of the matter contained may have vent through' the 
 hole ; and, confequently, being determined upwards, 
 may pafs through the cryftals, and aft upon them. The 
 joints produced by inverting the leffer crucible into the 
 greater mould be luted; and being dry, the veflel thus 
 formed muft be put in the midft of pieces of charcoal, 
 in fuch manner, that the undermoft crucible may be bu- 
 ried in them intirely ; and the uppermofl half way. 
 The coals muft then be kindled, and the fire fuffered to 
 burn very gradually without flowing, unlefs it mould 
 be neceffary to keep it from extinguishing ; to prevent 
 which from happening too foon, the pieces of charcoal 
 ihould be chofen large. As the fire rifes, the mixture 
 in the crucible will emit copious fumes: which being very 
 noxious, muft be carefully avoided : and to that end 
 this operation mould be always performed under a chim- 
 ney ; the front of which fliould be brought fo low, that 
 all the fmoke may be determined up it ; and not fpread 
 itfelf in the elaboratory, or other place. The fire mufl 
 be kept up fo long as any of thefe fumes appear to rife ; 
 and then permitted to go gradually out ; and' all accefs 
 of cold air muft be cautioufly prevented. When the 
 crucibles are grown intirely cold, but not before, the 
 uppermofl may be taken off ; and the cryftal will be 
 found coloured, feme pieces like topazes, and fome like 
 rubies, and a variety of other {(.ones." 
 
 It has been laid, that the cryftals thus coloured have 
 been cut ; and pioduced fine imitations of the true 
 it ones : but the truth of the matter is, (notwithftanding 
 all pretenfion to more) that they do appear, when taken 
 out of the crucible, to be well coloured and beautiful; 
 yet on further examination it is found, that the whole 
 effeft is produced by a fallacious caufe. For the cry- 
 ftals being cracked by the heat, it is almoft univerfally 
 the confequence of being expofed to this degree of heat, 
 
( 202 ) 
 
 the fumes having infinuatcd themfelves into thefe cracks, 
 and there producing the fame effeft as the paint ufed 
 betwixt the two tables of doublets, the whole fubftancc 
 of the ftone has the appearance of being tinged. But 
 on due infpe&ion, neverihelefs, the cryftals are Found 
 to be neither fit to be cut, on account of the flaws, nor 
 to have acquired any colour, but what woiud inttantly 
 be deftroyed on the reparation of the feveral parts of 
 the ftones, into which they are divided by the cracks: 
 fo that this method, together with many others of the 
 fame kind for giving colours to cryftals by cementation, 
 will be found to elude the hopes of thofe, who try them 
 with any confidence. 
 
 The other pretended method of colouring cryltala, by 
 filling them, and imparting the various tinges to them, 
 while in a melted ftate, is thus performed : 
 
 " Take of rock cryftals any quantity ; and put them 
 in a covered crucible in a ftrong fire ; where they muft 
 be continued for fome time. Remove the crucible then 
 out of the lire ; and immediately throw the cryftals into 
 a veffel of clean cold water : from whence being again 
 colkaed, they muft be re calcined ; and afterwards 
 thrown into frefh water again "in the fame manner: and 
 this operation muft be repeated, till the cryftals be fo 
 changed in their texture, by the flaws and cracks pro- 
 duced by the fudden change from heat to cold, that 
 they may be eafily levigated. Powder the cryftals thus 
 calcined ; and, to three pounds of them, add two pounds 
 of purified pearl-afhes, or a pound and a quarter of red 
 lead, together with apy of the tinging fubftances above- 
 mentioned, in the proportion direded for. colouring 
 cvlafsor paftes ; and fufe them in the fame manner alfo, 
 as has been before advifed for other competitions., It 
 the matter be found too difficult to be brought to a vi- 
 treous ftate, by this proportion of pearl-afnes or lead, 
 borax or arfenic may be added, as in other cafes, in or- 
 4er to form a more powerful flux/' 
 
 The cryftal thus treated produces however notaing 
 more than a glafs exadly of the fame lind totfi that 
 formed of the Lynn fand 5 which 1* in h& no othc* 
 
■%* 
 
 »*? 
 
 than a grofs powder of cryftal ; and neither of them 
 differ very effentially from fuch calcined flints, as arc 
 wholly free from colour. The fuppofkion, therefore, 
 that the cryftal can be fufed by this means, and being 
 tinged while in , that (late, reduced afterwards to its 
 original hardnefs, is wholly groundlefs. For it cannot 
 be 'fufed by the heat of furnaces without the medium 
 of fome fluxing body added to it ; and then its texture 
 and properties are fo changed, or rather the glafs pro- 
 duced by the compofition is fo different from the cryftal 
 itfelf, that there does not appear to be the lead advan- 
 tage in employing rock-cryftal, in forming fuch acorn- 
 pofition, preferably to flints ; even if they could be pro- 
 cured at the fame expence ; and required no greater 
 trouble or labour in their ufe. 
 
 Of doublets. ~\ The impradicability of imparting 
 tinges to the body of cryftals, while in their proper and 
 natural ftate, and the foftnefs of glafs which renders 
 ornaments made df it greatly inferior in wear to cryftal, 
 gave inducements to the introduction of colouring the 
 furface of cryftal, wrought into a proper form in Inch 
 manner, that the furfaces of two pieces fo coloured being 
 laid together, the efktf: might appear the fame, as if 
 the whole fufcftance of the cryftal had been tinged. The 
 cryftals (and fometimes "white tranfparent glafs) lb 
 treated, were called doublets : and at one time prevailed 
 greatly in u;fc, on account or the advantages, with ic- 
 fpect to wear, fuch doublets h?d } when made of cryftal, 
 overVlais, and the bright nefs of the colours, which 
 could with certainty be given to counterfeit ft ones this 
 way, when coloured glafs could not be procured ; or at 
 leaft not without a much greater expence. Doublets 
 "have not indeed the property which the others have of 
 bearing to be fet tranfparent ; as is frequently required 
 iu drops of ear-rings and other ornaments. But when 
 mounted in rings, or ufed in fuch manner, that the (ides 
 of the pieces, where the joint is made, cannot be m- 
 fpeclecT, they have, when formed of cryftal, the title to 
 a preferenct to the coloured glafs : and the art of ^ma- 
 naging them is therefore in fome degree of the fame: 
 
( 2 °4 ) 
 Importance with that of preparing glafs for the coun- 
 terfeiting gems ; and is therefore properly an appendix 
 to it, as being intirely fubfervient to the fame intention. 
 The manner of managing doublets is as follows : 
 
 Let the cryftal or glafs be firil cut by the lapidaries 
 in the manner of a brilliant ;'■< except that, in this c;ife, 
 the figure mu ft be compofed from two fepa rate flones, 
 or parts of ttones formed in the manner of the upper 
 and under parts of a brilliant, if it was divided in an 
 horizontal direction, a little lower than the middle. 
 After the two plates of the intended ftone are thus cut, 
 and fitted fo exactly, that no divilion can appear when 
 they are laid together, the upper part mull be .poljfhed 
 ready for fettinp; ; and then the colour mult be put be- 
 twixt the two plates by this method : 
 
 16 Take of Venice or Cyprus turpentine two fcruples ; 
 and add to it one fcruple of the grains of maitic chofen 
 perfectly pure, and free, from foulnefs* and previouflv 
 powdered. Melt them together iij a fmall filver or brafs 
 tpooii ladle, or other veiTel, and put to them gradually 
 any of the coloured fubrlances below mentioned, being 
 tii ft well powdered ; Mining them together as the colour 
 is put in, that they may be thoroughly "commixt, 
 Warm then the doublets to the fame degree of heat, as 
 the melted mixture"; and paint the upper furface of the 
 lower part ; and put the upper one iq'rlanrly upon it; 
 preffing them to each other ; but taking 1 care that they 
 may be conjoined in the molt perfectly even manner. 
 When the cement or p^int is quite cold, and fet, the 
 redundant part of it, which ha£ been preffed out of the 
 joint of the two pieces, mould be gently fcraped off the 
 tide, till there be no appearance of any colour on the 
 outfide of the doublets : and they {hould then be fkilfully 
 fet ; obferviog to carry the mounting over thejoint, that 
 the upper piece may be well iecured from feparating 
 from the under pnt.' 1 
 
 The colour of the ruby may be be (I imitated, by 
 mixing a fourth part of carmine with fome of the fineft 
 ertofon l,<ke that can be procured : which may be bell, 
 made i'^x this purpofe of Brazil wood. 
 
ew 
 
 EK 
 
 { 20| ) 
 
 The fapphire may be counterfeited by very bright 
 Frufiian blue, mixed with a little of the above-mentioned 
 crimfon lake, to give it a caft of the purple. The 
 Pruffian blue mould not be very deep coloured, or but 
 little of it mould be ufed : for otherwife, it will give 
 a black (hade that will be injurious to the luiire of the 
 
 doublets. 
 
 The emerald may be well counterfeited by didilled 
 verditmie, with a little powdered aloes. But the mix- 
 ture mould not be (trongiy heated, nor kept long over 
 the fire after the verdigrife is added : for the colour i$ 
 apt to be fooa impaired by it. 
 
 The refemblance of the garnet may be made hydra- 
 
 <ron's blood: which, if it cannot be procured of fuffici- 
 
 lent brightnefs, may be helped by a very fmall quantity 
 
 of carmine. 
 
 * The vinegar garnet may be imitated with great fuc- 
 
 cefs fey the orange lake. 
 
 The amethyll may be counterfeited by the mixture of 
 fome Pruffian blue, with the crimfon lake : but the pro- 
 portions can only be regulated by difcretion ; as differ- 
 ent parcels of the lake and Prufiian blue vary extremely 
 in the degree of ftrength of the colour. 
 
 The yellow topazes may be imitated, by mixing the 
 powdered aloes with a little dragon's blood ; or by good 
 Spanifh anatto : but the colour muft be very fparingly 
 ufed, or the tinge will be too itrong lov the appearance 
 
 of that (lone. 
 
 The cryfolite, hyacinth, viuegar garnet, eagle ma- 
 rine, and other fuch weaker or more diluted colours, 
 may be formed in the fame manner, by leffenmg the 
 proportions of the colours, or by compounding them 
 together correfpondently to the hue of the (lone to be 
 imitated ; to which end it is proper to have an original 
 ftone, or an exadt imitation of one at hand, when the 
 mixture is made ; in order to the more certain adapting 
 the colours to the effect dtfired. When thefe precau- 
 tions are taken, and the operation well condoled, it is 
 practicable to bring the doublets to fo near a refemblance 
 of the true tton.cs ? that even the bell judges carmop 
 
 T 
 
^^™ 
 
 ( 206 ) 
 
 diftinguifh ' them, when well fet, without a peculiar 
 manner of infpection. 
 
 Where any kind of lake, or Pruffian blue, is ufed 
 for this purpofe, it is bed to grind or levigate it with 
 ipirit of turpentine inftead cf water : which will pre- 
 vent its concreting again as it dries. The dragon's 
 blood may be levigated with water : but the diftilled 
 verdigrife mud be powdered dry. All the fubitances 
 ufed as tinges for doublets or foils mud, however, be 
 powdered as finely as poflible : the brightnefs of the 
 counterfeit ftones for which they are ufed, depending 
 very greatly on that. 
 
 There is, however, an eafy method of diflinguifliing 
 doublets : which is only to hold them betwixt the eye 
 and light, in fuch pofuion, that the light may pafs 
 through the upper part, and corners of the (lone ; which 
 will then (how fuch parts to be white ; and that there 
 is no colour in the body of the itone. 
 
 Of the general nature and preparation, of foils, ,] Foils 
 arc thin plates or leaves of metal, that are put under 
 ilones, or compofuions -in imitation of ilones, when 
 they are fet. 
 
 The intention of foils is, either to increafe the luftre 
 or play of the ftones, or more generally to improve the 
 colour, by giving an additional force to the tinge, whe- 
 ther it be natural or artificial, by that of a ground of 
 the fame hue; which the foil is in this cafe made 
 to be. 
 
 There are consequently two kinds of foils. The one 
 is colourlefs ; where the effect of giving luftre or play 
 to the ftone is produced by the polifh of the furface, 
 which makes it ad as a mirror ; and, by reflecting the 
 light, prevent that deadnefs which attends the having 
 a^duller ground under the ilone ; and brings it, by the 
 double refraclion of the light that is caufed, nearer to 
 the effecl: of the diamond. The other is coloured with 
 fome pigment or (tain of the fame hue as the ftone j or of 
 fame other, which is intended to modify and change the 
 hue of the flonc: in fome degree ; as, where a yellow foil 
 uiay be pin under gieen, which is too much inclining t© 
 
* 
 
 ( 207 ) 
 
 the blue ; or under crimfon, where it is defired to have 
 the appearance more orange or fcarlet. 
 
 Foils may be made of copper or tin : and filver has 
 been fome times ufed ; with which it has been advifed, 
 for fome purpofes, to mix gold ; but the expence of 
 either is needlefs, as copper may be made to anfwer 
 the fame end. 
 
 Where coloured foils are wanted, copper may, there- 
 fore, be bell ufed ; and rhty be prepared for the purpofe 
 by the following means : 
 
 " Take copper plates beaten to a proper thicknefs ; 
 and pafs them betwixt a pair of fine fteel rollers very 
 clofely fet ; and draw them as thin as is poffible to 
 retain a proper tenacity. Pol i fh them with very fine 
 whiting, or rotten (tone, till they fhine, and have as 
 much brightnefs as can be given them ; aad they will 
 then be fit to receive the colour." 
 
 But where the yellow or rather orange colour of the 
 ground would be injurious to the effect, as in the cafe 
 of purples, or crimfon red, the foil fhould be whitened, 
 which may be done by ftlvering it in the following man- 
 ner : 
 
 M Take a Jmall quantity of filver, and diffolve it in 
 aquafortis ; and then put bits of copper into the folu- 
 tion, to precipitate the filver ; which being thus pre- 
 cipitated, the fluid mud be poured off; and frefh water 
 added to it, to warn away ail the remainder of the firft 
 fluid ; after which, the filver mult be dried. An equal 
 weight of cream of tartar, and common fait, mull then 
 be ground with it, till the whole be reduced to a very 
 fine powder : and with this mixture, the foils, being 
 tir't (lightly moiitcned, mult be rubbed by the finger, or 
 a bit of linen rag, till they be of the degree of white- 
 nefs defired : . after which, if it appear to be wanted, 
 the polifh mull be refrefned," 
 
 Inilead of rolling, the more general practice Is, to^ 
 he.:t the copper places, previoufly heated, betwixt two 
 ft at irons OH an anvil, till they become of the thicknefs 
 i required ; and then give to them an even furface, by a 
 plauiihiiH^ hammer, before tjhey are poliihed : but the' 
 
 T2 
 
( 2CS ) 
 
 life of the rollers 'is muchmore expeditious and effectual, 
 where the quantity demanded can defray the expence of 
 purchafing them, with the other necefiary work. 
 
 The tin foils are only ufed in the cafe of colourlefs 
 Tories, where quicklilver is employed * and they may be 
 drawn out by the fame rollers ; but need not be further 
 polifhed ; as that effect is produced by other means in 
 this cafe. 
 
 Of the colouring foils.'] There have been two methods 
 invented for the colouring foils: the one by tinging 
 the furface of the copper of the colour required, by 
 means of fmoke : the other by ftaining or painting it 
 with fome pigment, or other colouring fr.bHance. The 
 firft io limited only to colours where'' blue is prevalent, 
 3nd, being troublefome and uncertain in the producliony 
 is not, on the whole, fo eligible, in any cafe ? as the 
 flatter: and I ihall, therefore, omit giving any direc- 
 tions for the practice of it ; as all colours defired may 
 be given to the foils by the other method : that is, by 
 faying a pigment of other colouring fubftance on the 
 furface, by means of fome proper vehicle that may 
 ferve for fpreading it, and fixing it to the copper as a 
 cement, 
 
 The colours ufed for painting foils, may be tempered 
 with either oil ; water rendered duly vifcid by gum Ara- 
 bic, or fize, or varnifh : and as there is no preference 
 of one method to the Other, but in particular -cafes, it 
 is bell to perufe all of them, according to the occafion& 
 that may be befl ferved. Where deep colours are wanted, 
 oil fs moft. proper ; becaufe fome pigments become 
 wholly tranfparent in it ; as lake or PruflTran blue : but 
 yellow and green may be better laid on in varnifh, as 
 the yellow may be had in perfection from a tinge wholly 
 diflbived in fpirit of wine, in the fame manner "as in 
 the cafe of laquers ; and the moft beautiful green is to 
 be produced by diftilled verdigrife, which is apt to lofe 1 
 its colour, and turn black with oil. In common cafes, 
 however, any of the colours may be, with little trou- 
 ble, laid on with ifinglafs fize, in the fame, manner as 
 the glazing colours ufed in miniature painting; for 
 
( ic 9 ,) 
 wjiich, ample directions will now be given. The beft 
 method of adapting foils to all the feveral purpofes, is 
 as follows : 
 
 For red, where the ruby is to be imitated,, carmine, 
 with a little lake ufed in ifinglafs fize, or flie'l lac var- 
 nifn, ifS to be employed, if the glafs or paae be of a 
 full crimfon, verging towards the purple. But if the 
 glafs incline to the fculet, or orange, very bright lake 
 (that is not purple) may be ufed alone in oil. — For the 
 garnet red, dragon's blood, diffolved in feed-lac varnifh, 
 
 may be ufed : and for the vinegar garnet, the orange 
 
 lake, tempered with (hell -lac varnifh, will be found ex- 
 cellent. 
 
 For the amethyfl, lake, with a little Pruffian blue, 
 ufed with oil, and very thinly fpread on the fc^jL will 
 completely anfwer the end. 
 
 For blue, where a deep colour, or the effi^l of the 
 fapphire is wanted, Pruffian blue, that is not too deep* 
 fhould be ufed in oil : and it Ihould be fpread more or 
 lefs thinly on the foil, according to the lightnefs or 
 
 deepnefs of which the colour is deiired to be. —For 
 
 the ea?le marine, common verdisvife, with a little Fruf- 
 fian blue, tempered in fhell-lac varnifh, may be ufed. 
 
 For yellow, where a full colour is defired, the foil 
 may be coloured with yellow laquer, laid on as for 
 other purpofes : and for the {lighter colour of topazes, 
 the burnim and foil itfelf Will be fufficiently ftrong 
 without any addition. 
 
 For green, where a deep hue is required, the cfyftals 
 of verdigrife, tempered in _ (hell-lac varnifh, (houhj be 
 ufed: but where the emerald is to be imitated, a little 
 yellow laquer fhould be added, to bring the colour to a 
 truer green, and lefs verging to the blue. 
 
 The flones of more diluted colour, fuch as the ame- 
 thyfl, topaz, vinegar garnet, and eagle marine, may 
 be very cheaply imitated by tranfpatent white glafs, or 
 parte, even without foils. This is to be clone, by tem- 
 pering the coloi*} 3 above enumerated with turpentine and 
 mafti'c, treated .'ti-v th e manner dnecHed as before, for 
 doublets; and p^ntwg the fdefet in which the coun- 
 
 i 3 
 
( 2jo y 
 
 terfeit flonc is to be fet with the mixture ; as well that 
 as the focket and (tone itfelf being previously heated 
 In this cafe, however, the ftone mould be immediately 
 fet, and the focket clofed upon it, before the mixture 
 cool and prow hard. 
 
 The orange lake, abovementioned, was invented for 
 this purpofe, in which it has a beautiful effect ; and 
 was ufed with preat fuceefs by a confiderable mariufao 
 tnrer. The colour it produces is that of the vinegar 
 garnet; which it affords with great brightnefs. 
 
 The colours, above directed to be ufed in oil, mould 
 be extremely well ground in oil of turpentine, and tem- 
 pered with old /iut or poppy oil; or, if time can be 
 given for their drying, with ftrong fat oil diluted with 
 ipirit of turpentine, which will gain a fine polifhof it- 
 felf. 
 
 The colours ufed in varnifli mould be, likewife, tho* 
 roughly well ground and mixed : and, in cafe of the 
 dragon's blood, in the feed-lac varfiifh and the laquer, 
 the foils mould be warmed before they are laid on. 
 
 All the mixtures mould be laid on the foils with a 
 broad foft brum; which muft be paffed from one end 
 to. the other; and no part mould be croffed, or twice 
 gone over ; or, at leaf!:, not till the firft coat be dry ^ 
 when, if the colour do not lie ftrong enough, a fecond 
 coat, or even a third, may be given. 
 
 Gf foils for cryflals, pebbles ', or pafte^ to give the lufire 
 and play of diamonds *~\ The manner of preparing foils, 
 fo as to give colourlefs ilones the greateft degree of 
 play and lultre, is, by raifing fo high a polifh or fmooth- 
 neis on the furface, as to give them the effect of a mir- 
 ror ; which can only be done in a perfect manner by 
 the ufe of quickfilver applied in the fame general way* 
 as in the cafe of looking-glafs. The method by which 
 it may be bed: performed, is as follows : 
 
 " Take leaves of tin, prepared in the fame manner 
 as for filvering looking glaffes ; and cut them into fmall 
 pieces of fuchfize as to cover the furface of the focket 
 of the ilones that are to be fet. L*y three of thefe 
 then one upon another ; and, having moiflened tke 
 
( *» ) ' 
 
 i* fide of the focket with thin gum water, and fnffered 
 it to become again To dry, that only a flight ftickinefs 
 remains, put the three pieces of leaves, lying on each 
 other, into it, and adapt them to the furface, in as 
 even a manner as poflible. When this is done, heat 
 the focket, and fill it with warm quickfilver; which 
 mufl be fuffered to continue in it three or four minutes, 
 and then gently poured out. The (lone muft then be 
 thruft into the focket, and clofed with it ; care having 
 been taken to give fuch room for it, that it may enter 
 without (tripping off the tin and quickfilver from any 
 part of the furface. The work fhould be well clofed 
 round the (tone, to prevent the tin and quickfilver, 
 contained in the focket, from being fhaken out by any 
 violence.*'' 
 
 The luftre of (tones, fet in this manner, will con- 
 tinue longer, than when they are fet in the common 
 way ; as the cavity round them being filled in this 
 manner, there will be no paflage found for moifture ; 
 which is fo injurious to the w-ear of (tones treated in> 
 any other way. 
 
 This kind of foil gives fome luftre to glafs, or other 
 tranfparent matter, which has little of itfelf : but to 
 itones, or pailes, that have fome (hare of play, it gives 
 a molt beautiful brilliance. It has been but little prac- 
 tifed hitherto ; 1 fuppofe from an ignorance of the 
 manner of doing it : for, indeed, 1 never heard of 
 more than one perfon, and -he is now fome time de- 
 ceafed, who performed it to perfection : and he gave 
 the (tones a fnrpriiing lullre, that made them not dif- 
 tinguifhable from diamonds even by day -light. There 
 is, neverthelefs, atprefent, one diiadvantage attending 
 this method, as it is now pradtifed : which is, that it 
 can b*' only performed in the cafe of (tones with a flat 
 bottom. In confequence of which, the rofe or table 
 diamonds, only, can be imitated by it. But though 
 the manner of doing it has not been hitherto discovered, 
 yet it is certainly not impoiiible to contrive fome way 
 of fetting (tones of the cut of brilliants in this manner : 
 in which cafe, if any of the cryital fpecies, fuch as 
 
^ss^ 
 
 ( 212 ) 
 
 tliofe called Briftol flones, Kerry (lories, Sec. were to 
 be ufed, their far greater hardnefs, as well as much 
 higher luftre, when treated in this way, would render 
 them far fuperior to paftes. 
 
 Of Cements. 
 
 £MENTS require to be of very various coropoflti- 
 oos, nnd different with refpeet to the nature of the 
 ingredients, according to the different manner in which 
 *hey are to he applied ; and the fubdances they are to 
 conjoin. The kinds of cement ufed for common ^.ir- 
 ' pofes pafs under the denomination of glues, fizes, pafte3, 
 and lutes : but fome, that are ufed for extraordinary oc- 
 cafions, retain only the general name of cements. 
 
 Preparation of infinglafs^ glue**] " Ifinglafs glue j s 
 made by difiblving beaten ifinglafs in water by boilinp- » 
 and, having drained it through a coarfe linen cloth 
 evaporating it again to fuch a confidence, that, being 
 
 Cold, the glue will be perfectly hard and dry." -A great 
 
 improvement is laid to be made in this glue by adding 
 fpirit of wine or brandy to it after It is drained, and 
 then renewing the evaporation till it gain the due con- 
 fidence. Some foak the ifinglafs in the fpirit of brandy 
 for fome time before it is diffolved, in; order to make 
 the glue ; and add no water, but lei the fpirit fupply 
 the place of it. But it is not dear, from trial, that 
 either of tbefe practices render the glue better. This 
 ifinglafs glue is far preferable to common glue for nicer 
 .purpofes; being much dronger, and lefs°liab!e to be 
 ibftened either by heat ormoifture. 
 
 Preparation of parchment g!ue.~] « Take one pommel 
 of parchment, and boil it, m fix quarts of watt r, till 
 the quantity be reduced to one quart : drain off the 
 fluid from the dregs; and then boil it again, till it be 
 
 of the, confidence of glue." -The fame may be done 
 
 with glovers' cuttings of leather, which make a colour. 
 lefs glue, if not burned m the evaporation of the water. 
 
^ 
 
 ■■■ 
 
 t^mmm 
 
 ■■■i 
 
 B«*S«I 
 
 wmmmmmm 
 
 HHH^^Bi 
 
 \ 
 
 ( "3 
 
 Preparation of a very firong compound glue.'] " Take 
 common glue in very foal] or thin bits, and ifinglafs 
 glue ; and infufe them in as much fpirit of wine as will 
 cover them, for at leaft twentv-four hours. Then melt 
 the whole together; and, while they are over the fire, 
 add as much powdered chalk as will render them an 
 opake white." — The infufion in the fpirit of wine has 
 been directed in the recipes given for this glue ; but the 
 remark on the ufe of it in the preceding article will 
 hold good alfo in this : and the mixture may be made 
 with water only. 
 
 Preparation of a very ftrong glut that nvill refijl moif 
 ture.~] " DifTblve gum fanderac, and niaftic, of each 
 tv/o ounces, in a pint of fpirit of wine; adding about 
 an ounce of clear turpentine. Then take equal parts 
 of ifinglafs", and parchment glue, made according to 
 the directions in the preceding article ; and, having 
 beaten the ifinglafs into fmall bits, as for common ufes, 
 and reduced the glue to the fame ft ate, pour the folution 
 of the gums upon them ; and melt the whole in a veffel 
 well covered ; avoiding fo great a heat as that of boiling 
 water. When melted, (train the glue through a coarfe 
 linen cloth ; and then putting it again over the fire, add 
 about an ounce of powdered glafs." — This preparation 
 may be belt managed in balneo maris, which will pre- 
 vent the matter burning to the veffel ; or the fpirit or 
 wine from taking fire : and indeed it is better to ufe the 
 fame method for all the evaporations of nicer glues, and 
 fizes ; hut, in that cafe, lefs water than the proportion 
 directed, mould be added to the materials* A very 
 ftrong glue, that will refill water, may be alfo made by 
 adding half a pound of common glue or ifinglafs glue 
 to two quarts of fidmmed milk, and then evaporating 
 the mixture to the due confidence of the glue. 
 
 Preparation of lip glue, for extemporaneoufy cement- 
 ing paper, flk, and" thin leather, C3V.]— " Take of 
 ifinglafs glue, and parchment glue, each one ounce, of 
 fugar candy, and gum tragacanth, each two drachms. 
 Add to them an ounce of water, and boil the whole to- 
 gether, till the mixture appear, when cold, of the pro- 
 
( m ) \ m 
 
 per confidence of glue. Then form it into, fmall rolls, 
 or any other figure, that may be moft convenient."-— 
 This glue being wet with the tongue, and rubbed on 
 the edges of the paper, filk, &c. that are to be ce- 
 mented, will, on their being laid together, and fuffered 
 to dry, unite/them a,s firmly .as any other part of the 
 fubftauce. 
 
 OfJizes.~] Common fize is manufactured in the fame 
 manner, and generally by the fame people, as glue. 
 It is indeed glue left in a moifture ftate, by difcontinu- 
 ing the evaporation before it it brought to a dry con- 
 silience : and therefore further particulars reflecting 
 the manufacture of it are neediefs here.— Ifinglafs fiz.e 
 may aifo be prepared, in the manner above directed fcr 
 the glue, by increafing the proportion of the water for 
 tlifiblving it : and the fame holds good of parchment 
 fize. A better fort of the common fize, which may be 
 likewife made by treating cuttings of glovers' leather in 
 the fame manner. 
 
 Of pafte sJ\ Paite for cementing is formed principally 
 of wheaten flour boiled in water til] it be of a glutinous 
 or vifcid confidence. It may be prepared of thofe in- 
 gredients fimply for common purpofes : but when it is 
 ufed by book- binders, or for paper hanging! to rooms, 
 it is ufual to mix a fourth, fifth or fixth of the weight 
 of the flower of powdered refin ; and where it is wanted 
 (till more tenacious, gum Arabic, or any kind of fize, 
 may be added. In order to prevent the pafte ufed for 
 hanging rooms with paper, or where it is employed in 
 any other way that may render it fubject to fuch ac- 
 cidents, from being gnawed by rats and mice, powdered 
 glafs is ■fometim.es mixed with it. But the moft effec- 
 tual and eafy remedy is todiffolye a little fublimate, in 
 the proportion of a drachm to a quart, in the water 
 employed for making the pafte ; which will hinder, not 
 only rats and mice, but any other kind of vermin and 
 infects, from preying on the pafte. 
 . Of 'lutes \] Lutes are cements employed for making 
 good the joints of glafies put together, or other fuch 
 purpofes, in chemical operations. In a general view, 
 
KS 
 
 (215 ) I 
 
 the preparation of them properly belongs to the art 0/ 
 chemiftry only : but as they are neverthelefs fometimes 
 ufed in other arts, it may be expedient to fhow here the 
 manner of compounding them. In the making good 
 junctures, where the heat is not fufficient to burn paper 
 or vegetable fubitancesi the following mixture, which 
 is eafily made, will effectually anfwer the purpofe. Take 
 a mixture of linfeed meal or wheaten flour and whiting, 
 in the proportion of one part of the firft to two of the 
 latt, tempered with a folution of gum Senegal or Ara- 
 bic in water, and fpread upon the joint, a narrow piece 
 fmeared with the fame being put over it and prefTed clofc. 
 A piece of bladder fmeared with gum water, or the 
 glair of eggs, and fitted to the glafTes over the joint, 
 will alfo anfwer the fame end. But in the rectification 
 of fpirit of wine, or other fuch volatile fubflances, where 
 the wafte made by the efcape of the vapour may be ma- 
 terial, a ilronger lute formed of quicklime, tempered 
 to a proper confidence with drying oil, mould be ufed. 
 This mixture fhould be made at the time it is wanted, 
 as it very foon becomes dry and untraciablc : and great 
 care mult be taken, wheje it is employed, to manage 
 the heat in fuch manner, that the vapour may not rife 
 fo fall as to heat the veiTcls beyond the due point ; for 
 this lute renders the glafTes joined together by it as one 
 intire fbody ; and will refill the expanfive force of the 
 vapour to Cd great a degree, that the glafTes will fre- 
 quently built befote it will give way. Where lute is 
 to be uied iu places liable to he fo heated as to bura 
 vegetable or auimal fubftaucts, it may be thus com- 
 pounded. Take two parts of green vitriol calcined to 
 rednefs, one part of the ftoiia or clinkers of a fmkh's 
 forge well levigated, and an equal quantity of Windior 
 loom or Slurbiidge clay dried and powdered : temper 
 them to a proper confidence , with the blood of any 
 beaft ; fome fliort hair, of which the propoition may 
 be as a twentieth part to the whole, being beaten up 
 with them, and fpread therri over the juncture. In 
 cafes of little importance, a compofition of land, clay,. 
 and dunr>'=,! liorfe teuuvu;] with water., may be ufed. 
 
( 2l6 
 
 Preparation of cement for joining broken glajfes, china, 
 CsV.] i The cement, which has been moft approved for 
 uniting glafs, china, or earthen ware, as alio the parts 
 of metalline bodies (where foldering is not expedient) 
 is thus prepared.-—" Take two ounces of good glue, and 
 fleep it 'for a night in diftilled .vinegar: boil them to- 
 gether the next day ; and having beaten a clove of gar- 
 lie with half an ounce of ox- gall into a foft pulp, drain 
 the juice through a linen cloth, ufing preiTure, and add 
 it to the glue and vinegar. Take then of fanderac 
 powdered, and turpentine, each one drachm, and of 
 iarcocol, and maftic, powdered, each half a drachm; 
 and put them into a bottle with an ounce of highly 
 rectified fpirit of wine Stop the bottle ; and let the 
 mixture (land for three hours in a gentle heat ; fre- 
 quently making it. Mix this tin&ure alfo with the 
 p-lue while, hot ; and ftir them well together with a ilick 
 or tobacco-pipe, till part of the moifture be evaporated ; 
 and then take the compo fit ion from the fire ; and it will 
 be fit for ufe. When this cement is to be applied, it 
 rnuft be dipped in vinegar ; and then melted in a pro* 
 per veifel, with a gentle_ heat ; and if ftones are to be 
 cemented, it is proper to mix with it a little powdered 
 trippli or chalk ; or, if glafs is to be conjoined, pow- 
 dered glafs mould be fubftituted."— Ifee no reafon 
 why common vinegar mould not be equally proper for 
 this purpofe with the diililled ; nor indeed am I very 
 certain that vinegar improves at all the cementing pro- 
 perty of the compontion. For the uniting the parts 
 of broken china or earthen ware veffels, as alfo glafs 
 where the rendering the joint vifible is not of confe- 
 quence, the following compofition, which is much nwe 
 eaflly prepared, may be fubftituted for the foregoing : 
 " Take an ounce of cheefe, devoid of fat : grate it as 
 fmall aspoffible-;- and put it, with an equal weight of 
 quicklime, into three ounces of flammed milk. Mix 
 them thoroughly together ; and ufe the compofition im- 
 mediately. "—Where the broken veffels are for lervtce 
 only, and the appearance is not to be regarded, the 
 joints may be made equally .ftrong with any other part 
 
 I 
 
 
 tl 
 
 o; 
 
 if 
 I 
 
 0! 
 
 
 
 I!' 
 

 ( 217 ) 
 
 *>F the glafs, by putting a flip of thin paper, or linen© 
 fmeared with this cement, over them, after they are 
 well joined together by it. This method will make a 
 great faving in the cafe of glaifes employed for chemical, 
 ©r other fimilar operations. A cement of the fame na- 
 ture may be made by tempering quicklime with the curd 
 of milk, till it be of a due confidence for ufe. The curd, 
 in this cafe, ihould be as free as poffible from the cream 
 or oil of the milk. On this account it mould be made 
 of milk from which the cream has been well fkimmed 
 off ; or the kind of curd commonly fold in the markets, 
 made of whey, and the milk from which butter has been 
 extracted, commonly called butter-milk. This cement 
 mould be ufed in the fame manner as the preceding : 
 and they may be applied to (tones, marble, &c. with 
 equal advantage as the more compound one above given, 
 and is much more eafily and cheaper prepared. Drying 
 oil with white lead is alfo frequently ufed for cementing 
 china, and earthen-ware : but where it is not necellary 
 the veiTels mould endure heat or moiflure, ifinglafs glue 
 with a little tripoli or chalk is better. 
 
 Preparation of common cement for joining a!abajier 9 
 marble, porphyry or other Jiones.'] " Take of bees wax 
 two pounds, and of refm one pound. Melt them ; and 
 add one pound and a half of the fame kind of matter 
 powdered, as the body to be cemented is compofed of; 
 ilrewing it into the melted mixture, and ftirring them 
 well together ; and afterwards kneading the mafs in 
 water, that the powder may be thoroughly incorporated 
 with the wax and refin. The proportion of the pow- 
 dered matter may be varied, where required, in order 
 to bring the cement nearer to the colour of the body 
 on which it is employed." — This cement mull be heated 
 when applied ; as mud alfo the parts of the fubjed to 
 be cemented together ; and care mud be taken, likewife, 
 that they be thoroughly dry. It appears to me, that 
 the proportion of the bees wax is greater than it ought 
 to be : but I received this recipe from too good an^ au- 
 thority to prefume to alter it.. When this competition 
 is properly managed, it forms an extremely good ce- 
 ll 
 
/■■■■'.{ *>« ) 
 ment, which will even fufpend a project ing body of 
 confiderable weight, after it is thoroughly dry and fct : 
 and is therefore of great ufe to all carvers in ftone, or 
 others who may have occafion to join together the parts 
 of bodies of this nature. 
 
 Of cements for rock-work,- refervoirs, and other fuch 
 furpofes*~\ A variety of compofitions are ufed as ce- 
 ments for purpofes of this kind : in the application of 
 which, regard mould be had to the fituation where they 
 are employed with refpect to moiflure and drynefs ; as 
 well as to the magnitude of the bodies to be conjoined 
 together, or the vacuities or fiffures that are to be made 
 good. Where a great quantity of cement is wanted 
 for coarfer ufes, the coal-afh mortar (or Welfh tarras 
 as it is called) is the cheapefl and belt ; and will hold 
 extremely well, not only where it is conrlantly kept wet 
 or dry ; but even where it is fometimes dry and at others 
 wet. But where it is liable to be expofed to wet and 
 froft, this cement mould, at its being laid on, be fuf- 
 fered to dry thoroughly before any moifturc have accefs 
 to it ; and, in that cafe, it will likewife be a great im- 
 provement to temper it with the blood of any beaft. 
 This mortar or Welfh tarras muft be formed of one part 
 lime and 1 two parts of well-fifted coal afhes ; and they 
 mull be thoroughly mixed by being beaten together : 
 for, on the perfect commixture of the ingredients, the 
 goodnefs of the compofition depends. Where the ce- 
 ment is to remain continually under water, the true tar- 
 ras is commonly ufed; and will very well anfwer the 
 pUrpofe. It may be formed of two parts of lime, and 
 one part of plaifter of Paris : which (hould be tho- 
 roughly well beaten together; and then ufed immedi- 
 ately. For the fixing (hells, and other fuch nice pur- 
 pofes, putty is mo(t generally ufed. It maybe formed 
 for this pu^pofe of quicklime, and drying oil, mixed 
 with an equal quantity of linfeed oil ; or, where the 
 drying quicker is not necefTary, it may be made with 
 lime and crude linfeed oil, without the drying oil. The 
 ilone cement, prepared as above of the bees wax aid 
 
( 2l 9 ) 
 
 refin, is alfo an extremely good composition for thi* 
 purpofe. But refin, /pitch, and -brick-duft, in equal 
 parts, melted together and tifed hot, are much the 
 cheapeit cement for (hell- work ; and will perform that 
 office very well, provided the bodies they are to conjoin 
 be perfectly dry when they are ufed. 
 
 Emd ef rf* T 1U R D PART, 
 
 BOOKS, printed and fold hy H. & P. RIG E f 
 
 No. 50, Market -Jireet, Philadelphia. 
 
 The Poetical Works of Peter Pindar, *Efq. a diftant 
 Relation to the Poet of Thebes. To which are pre- 
 fixed Memoirs and Anecdotes of the Author, 2 vols* 
 
 Knoxe's Moral and Literary Effays, 2 vols. 
 
 Buchan's Domeftic Medicine, A new Edition with 
 many Additions. 
 
 Goldsmith's Hiftory of the Earth and Animated Na- 
 ture, 8 vols, with beautiful plates. 
 
 Goldfmith's Hiftory of England, 4/voJs. 
 
 — Abridged for the Ufe of Schools. 
 
 Hiftory of, Romp, 2 vols. 
 
 — — _,_ Abridged for the Ufe of Schools. 
 
 Entick's Pocket Dictionary. 
 
 Fables of yEfop, and other Allegorical Writers. Tranf- 
 lated into Englifh : with proper Applications and 
 a fuitablc Dcfign to each Fable. By Samuel Croxall, 
 D. D. 
 
Books, Printed and Sold by H. & P. Rice. 
 
 JDodfley's Sele& Fables of iEfop and other Fabulifb, 
 
 The inflru&ivc and entertaining Fables of Pilpay, an 
 ancient Indian Philofopher. Containing a Number 
 of excellent, Rules for the Conduct of Perfons of all 
 Ages, and Stations : under feveral Heads. 
 
 The Speaker ; or Mifcellaneous Pieces, {elected from 
 the bed Englifh Writers, and difpofed under pro- 
 per Heads, with a View to facilitate the Improvement 
 of Youth In Reading and Speaking. To winch is 
 prefixed^ a$ EfTay ori IJlocutipn, % vols,/ 
 
 Fenning'sNew and Eafy Guide to the UFe of the Globes^ 
 and the Rudiments of Geography, Wherein the 
 Knowledge of the Heavens and Earth is made eafy 
 to the meaneil Capacity : Firft, by giving a fhort 
 and concife Account of the Four Quarters of the 
 World, with the Diftance and Situation cf the mod 
 principal Iflands and inland Places, and by the So- 
 lution "of Seventy useful Problems in Geometry, Af- 
 tronomy, Navigation, &c. - Written in familiar Dia- 
 logues in order to render it more eafy, pleafant, aucl 
 diverting to the Learner : with fome Obferva.tions on 
 Mr. Neale's Patent Globes. 
 
 Seneca's Morals, by Way of Abftrac^ ; to which is add? 
 ed, a Difcourfe, under the Title of an After Thought. 
 Adorned with Cuts. 
 
 The Blind Child, or Anecdotes of the Wyndham Fa- 
 mily. Written for the Ufe of Young Peopje : em- 
 bellifhed with a handforne engraved JYontifpiece. By 
 a Lady. Price, neatly bound, One third of a Dollar* 
 
 $£jf The above valuable little Work has been written 
 with the laudable hope of reprefilng that exceffive 
 foftnefs qf heart, which too frequently involves its 
 pofTeffor in a train of evils, and which is by hq 
 means true fenfibHity* that exquillte gift of Heaven, 
 which cannot be esteemed too highly ; though its 
 abufe fliould ferve more and more to convince, it can 
 never be fufficiently difcouraged. 
 
 RuffePs Seven Sermons, on different Important Subjects. 
 
 The Calendar of Nature ; Deligned for the Inltrudion 
 #nd Entertainment of Young Peiiois. 
 
«*J 
 
 
 
4 
 
 A